Quantcast
Channel: PHASE 3 – New Drug Approvals
Viewing all 129 articles
Browse latest View live

Palatin’s Bremelanotide Under Clinical Trials, Female Libido Enhancer

$
0
0

Bremelanotide chemical structure.png

 

Female Libido Enhancer  – Bremelanotide

Bremelanotide is a compound that is currently under investigation for its potential uses in managing reperfusion injury, female sexual dysfunction or hemorrhagic shock. The chemical may also see success in managing modulate inflammation or limiting the effects of ischemia.

N-Acetyl-L-norleucyl-L-alpha-aspartyl-L-histidyl-D-phenylalanyl-L-arginyl-L-tryptophyl-L-lysine (2-7)-lactam

Bremelanotide,  PT 141, CAS NO.: 189691-06-3

Synonym…..N-Acetyl-L-norleucyl-L-alpha-aspartyl-L-histidyl-D-phenylalanyl-L-arginyl-L-tryptophyl-L-lysine (2-7)-lactam, Bremelanotide PT 141
Molecular FormulaC50H68N14O10
Molecular Weight1025.16
Gedeon Richter….licensee
In May 2014, the company planned to file an NDA in the first half of 2016, and at that time, approval was expected in the first half of 2017

Bremelanotide Listeni/ˌbrɛmɨˈlænətd/ (formerly PT-141) is a compound under drug development by Palatin Technologies as a treatment for female sexual dysfunction, hemorrhagic shock and reperfusion injury. It functions by activating the melanocortin receptors MC1R and MC4R, to modulate inflammation and limiting ischemia.[2] It was originally tested for intranasal administration in treating female sexual dysfunction but this application was temporarily discontinued in 2008 after concerns were raised over adverse side effects of increased blood pressure. As of December 2014, Palatin is conducting a human Phase 3 study[3] using a subcutaneous drug delivery system that appears to have little effect on blood pressure.

Palatin, in collaboration with European licensee Gedeon Richter, is developing an sc formulation of the synthetic peptide bremelanotide (PT-141; BMT), a melanocortin MCR-4 agonist and a synthetically modified analog of PT-14, also analogous to alpha-melanocyte-stimulating hormone (alpha-MSH), for the potential treatment of female sexual dysfunction (FSD) including hypoactive sexual desire disorder (HSDD)

 

The Bremelanotide or PT-141 is a mean that explains the revolution caused by the medical world in a silent but attractive manner in the human health related study. Bremelanotide is the latest arrival from the company called Palatin Technologies which forms the basic treatment for the hemorrhagic shock and reperfusion injury.( In short about the company, the Palatin Technologies is the owner of this research and is located in New Jersey. Hence this medicine is a Jersey based Product. And regarding the product under research, is waiting for the approval from the Food and Drug Association. Once this is done, the company has targeted to reach those customers, whom the Viagra has approached. This has the effect of helping the male patients suffering with an erectile dysfunction syndrome. Also if it gets the approval as a treatment measure for the female sexual dysfunction, then this medicine is expected to bring a relief to the post-menopausal and also supports or provides their sexual happiness and also they are checking regarding thehyposexual desire disorder. This is expected to be a blockbuster, if released. So this medicine is waiting for a confirmation as well as an approval.

In February 2015, a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, open-label extension, phase III trial (NCT02338960; BMT-302, Reconnect Study) was initiated in the US in premenopausal women (expected n = 550) with hypoactive sexual desire disorder to evaluate the efficacy and safety of bremelanotide. At that time, the trial was expected to complete in July 2017

Study – Potential Use Erectile Dysfunction

One study has explored the potential use of bremelanotide as a replacement for natural peptide melanocyte stimulating hormones for the sake of treating erectile dysfunction.

  • The goal of this study was to determine if the effects of bremelanotide stimulating sexual desire that was shown in male rats could be replicated in the brains of female rats. To do this, hormone primed female rats in a control group and a test group that were treated with bremelanotide and known to have consummatory sexual disorders was introduced to a group of male rats and the reactions were measured.
  • Heart racing, hops and darts, pacing and customary sexual behaviors were assessed while the brain was stimulated. The stimulation of specific molecular markers within the brain was examined to determine arousal in the female subjects.
  • Results indicated that the females saw an increase in sexual behavior when bremelanotide was applied to the limbic and hypothalamic regions of their brains. It is suggested that this was because the chemical that stimulated the mPOA terminals, leading to activated dopamine in the brain.

Additional study is necessary to determine the extent of the effects bremelanotide has on the brain and natural stimulating chemicals.

Bremelanotide and Ongoing Research

This is an advanced research involved even now. This functions by activating the Melanocortin, which is a group of peptide hormones which includes the adrenocorticotropic hormone and also the different forms of the melanocyte stimulating hormones. These melanocortins are produced or prepared from the proopiomelanocortin in the pituitary glands. The melanocortin releases or exert their effects by making a bind with the melanocortin and thereby activating it).The Bremelanotide functions by activating the melanocortin receptors and thereby makes a modulation in the inflammation. This is actually produced for making use in treating the sexual dysfunction. Due to certain reasons; the process of researching was kept under hold in recently, since it created some adverse side effects of increased blood pressure. In the chemistry of the preparation of the bremelanotide, the Peptide Melanaton II forms the basic compound. This compound is tested using a sunless tanning agent.

The actual information about the peptide melanaton has the effect of making sexual arousal and speed as well as sudden erections and some other side effects. However, there are several other measures taken to test the property of the same under several other health situations to make a detailed study about the chemical compound structure to make a change in the combination of the chemical structure. This medicine has made a revolution in the field of science of the human structure. When made a deep verification of the compound structure of the chemical study showed the following information. The structural design has an appearance of white colored powder like material, which has an accurate purity of nearly 98%. The actual molecular weight of the compound formed is around 1025.2. This compound has the collective share of Amino acids in the composition, peptide and acetate contents also.

The study of the compound structure PT-141 has an enhanced support of making a recombination that produces a different profile of the same medicine but in a different standard with different properties that may support the human requirement.

Bremelanotide PT-141 is known for its aphrodisiac properties

Development

Bremelanotide was developed from the peptide hormone Melanotan II which underwent testing as a sunless tanningagent. In initial testing, Melanotan II did induce tanning but additionally caused sexual arousal and spontaneous erections as unexpected side effects in nine out of the ten original male volunteer test subjects.[4]

In studies, bremelanotide was shown to induce lordosis in an animal model[5] and was also effective in treating sexual dysfunction in both men (erectile dysfunction or impotence) and women (sexual arousal disorder). Unlike Viagra and other related medications, it does not act upon the vascular system, but directly increases sexual desire via the nervous system.[6]

A Phase III clinical trial was scheduled to begin in the first half of 2007, but was delayed until August 2007. On August 30, Palatin announced that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration had expressed serious concerns regarding therisk/benefit ratio of bremelanotide with regards to the side effect of increased blood pressure. The FDA stated that it would consider alternate uses for bremelanotide, including as a treatment for individuals who do not respond to more established ED treatments. However, On May 13, 2008, Palatin Technologies announced it had “discontinued development of Bremelanotide for the treatment of male and female sexual dysfunction” while concurrently announcing plans to develop it as a treatment for hemorrhagic shock instead.[7] The company additionally announced intentions to focus its attention on another compound, PL-6983, that causes lower blood pressure in animal models.[8]Palatin has since re-initiated Bremelanotide studies for ED and FSD using a subcutaneous delivery method. On August 12, 2009, the company announced that in a double-blind study of 54 volunteers bremelanotide failed to evoke the hypertensive side effects seen with the nasal delivery system used in prior studies, concluding that “variability of uptake” inherent in intranasal administration of the drug resulted in “increases in blood pressure and gastrointestinal events…primarily related to high plasma levels in [only] a subset of patients” and that subcutaneous administration of the drug circumvented the potential for this side effect.[8] Palatin has completed a human Phase 2B study utilizing subcutaneous administration and reported positive results.[9]

Structure

Bremelanotide is a cyclic hepta-peptide lactam analog of alpha-melanocyte-stimulating hormone (alpha-MSH) that activates the melanocortin receptors MC3-R and MC4-R in thecentral nervous system. It has the amino acid sequence Ac-Nle-cyclo[Asp-His-D-Phe-Arg-Trp-Lys]-OH or cyclo-[Nle4, Asp5, D-Phe7, Lys10]alpha-MSH-(4-10). It is a metabolite of Melanotan II that lacks the C-terminal amide function.

Bremelanotide
Bremelanotide chemical structure.png
Systematic (IUPAC) name
(3S,6S,9R,12S,15S,23S)-15-[(N-acetyl-L-norleucyl)amino]-9-benzyl-6-{3-[(diaminomethylidene)amino]propyl}-12-(1H-imidazol-5-ylmethyl)-3-(1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-2,5,8,11,14,17-hexaoxo-1,4,7,10,13,18-hexaa zacyclotricosane-23-carboxylic acid
Clinical data
Legal status
  • US: Unscheduled
Pharmacokinetic data
Half-life 120 minutes[1]
Identifiers
CAS number 189691-06-3 Yes
ATC code None
PubChem CID 9941379
ChemSpider 8116997 Yes
UNII 6Y24O4F92S Yes
KEGG D06569 
ChEMBL CHEMBL2070241 
Chemical data
Formula C50H68N14O10 
Molecular mass 1025.2 g/mol

Sexual dysfunction, including both penile erectile dysfunction or impotence and female sexual dysfunction, are common medical problems. Significant effort has been devoted over the last twenty or more years to develop methods, devices and compounds for treatment of sexual dysfunction. While more effort has been undertaken for treatment of penile erectile dysfunction, female sexual dysfunction is also an area to which significant research and effort has been devoted.

At present, one commonly used orally administered drug for treatment of sexual dysfunction in the male is Viagra®, a brand of sildenafil, which is a phosphodiesterase 5 inhibitor, increasing the persistence of cyclic guanosine monophosphate and thereby enhancing erectile response. There are several other medical treatment alternatives currently available depending on the nature and cause of the impotence problem. Some men have abnormally low levels of the male hormone testosterone, and treatment with testosterone injections or pills may be beneficial. However, comparatively few impotent men have low testosterone levels. For many forms of erectile dysfunction, treatment may be undertaken with drugs injected directly into the penis, including drugs such as papaverin, prostaglandin E1, phenoxybenzamine or phentolamine. These all work primarily by dilating the arterial blood vessels and decreasing the venous drainage. Urethral inserts, such as with suppositories containing prostaglandin, may also be employed. In addition, a variety of mechanical aids are employed, including constriction devices and penile implants.

A variety of treatments have also been explored for female sexual dysfunction, including use of sildenafil, although the Food and Drug Administration has not specifically approved such use. Testosterone propionate has also been employed to increase or augment female libido.

Melanocortin receptor-specific compounds have been explored for use of treatment of sexual dysfunction. In one report, a cyclic α-melanocyte-stimulating hormone (“α-MSH”) analog, called Melanotan-II, was evaluated for erectogenic properties for treatment of men with psychogenic erectile dysfunction. Wessells H. et al., J Urology 160:389-393 (1998); see also U.S. Pat. No. 5,576,290, issued Nov. 19, 1996 to M. E. Hadley, entitled Compositions and Methods for the Diagnosis and Treatment of Psychogenic Erectile Dysfunction and U.S. Pat. No. 6,051,555, issued Apr. 18, 2000, also to M. E. Hadley, entitled Stimulating Sexual Response in Females. The peptides used in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,576,290 and 6,051,555 are also described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,674,839, issued Oct. 7, 1997, to V. J. Hruby, M. E. Hadley and F. Al-Obeidi, entitled Cyclic Analogs of Alpha-MSH Fragments, and in U.S. Pat. No. 5,714,576, issued Feb. 3, 1998, to V. J. Hruby, M. E. Hadley and F. Al-Obeidi, entitled Linear Analogs of Alpha-MSH Fragments. Melanotan-II is a peptide of the following formula:

Figure US06794489-20040921-C00001

Additional related peptides are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,576,290, 5,674,839, 5,714,576 and 6,051,555. These peptides are described as being useful for both the diagnosis and treatment of psychogenic sexual dysfunction in males and females. These peptides are related to the structure of melanocortins.

In use of Melanotan-II, significant erectile responses were observed, with 8 of 10 treated men developing clinically apparent erections, and with a mean duration of tip rigidity greater than 80% for 38 minutes with Melanotan-II compared to 3.0 minutes with a placebo (p=0.0045). The drug was administered by subcutaneous abdominal wall injection, at doses ranging from 0.025 to 0.157 mg/kg body weight. Transient side effects were observed, including nausea, stretching and yawning, and decreased appetite.

The minimum peptide fragment of native α-MSH needed for erectile response is the central tetrapeptide sequence, His6-Phe7-Arg8-Trp9 (SEQ ID NO:1). In general, all melanocortin peptides share the same active core sequence, His-Phe-Arg-Trp (SEQ ID NO:1), including melanotropin neuropeptides and adrenocorticotropin. Five distinct melanocortin receptor subtypes have been identified, called MC1-R through MC5-R, and of these MC3-R and MC4-R are believed to be expressed in the human brain. MC3-R has the highest expression in the arcuate nucleus of the hypothalamus, while MC4-R is more widely expressed in the thalamus, hypothalamus and hippocampus. A central nervous system mechanism for melanocortins in the induction of penile erection has been suggested by experiments demonstrating penile erection resulting from central intracerebroventricular administration of melanocortins in rats. While the mechanism of His-Phe-Arg-Trp (SEQ ID NO:1) induction of erectile response has not been fully elucidated, it has been hypothesized that it involves the central nervous system, and probably binding to MC3-R and/or MC4-R.

Other peptides and constructs have been proposed which are ligands that alter or regulate the activity of one or more melanocortin receptors. For example, International Patent Application No. PCT/US99/09216, entitled Isoquinoline Compound Melanocortin Receptor Ligands and Methods of Using Same, discloses two compounds that induce penile erections in rats. However, these compounds were administered by injection at doses of 1.8 mg/kg and 3.6 mg/kg, respectively, and at least one compound resulted in observable side effects, including yawning and stretching. Other melanocortin receptor-specific compounds with claimed application for treatment of sexual dysfunction are disclosed in International Patent Application No. PCT/US99/13252, entitled Spiropiperidine Derivatives as Melanocortin Receptor Agonists.

Both cyclic and linear α-MSH peptides have been studied; however, the peptides heretofore evaluated have had an amide or —NH2 group at the carboxyl terminus. See, for example, Wessells H. et al., J Urology, cited above; Haskell-Luevano C. et al., J Med Chem 40:2133-39 (1997); Schiöth H. B. et al., Brit J Pharmacol 124:75-82 (1998); Schiöth H. B. et al., Eur J Pharmacol 349:359-66 (1998); Hadley M. E. et al., Pigment Cell Res 9:213-34 (1996); Bednarek M. A. et al., Peptides20:401-09 (1999); U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,054,556, 6,051,555 and 5,576,290; and, International Patent Applications PCT/US99/04111 and PCT/US98/03298. While significant research has been conducted in an effort to determine the optimal structure of α-MSH peptides, including a variety of structure-function, agonist-antagonist, molecular modeling and pharmacophore studies, such studies have relied upon peptides with an art conventional —NH2 group at the carboxyl terminus. Further, it has long been believed that biologically active neuropeptides, including α-MSH peptides, are amidated, with an —NH2 group at the carboxyl terminus, and that such amidation is required both for biological activity and stability. See, for example, Metabolism of Brain Peptides, Ed. G. O’Cuinn, CRC Press, New York, 1995, pp. 1-9 and 99-101.

…………………………………………….

Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 2005 ,  vol. 15,  4  pg. 1065 – 1068

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0960894X04014842

Full-size image (23 K)

Figure 2.

NMR structural analysis on compound 3.

 

Full-size image (24 K)

Figure 4.

NMR structural analysis of compound 1.

 

……………………………………………….

US6794489

In a preferred embodiment, the invention provides the peptide

Ac-Nle-cyclo(-Asp-His-D-Phe-Arg-Trp-Lys)-OH  Compound 1

The peptide of Compound 1 has a formula of C50H68N14O10, and a net molecular weight of 1025.18. This peptide may be synthesized by solid-phase means and purified to greater than 96% purity by HPLC, yielding a white powder that is a clear, colorless solution in water. The structure of Compound 1 is:

Figure US06794489-20040921-C00002

In general, the peptide compounds of this invention may be synthesized by solid-phase synthesis and purified according to methods known in the art. Any of a number of well-known procedures utilizing a variety of resins and reagents may be used to prepare the compounds of this invention.

The peptides of this invention may be in the form of any pharmaceutically acceptable salt. Acid addition salts of the compounds of this invention are prepared in a suitable solvent from the peptide and an excess of an acid, such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, phosphoric, acetic, trifluoroacetic, maleic, succinic or methanesulfonic. The acetate salt form is especially useful. Where the compounds of this invention include an acidic moiety, suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts may include alkali metal salts, such as sodium or potassium salts, or alkaline earth metal salts, such as calcium or magnesium salts.

The invention provides a pharmaceutical composition that includes a peptide of this invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The carrier may be a liquid formulation, and is preferably a buffered, isotonic, aqueous solution. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers also include excipients, such as diluents, carriers and the like, and additives, such as stabilizing agents, preservatives, solubilizing agents, buffers and the like, as hereafter described.

 

EXAMPLE 1

Peptide Synthesis

The peptide Ac-Nle-cyclo(-Asp-His-D-Phe-Arg-Trp-Lys)-OH was synthesized by standard solid phase peptide synthesis methods, and is a cyclic heptapeptide melanocortin peptide analog with a free acid at the carboxyl terminus and an acetylated amino group at the amino terminus, with the structure:

Figure US06794489-20040921-C00003

The peptide has a net molecular weight of 1025.18, and is supplied in an acetate salt form. The peptide is a white, odorless amorphous hygroscopic powder, soluble in 0.9% saline, composed of C50H68N14O10. For synthesis, an Fmoc-Lys(R3)-p-alkoxybenzyl alcohol resin was transferred to a solid phase peptide synthesizer reactor with a mechanical stirrer. The R3group, such as 1-(1′-adamantyl)-1-methyl-ethoxycarbonyl (Adpoc), allyloxycarbonyl (Aloc) or 4-methyltrityl (Mtt), was removed and the next Fmoc-protected amino acid (Fmoc-Trp(Boc)-OH) was added to the resin through standard coupling procedures. The Fmoc protective group was removed and the remaining amino acids added individually in the correct sequence, by repeating coupling and deprotection procedures until the amino acid sequence was completed. After completion of coupling with the last Fmoc-amino acid derivative, Fmoc-Nle-OH, and cleavage of the Fmoc protective group, the exposed terminal amino group was acetylated with acetic anhydride and pyridine in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF). The peptide-resin was dried and the Lys and Asp protective groups cleaved. The Lys and Asp deprotected peptide resin was suspended in a suitable solvent, such as DMF, dichloromethane (DCM) or 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), a suitable cyclic coupling reagent, such as 2-(1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU), 2-(7-aza-1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TATU), 2-(2-oxo-1(2H)-pyridyl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) or N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide/1-hydroxybenzotriazole (DCCl/HOBt) was added, and coupling initiated by use of a suitable base, such as N,N-diispropylethylamine (DIPEA), sym-collidine or N-methylmorpholine (NMM). After cyclization, the peptide-resin was washed and the peptide cleaved from the resin and any remaining protective groups using trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) in the presence of water and 1,2-ethanedithiol (EDT). The final product was precipitated by adding cold ether and collected by filtration. Final purification was by reversed phase HPLC using a C18 column. The purified peptide was converted to acetate salt by passage through an ion-exchange column.

…………………………………………..

WO2014071339

Compounds of the Invention.

in a preferred embodiment of the present invention, fie rneianocortin receptor agonist is;

Ac-Nie”Cyc/o{-Asp-His–D–Phe-Arg–Trp»Lys)–OH (bremeianotide)

The peptide of bremeianotide has a formula of CsaHesN< C½, and a net mofecufar weight of 1025.18, This peptide may be synthesized by conventional means, including either solid-phase or Squid-phase techniques, and purified to greater than 99% purity by HPLC, yielding a white powder that is a clear, colorless solution in water. The structure of bremeianotide is:

Figure imgf000017_0001

in one embodiment of the invention, bremeianotide is synthesized by solid-phase synthesis and purified according to methods known in the art. Any of a number of well-known procedures utilizing a variety of resins and reagents may be used to prepare bremeianotide.

Bremeianotide may be in the form of any pharmaceutically acceptable salt. Acid addition salts of the compounds of this invention are prepared in a suitable solvent from the peptide and an excess of an acid, such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, phosphoric, acetic, trifluoroacefie, maieic, citric, tartaric, oxalic, succinic or methanesu!fonic acid. The acetate salt form is especially useful.

in a preferred embodiment, bremelanotide is an acetate salt form, and is formulated in a buffered aqueous solution including giycerin, and prepackaged in a syringe and auto-injector device. In alternative embodiments, bremelanotide is any pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, and is formulated in any pharmaceutically acceptable aqueous solution, the aqueous solution optionally including one or more salts, such as sodium chloride, one or more acids, such as citric acid, and one or more additional ingredients, including cellulose or derivatives thereof, saccharides o

polysaccharides such as dextrose, and any of a wide variety of surfactants, chelating agents and preservatives.

………………………………………….

US20050222014

In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the melanocortin receptor agonist is:
Ac-Nle-cyclo(-Asp-His-D-Phe-Arg-Trp-Lys)-OH PT-141

The peptide of PT-141 has a formula of C50H68N14O10, and a net molecular weight of 1025.18. This peptide may be synthesized by conventional means, including either solid-phase or liquid-phase techniques, and purified to greater than 99% purity by HPLC, yielding a white powder that is a clear, colorless solution in water. The structure of PT-141 is:

Figure US20050222014A1-20051006-C00001

In one embodiment of the invention, PT-141 is synthesized by solid-phase synthesis and purified according to methods known in the art. Any of a number of well-known procedures utilizing a variety of resins and reagents may be used to prepare PT-141.

PT-141 may be in the form of any pharmaceutically acceptable salt. Acid addition salts of the compounds of this invention are prepared in a suitable solvent from the peptide and an excess of an acid, such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, phosphoric, acetic, trifluoroacetic, maleic, citric, tartaric, oxalic, succinic or methanesulfonic acid. The acetate salt form is especially useful. Where the compounds of this invention include an acidic moiety, suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts may include alkali metal salts, such as sodium or potassium salts, or alkaline earth metal salts, such as calcium or magnesium salts.

In a preferred embodiment, PT-141 is an acetate salt form, and is formulated in a buffered aqueous solution including glycerin, prepackaged in a metered unit dose intranasal delivery device. In alternative embodiments, PT-141 is any pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, and is formulated in any pharmaceutically acceptable aqueous solution, the aqueous solution optionally including one or more salts, such as sodium chloride, one or more acids, such as citric acid, and one or more additional ingredients, including cellulose or derivatives thereof, saccharides or polysaccharides such as dextrose, and any of a wide variety of surfactants, chelating agents and preservatives. In one preferred embodiment, PT-141 is administered to patients in volumes of 100 μL, with the quantity of PT-141 delivered determined by the concentration thereof. As described hereafter, in one preferred embodiment a metered unit dose contains 7.5 mg of PT-141.

While certain embodiments of the present invention are described primarily in the context of PT-141, it is to be understood that other melanocortin receptor agonists may be employed. For example, the metallopeptide melanocortin receptor agonists disclosed in WO 02/064091, filed on Feb. 13, 2001, and U.S. Ser. No. 10/640,755, filed on Aug. 13, 2003, both entitled Melanocortin Metallopeptides for Treatment of Sexual Dysfunction; and WO 01/13112, filed on Jun. 14, 2000, entitled Melanocortin Metallopeptide Constructs, Combinatorial Libraries and Applications, may be employed. In addition, the peptidomimetic melanocortin receptor agonists disclosed in U.S. Ser. No. 10/776,419, filed on Feb. 10, 2004, entitled Peptidomimetics of Biologically Active Metallopeptides; the pyrrolidine melanocortin receptor agonists disclosed in U.S. Ser. No. 10/766,657, filed on Feb. 10, 2004, entitled Pyrrolidine Melanocortin-Specific Compounds; and the bicyclic melanocortin receptor agonists disclosed in PCT/US04/01505, filed on Jan. 20, 2004, entitled Bicyclic Melanocortin-Specific Compounds, may also be employed. Also particular preferred are the piperazine melanocortin agonists disclosed in PCT/US04/01462, filed on Jan. 20, 2004 and U.S. Ser. No. 10/762,079, filed on Jan. 20, 2004, both entitled piperazine Melanocortin-Specific Compounds; the melanocortin agonists disclosed in WO 03/006620, filed on Jul. 11, 2002, entitled Linear and Cyclic Melanocortin Receptor-Specific Peptides; WO 04/005324, filed on Jul. 9, 2003, entitled Peptide Compositions for Treatment of Sexual Dysfunction; PCT/US00/18217, filed on Jun. 29, 2000 and U.S. Ser. No. 10/040,547, filed on Jan. 4, 2002, entitled Compositions and Methods for Treatment of Sexual Dysfunction; and U.S. Ser. No. 10/638,071, filed on Aug. 8, 2003, entitled Cyclic Peptide Compositions and Methods for Treatment of Sexual Dysfunction. The entire disclosure of each of the foregoing are incorporated here by reference. It is to be understood that the foregoing listing of patent applications disclosing melanocortin receptor agonists is intended to only be exemplary, and that other melanocortin receptor agonists, whether heretofore known or hereafter developed, may similarly be used in the practice of this invention.

…………………….

NMR prediction

H-NMR spectral analysis
bremelanotide NMR spectra analysis, Chemical CAS NO. 189691-06-3 NMR spectral analysis, bremelanotide H-NMR spectrum
13 C NMR PREDICTION
bremelanotide NMR spectra analysis, Chemical CAS NO. 189691-06-3 NMR spectral analysis, bremelanotide C-NMR spectrum
References
  1.  King SH, Mayorov AV, Balse-Srinivasan P, Hruby VJ, Vanderah TW, Wessells H (2007).“Melanocortin receptors, melanotropic peptides and penile erection”. Current Topics in Medicinal Chemistry 7 (11): 1098–1106. doi:10.2174/1568026610707011111.PMC 2694735. PMID 17584130.
  2.  Bremelanotide for Organ Protection and Related Indications, Palatin Technologies fact sheet. Retrieved on 2009-01-18.
  3.  “Palatin Announces Start of Bremelanotide Phase 3 Program For Female Sexual Dysfunction”. PR Newswire. Retrieved 2015-02-17.
  4.  “Tanning drug may find new life as Viagra alternative”. CNN. 1999. Retrieved2007-09-16.
  5. Pfaus JG, Shadiack A, Van Soest T, Tse M, Molinoff P (July 2004). “Selective facilitation of sexual solicitation in the female rat by a melanocortin receptor agonist”. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 101 (27): 10201–4. doi:10.1073/pnas.0400491101. PMC 454387.PMID 15226502.
  6. Vicki Mabrey (2006). “ABC News “The Business of Desire – Love Potion””. ABC News. Retrieved 2009-01-24.
  7.  “Palatin Technologies announces new strategic objectives and reports third quarter 2008 financial results”. Palatin Technologies press release. 2008. Retrieved 2008-08-21.
  8.  “Palatin Technologies Announces New Strategic Objectives”. Retrieved 2008-05-13.
  9.  http://www.palatin.com/news/news.asp?ud=306

External links

PALATIN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.: ‘Bremelanotide in Premenopausal Women With Female Sexual Arousal Disorder and/or Hypoactive Sexual Desire Disorder‘ CLINICALTRIALS.GOV (NCT01382719, [Online] 20 March 2012, page 1 Retrieved from the Internet: <URL:http://clinicaltrials.gov/archive/NCT0 1382719/ 2012-03 20> [retrieved on 2014-02-10]
2 * PALATIN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.: ‘Reports Positive Bremelanotide Study; Improved Safety Profile with Subcutaneous Administration‘ PR NEWSWIRE., [Online] 12 August 2009, Retrieved from the Internet: <URL:http://www.thefreelibrary.com/Palatin +Technolo9ies,+Inc.+Reports+Positive+Bremel anotide+Study%38…-a020561 3302> [retrieved on 2014-02-10]
3 * SAFARINEJAD, MR.: ‘Evaluation of the Safety and Efficacy of Bremelanotide, a Melanocortin Receptor Agonist, in Female Subjects with Arousal Disorder: A Double-Blind Placebo-Controlled, Fixed Dose, Randomized Study”.‘ INTERNATIONAL SOCIETY FOR SEXUAL MEDICINE. vol. 5, 2008, pages 887 – 897
US8455617 Jun 7, 2010 Jun 4, 2013 Astrazeneca Ab Melanocortin receptor-specific peptides
US8455618 Oct 26, 2011 Jun 4, 2013 Astrazeneca Ab Melanocortin receptor-specific peptides
US8487073 Nov 23, 2010 Jul 16, 2013 Palatin Technologies, Inc. Melanocortin receptor-specific peptides for treatment of sexual dysfunction
US8729224 Jun 5, 2013 May 20, 2014 Palatin Technologies, Inc. Melanocortin receptor-specific peptides for treatment of female sexual dysfunction
EP2266567A1 May 26, 2009 Dec 29, 2010 Æterna Zentaris GmbH Use of cetrorelix in combination with PDE V inhibitors for the treatment of sex hormone dependent disorders
EP2266568A1 May 26, 2009 Dec 29, 2010 Æterna Zentaris GmbH Use of LHRH antagonists in combination with PDE V inhibitors for the treatment of sex hormone dependent disorders
WO2013067309A1 Nov 2, 2012 May 10, 2013 Xion Pharmaceutical Corporation Methods and compositions for oral administration of melanocortin receptor agonist compounds
WO2014071339A2 * Nov 5, 2013 May 8, 2014 Palatin Technologies, Inc. Uses of bremelanotide in therapy for female sexual dysfunction
WO2009151714A2 * Mar 24, 2009 Dec 17, 2009 Palatin Technologies, Inc. Therapeutic for treatment of circulatory shock, ischemia, inflammatory disease and related conditions
US6794489 * Jan 4, 2002 Sep 21, 2004 Palatin Technologies, Inc. Peptide sequence ac-nle-cyclo(-asp-his-d-phe-arg-trp-lys)-oh derived from a melanocyte-stimulating hormone (? alpha -msh?) analog, called melanotan-ii
US20050222014 * May 26, 2005 Oct 6, 2005 Palatin Technologies, Inc. Administering phosphodiestarase inhibitors and melanocortin receptor antagonist: synergistic mixture
US20110065652 * Nov 23, 2010 Mar 17, 2011 Palatin Technologies, Inc. Melanocortin Receptor-Specific Peptides for Treatment of Sexual Dysfunction

Filed under: Phase3 drugs, Premture ejaculation, sex arousal Tagged: Bremelanotide, Female Libido Enhancer, Inc., Palatin Technologies, PHASE 3, PT 141, sex arousal

Retosiban, GSK221149A

$
0
0

Retosiban structure.svg

Retosiban, GSK221149A

820957-38-8

MW 494.5827, MF C27 H34 N4 O5

Oxytocin antagonist

Threatened pre-term labour

PHASE 3 GSK

UNII-GIE06H28OX, GSK 221149A,  820957-38-8,

(3R,6R)-6-((S)-sec-butyl)-3-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-yl)-1-((R)-1-(2-methyloxazol-4-yl)-2-morpholino-2-oxoethyl)piperazine-2,5-dione

3(R)-(2,3-Dihydro-1H-inden-2-yl)-1-[1(R)-(2-methyloxazol-4-yl)-2-(4-morpholinyl)-2-oxoethyl]-6(R)-[1(S)-methylpropyl]piperazine-2,5-dione

(3R.6R)-3-(2,3-dihvdro-1 H-inden-2-v0-1 -\( R)-1 -(2-methyl-1 ,3-oxazol-4- yl)-2-(4-morpholinyl)-2-oxoethyll-6-r(1S -1-methylpropyn-2.5- piperazinedione

2,​5-​Piperazinedione, 3-​(2,​3-​dihydro-​1H-​inden-​2-​yl)​-​1-​[(1R)​-​1-​(2-​methyl-​4-​oxazolyl)​-​2-​(4-​morpholinyl)​-​2-​oxoethyl]​-​6-​[(1S)​-​1-​methylpropyl]​-​, (3R,​6R)​-

Morpholine, 4-[(2R)-[(3R,6R)-3-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-yl)-6-[(1S)-1-methylpropyl]-2,5-dioxo-1-piperazinyl](2-methyl-4-oxazolyl)acetyl]-

Retosiban (GSK-221,149-A)[1][2] is an oral drug which acts as a selective, sub-nanomolar (Ki = 0.65 nM) oxytocin receptor antagonist with >1400-fold selectivity[3] over the related vasopressin receptors and is being developed by GlaxoSmithKline for the treatment of preterm labour.[4][5]

Retosibanis an oxytocin (OT) antagonist in phase III clinical trials at GlaxoSmithKline for the prevention of preterm labor. OT antagonism is widely known to inhibit spontaneous uterine contractions.

Retosiban is a diketopiperazine nonpeptide compound with high potency and selectivity for the OT receptor over vasopressin receptors.

This  candidate has been shown to block oxytocin-induced uterine contractions when administered intravenously and to exhibit oral activity

Preterm labor is a major clinical problem leading to death and disability in newborns and accounts for 10% of all births and causes 70% of all infant mortality and morbidity.(Goldenberg, R. L.; Rouse, D.Prevention of premature birth N. Engl. J. Med. 1998, 339, 313)
Oxytocin (OT) is a potent stimulant of uterine contractions and is responsible for the initiation of labor via the interaction with the OT receptors in the mammalian uterus. OT antagonists have been shown to inhibit uterine contractions and delay preterm delivery. So there is increasing interest in OT antagonists because of their potential application in the prevention of preterm labor.
Although several tocolytics have already been approved in clinical practice, they have harmful maternal or fetal side effects.(Enkin, M.; Kierse, M.; Neilson, J.; Preterm Labour: A Guide to Effective Care in Pregnancy and Childbirth, 3rd ed.; Oxford University Press: Oxford, UK, 2000; pp 211225. )
The first clinically tested OT antagonist atosiban has a much more tolerable side effect profile and has recently been approved for use in Europe.
Atosiban SW.svgATOSIBAN

However, atosiban is a peptide and a mixed OT/vasopressin V1a receptor antagonist that has to be given by iv infusion and is not suitable for long-term maintenance treatment, as it is not orally bioavailable.((a) Bossmar, T.Treatment of preterm labor with the oxytocin and vasopressin antagonist atosiban J. Perinat. Med. 1998, 26, 458– 465

See also,(b) Coomarasamy, A.; Knox, E. M.; Gee, H.; Khan, K. S.Oxytocin antagonists for tocolysis in preterm labour—a systematic review Med. Sci. Monit. 2002, 8, RA268RA273)

Hence there has been considerable interest in overcoming the shortcomings of the peptide OT antagonists by identifying orally active nonpeptide OT antagonists with a higher degree of selectivity toward the vasopressin receptors (V1a, V1b, V2) with good oral bioavailability. Although several templates have been investigated as potential selective OT antagonists, few have achieved the required selectivity for the OT receptor vs the vasopressin receptors combined with the bioavailability and physical chemical properties required for an efficacious oral drug.(Borthwick, A. D.Oral Oxytocin Antagonists J. Med. Chem. 2010, 53, 65256538)
Therefore  the objective was to design a potent, orally active OT antagonist with high levels of selectivity over the vasopressin receptor with good oral bioavailability in humans that would delay labor safely by greater than seven days and with improved infant outcome, as shown by a reduced combined morbidity score.
The most potent of these was the 2,4-difluorophenyl dimethylamide 1, which has good in vitro (pKi = 9.2) and in vivo (IC50 = 227 nM) potency and is 20-fold more potent than atosiban in vitro. Compound 1 also has good pharmacokinetics with bioavailability >50% in both the rat and the dog.
Moreover, it is >500-fold selective over all three human vasopressin receptors (hV1aR, hV2R, and hV1bR) and has an acceptable P450 profile. In addition, it has a satisfactory safety profile in the genotoxicity screens and in the four day oral toxicity test in rats.

RETOSIBAN 106

However, 1 had poor aqueous solubility and high intrinsic clearance in human and cynomolgus monkey liver microsomes, so a compound was required that retained high antagonist potency and excellent pharmacokinetics in animal species seen with 1 but was more soluble and with improved human intrinsic clearance to decrease the risk of low bioavailability in humans.
first approach was to replace the 7-aryl ring with a five-membered heterocycle, which led to the oxazole Retosiban (106) a clinical candidate.(Borthwick, A. D.; Liddle, J.The design of orally bioavailable 2,5 diketopiperazine oxytocin antagonists: from concept to clinical candidate for premature labour Med. Res. Rev. 2011, 31, 576604)
As a backup to 106, an alternative replacement of the 7-aryl ring with a six-membered heterocycle was considered and in this report we describe how we investigated the modification of the 7-aryl ring to the 7(3′-pyridyl) ring and optimized substitution in this ring as well as modifying the isobutyl group to obtain good potency, lower intrinsic clearance in human microsomes, and good pharmacokinetics in animal species.
Barusiban.pngBARUSIBAN

 

L-368,899 structure.pngL-368899

L-371,257 structure.pngL-371257

PAPER

Pyridyl-2,5-diketopiperazines as potent, selective, and orally bioavailable oxytocin antagonists: Synthesis, pharmacokinetics, and in vivo potency
J Med Chem 2012, 55(2): 783

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jm201287w

 PAPER

The discovery of GSK221149A: A potent and selective oxytocin antagonist
Bioorg Med Chem Lett 2008, 18(1): 90

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0960894X07013170

Full-size image (4 K)

Full-size image (30 K)

Scheme

Reagents and conditions: (a) triethylamine, MeOH; (b) H2, Pd/C, ethanol/acetic acid; (c) carbonyl diimidazole, CH2Cl2 3 h then acetone/2 N HCl; (d) benzotriazol-1-yloxytripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate, dichloromethane 1 h then morpholine.

GSK221149A and other tertiary amides were prepared in four steps via the Ugi reaction as outlined in Scheme . A 2:1 mixture of diastereoisomers 24 was formed with the desirable (R)-diastereoisomer being the minor product. Hydrogenation of crude 24 furnished the cyclised phenol 25, again enriched with the undesirable (S)-diastereoisomer.

Activation of the mixture 25 with carbonyl diimidazole followed by the addition of 2 N HCl promoted epimerisation at the exocyclic position and yielded the acids 26 with the required (R)-diastereoisomer as the major product.

Acid activation with benzotriazol-1-yloxytripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate followed by the addition of morpholine and subsequent column chromatography yielded homo-chiral GSK221149A.

 

PATENT

WO 2005000840

http://www.google.co.in/patents/EP1641787A1?cl=en

Example 3

(3R.6R)-3-(2,3-dihvdro-1 H-inden-2-v0-1 -\( R)-1 -(2-methyl-1 ,3-oxazol-4- yl)-2-(4-morpholinyl)-2-oxoethyll-6-r(1S -1-methylpropyn-2.5- piperazinedione ( 2R)-[(benzyloxycarbonyl)amino](2,3-dihydro-1 H-inden-2-yl)ethanoic acid (35.84g, 0.110mol) in a 500mL round bottomed flask was treated with 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol (165mL) followed by methanol (55ml) and triethylamine (11.13g, 15.33mL, 0.110mmol) the slurry was stirred for 3.5hrs until dissolution was observed. The solution was then added to (D)- allo Isoleucine methyl ester hydrochloride (20g, .110mol) in a separate flask. The slurry was stirred until dissolution was observed. 2-methyl-4- formyloxazole (12.24g, 0.110mmol) was then added followed by 2- benzyloxyphenylisocynanide (23.04g, 0.110mmol). The dark brown reaction mixture was then stirred at 20-25°C for 24hrs. The solution was then concentrated to a volume of ca. 130mL by distillation at reduced pressure.

The solution was the diluted with dichloromethane (200mL) and washed with water (2 x 200mL). The organic phase was then diluted with N-methyl pyrrolidinone (460mL) was and the dichloromethane removed by stirring at 40°C under vacuum for 2hrs. Acetic acid 46mL) was then added followed by palladium on carbon catalyst (69. Og of 10% Pd wt, 57% water, Johnson Matthey type 87L) and the mixture hydrogenated under balloon pressure of hydrogen with rapid stirring for 2hrs. The reaction mixture was then filtered, washed through with ethyl acetate (960mL) and washed with 3%w/v aq sodium chloride solution (960mL). The biphasic mixture was filtered and the organic phase separated and washed with 3%w/v aq sodium chloride solution (2 x 960mL). The organic solution was then diluted with ethyl acetate (200mL) and concentrated by distillation at atmospheric pressure by distilling out 385mL of solvent. The concentrated solution at 20-25°C was treated with 1 ,1′-carbonyldiimidazoIe (21.46g, 0.132mol) and stirred at 20-25°C for 1 hr then treated with water (290mL) and stirred rapidly at 20-25°C for 24hr. The mixture was allowed to settle and the ethyl acetate layer separated and discarded. The aqueous phase was washed with ethyl acetate (290mL) and the mixture allowed to settle and the aqueous phase was separated and acidified to pH 1-2 by the addition of concentrated hydrochloric acid (18mL).

The aqueous phase was then extracted into ethyl acetate (290mL and then 145mL). The combined ethyl acetate solution was then concentrated by distillation at atmospheric pressure to a volume of ca. 93mL. This solution was then diluted with tetrahydrofuran (62mL) and treated with triethylamine (11.02g, 15.20mL, 0.109mol) and cooled to -78°C. The solution was then treated with trimethylacetyl chloride (4.81 g, 4.92mL, 39.90mmol) and stirred at – 78°C for 7hr. The reaction mixture was then treated with a solution of morpholine (15.82g, 15.83mL, 0.181 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (23mL) and stirred at -78°C for 1hr 20mins before being allowed to warm to 20-25°C. The solution was then diluted with ethyl acetate (76mL) and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (2 x 153mL) followed by water (153mL). The organic solution was then diluted with ethyl acetate (54mL) and distilled down to a volume of 69mL at atmospheric pressure. The solution was then cooled to 20-25°C at which point crystallisation of the title compound occurred. The slurry of was then cooled further to 0°C before the title compound was isolated by filtration and sucked dry. Yield 8.92g.

 SYN WILL BE UPDATED.. ……………KEEP WATCHING

References

  • 1  Liddle J, Allen MJ, Borthwick AD, Brooks DP, Davies DE, Edwards RM, Exall AM, Hamlett C, Irving WR, Mason, AM, McCafferty GP, Nerozzi F, Peace S, Philp J, Pollard D, Pullen MA, Shabbir SS, Sollis SL, Westfall TD, Woollard PM, Wu C, Hickey DM (January 2008). “The discovery of GSK221149A: A potent and selective oxytocin antagonist”. Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 18 (1): 90–94. doi:10.1016/j.bmcl.2007.11.008. PMID 18032036.
  • 2
  • Borthwick, A. D.; Liddle, J. (January 2013). “Retosiban and Epelsiban: Potent and Selective Orally available Oxytocin Antagonists”. In Domling, A. Methods and Principles in Medicinal Chemistry: Protein-Protein Interactions in Drug Discovery. Weinheim: Wiley-VCH. pp. 225–256. ISBN 978-3-527-33107-9.
  • 3
  • McCafferty GP, Pullen MA, Wu C, Edwards RM, Allen M.J, Woollard PM, Borthwick AD, Liddle J, Hickey DM, Brooks DP, Westfall TD (March 2007). “Use of a novel and highly selective oxytocin receptor antagonist to characterize uterine contractions in the rat”. American Journal of Physiology – Regulatory, Integrative and Comparative Physiology 293: R299–R305. doi:10.1152/ajpregu.00057.2007. PMID 17395790.
  • 4
  • USAN Council (2007). “Statement on a Nonproprietary Name Adopted by the USAN Council” (PDF).
  • 5  Borthwick AD, Liddle J (July 2011). “The Design of Orally Bioavailable 2,5-Diketopiperazine Oxytocin Antagonists: From Concept to Clinical Candidate for Premature Labour”. Medicinal Research Reviews 31 (4): 576–604. doi:10.1002/med.20193. PMID 20027670.

…………..

OTHER INFO

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jm201287w

Abstract Image

A six-stage stereoselective synthesis of indanyl-7-(3′-pyridyl)-(3R,6R,7R)-2,5-diketopiperazines oxytocin antagonists from indene is described. SAR studies involving mono- and disubstitution in the 3′-pyridyl ring and variation of the 3-isobutyl group gave potent compounds (pKi > 9.0) with good aqueous solubility. Evaluation of the pharmacokinetic profile in the rat, dog, and cynomolgus monkey of those derivatives with low cynomolgus monkey and human intrinsic clearance gave 2′,6′-dimethyl-3′-pyridyl R-sec-butyl morpholine amide Epelsiban (69), a highly potent oxytocin antagonist (pKi = 9.9) with >31000-fold selectivity over all three human vasopressin receptors hV1aR, hV2R, and hV1bR, with no significant P450 inhibition. Epelsiban has low levels of intrinsic clearance against the microsomes of four species, good bioavailability (55%) and comparable potency to atosiban in the rat, but is 100-fold more potent than the latter in vitro and was negative in the genotoxicity screens with a satisfactory oral safety profile in female rats.

EPELSIBAN

(3R,6R)-3-(2,3-Dihydro-1H-inden-2-yl)-1-[(1R)-1-(2,6-dimethyl-3-pyridinyl)-2-(4-morpholinyl)-2-oxoethyl]-6-[(1S)-1-methylpropyl]-2,5-piperazinedione (69)

69 as a white solid (2.4 g, 45%). Recystallisation from ethyl acetate/hexane (1:3) gave colorless needles (75%) mp 140 °C. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.49 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H, pyridyl-4H), 7.26–7.15 (m, 4H, indanyl-arylH), 7.10 (d, J =8.1 Hz, 1H, pyridyl-5H), 6.68 (s, 1H, NCHpyridyl), 6.49 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H, lactam-NH), 4.10 (dd, J = 10.1 Hz, 4.0 Hz, 1H, NCHindanyl), 4.01 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, NCHsec-butyl), 3.75–2.71 (m, 13H, 8× morpholinyl-H, indanyl-3H, -1H, -2H), 2.62 and 2.58 (2s, 6H, pyridyl-2Me,-6Me), 1.64–1.52 (m, 1H, CHHMe), 0.98–0.79 (m, 2H, CHHMe, CHMeCH2), 0.70 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H, CH2Me), 0.45 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H, CHMe). LCMS m/z 519 (MH+) single component, gradient 2 (tR 2.70 min). HRMS calcd for C30H38N4O4 (MH+) 519.29658, found 519.29667. HPLC: 100% (tR 10.388 min).
To a warm solution of 69 (2.66 g, 5.1 mmol) in acetone (40 mL) was added a solution of benzene sulfonic acid (0.81 g, 5.1 mmol) in acetone (40 mL), and the resulting solution was heated to boiling and allowed to cool to room temperature during 48 h. The resulting crystals were filtered off, air-dried on the filter pad to give the besylate (3.214 g, 92.6%) as white crystals of 69B mp 179–183 °C. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.30 (d, 1H, J = 8.1 Hz, pyridyl-4H), 7.84–7.80 (m, 2H, PhSO3ortho-H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H, pyridyl-5H), 7.45–7.38 (m, 3H, PhSO3meta-H, para-H), 7.23–7.09 (m, 4H, indanyl-arylH), 6.08 (broad s, 1H, NCHpyridyl), 4.00 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H, NCHsec-butyl), 3.92 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H, NCHindanyl), 3.78–3.39 and 3.14–2.80 (m, 13H, 8× morpholinyl-H, indanyl-3H, -1H, -2H)), 2.79 and 2.78 (2s, 6H, pyridyl-2Me, -6Me), 1.85–1.74 (m, 1H, CHHMe), 1.59–1.48 (m, 1H, CHHMe), 1.15–1.01 (m, 1H, CHMeCH2), 0.92 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H, CHMe), 0.85 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H, CH2Me). LCMS m/z 519 MH+ single components, tR 2.72 min; circular dichroism (CH3CN) λmax 225.4 nm, dE −15.70, E15086; λmax 276 nm, dE 3.82, E5172. HRMS calcd for C30H38N4O4 (MH+) 519.2971, found 519.2972. Anal. (C30H38N4O4·C6H6O3S·3.0H2O) C, H, N, S.

…………..

Updates

Inline image 1

Inline image 2
Inline image 3

ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO

THANKS AND REGARD’S
DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO Ph.D

amcrasto@gmail.com

MOBILE-+91 9323115463
GLENMARK SCIENTIST ,  INDIA
web link
Retosiban
Retosiban structure.svg
Systematic (IUPAC) name
(3R,6R)-6-[(2S)-butan-2-yl]-3-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-yl)-1-[(1R)-1-(2-methyl-1,3-oxazol-4-yl)-2-(morpholin-4-yl)-2-oxoethyl]piperazine-2,5-dione
Clinical data
Legal status
  • Non-regulated
Identifiers
CAS number 820957-38-8
ATC code None
PubChem CID 96025669
ChemSpider 23323798
UNII GIE06H28OX
KEGG D08986
Synonyms GSK-221,149-A
Chemical data
Formula C27H34N4O5 
Molecular mass 494.58 g/mol

Filed under: Phase3 drugs Tagged: gsk, GSK221149A, PHASE 3, retosiban

Brexpiprazole ブレクスピプラゾール

$
0
0

Brexpiprazole structure.svg

 

Brexpiprazole

ブレクスピプラゾール

OPC-34712, UNII-2J3YBM1K8C, OPC34712,
CAS 913611-97-9,
Molecular Formula:C25H27N3O2S
Molecular Weight:433.56578 g/mol
7-[4-[4-(1-benzothiophen-4-yl)piperazin-1-yl]butoxy]-1H-quinolin-2-one
7-[4-[4-(1-Benzothiophen-4-yl)piperazin-1-yl]butoxy]quinolin-2(1H)-one
2(1H)​-​Quinolinone, 7-​[4-​(4-​benzo[b]​thien-​4-​yl-​1-​piperazinyl)​butoxy]​-
7- [ 4- ( 4-benzo[b]thiophen-4- yl-piperazin-l-yl)butoxy] -lH-quinolin-2-one
7-[4-(4-benzo[b]thiophen-4-yl-piperazin-1-yl)butoxy]-1H-quinolin-2-one
Otsuka Pharma Co Ltd,

OTSUKA ……………INNOVATOR

NDA is considered filed as of September 9, 2014 (60 days after submission). The PDUFA date is July 11, 2015.

Brexpiprazole (/brɛksˈpɪprəzl/ breks-pip-rə-zohl; also called OPC-34712) is a novel D2 dopamine partial agonist investigational product currently in clinical trials for the treatment of depression, schizophrenia, and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder(ADHD).[1]Although it failed Stage 2 trials for ADHD, it has been designed to provide improved efficacy and tolerability (e.g., lessakathisia, restlessness and/or insomnia) over established adjunctive treatments for major depressive disorder (MDD).[2]

OPC-34712 is an antidepressant and antipsychotic drug candidate awaiting approval in the U.S. for the treatment of schizophrenia and also as adjunctive treatment of major depressive disorder (MDD). The product is in phase III clinical trials for the treatment of agitation associated with Alzheimer’s disease. Phase III clinical trials are also underway for the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD).

Phase II clinical trials are also ongoing for use as adjunctive therapy in adults with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). The compound is being developed by Otsuka Pharmaceutical. In 2011, a codevelopment and commercialization agreement was signed by Lundbeck and Otsuka Pharmaceutical in Latin and North America, Australia and Europe for the treatment of psychiatric disorders.

The drug is being developed by Otsuka, and is considered to be a successor[3] of its top-selling antipsychotic agent aripiprazole(brand names: Abilify, Aripiprex). Otsuka’s US patent on aripiprazole expired on October 20, 2014;[4] however, due to a pediatric extension, a generic will not become available until at least April 20, 2015.[5]

 

 

Brexpiprazole (1) , a serotonin–dopamine activity modulator, is an investigational new drug currently in phase-III clinical trials for the treatment of depression, schizophrenia, and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.(1A) Brexpiprazole is also considered to be a possible successor to the top-selling antipsychotic agent aripiprazole.(2A)

  1. 1A……….Phase II and Phase III Drugs in U.S. Development for Depression, Anxiety, Sleep Disorders, Psychosis & ADHD, 2011. http://www.neurotransmitter.net/newdrugs.html(accessed Jan 27, 2015).
  2. 2A…………FDA accepts new schizophrenia drug filing, 2014.http://www.pharmafile.com/news/194878/fda-accepts-new-schizophrenia-drug-filing(accessed Jan 27, 2015).
    BREXPIPRAZOLE.png
    Brexpiprazole

    In the clinical program, brexpiprazole demonstrated improvement in symptoms in both schizophrenia and as adjunctive therapy in major depressive disorder (MDD)

    July 2015 is the anticipated completion timing of the FDA’s review (based on PDUFA timeline)Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. (Otsuka) and H. Lundbeck A/S (Lundbeck) today announced that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has determined that the New Drug Application (NDA) for brexpiprazole for monotherapy in adult patients with schizophrenia and for adjunctive treatment of major depressive disorder (MDD) in adult patients is sufficiently complete to allow for a substantive review, and the NDA is considered filed as of September 9, 2014 (60 days after submission). The PDUFA date is July 11, 2015.The NDA is supported by seven completed placebo-controlled clinical phase II or III studies in the proposed indications – three studies in schizophrenia and four studies with brexpiprazole as adjunctive therapy in MDD. The dossier included data from more than 6,000 participants of whom more than 5,000 received brexpiprazole.

    Brexpiprazole in adult patients with schizophreniaOne clinical phase II and two clinical phase III placebo-controlled studies have been completed using brexpiprazole in adult patients suffering from schizophrenia. Across the three studies more than 1,700 patients have been randomized.In the first pivotal phase III study randomizing approximately 625 patients, brexpiprazole 2mg/day and 4 mg/day both demonstrated greater improvement of symptoms relative to placebo as measured by change from baseline in the Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale (PANSS) Total Score at week 6 (p<0.05). Results of the key secondary endpoint supported primary results.In the second pivotal phase III study randomizing approximately 650 patients, brexpiprazole 4 mg/day again demonstrated greater improvement of symptoms relative to placebo (p<0.05) in change from baseline in the PANSS Total Score at Week 6. Brexpiprazole 2 mg/day showed numerical improvement (p>0.05) over placebo at Week 6.The results from the clinical phase II studyi were presented at the 24th Annual US Psychiatric and Mental Health Congress in November 2011. The study showed a clinically meaningful improvement from baseline measured by PANSS total score at week 6, although it did not achieve statistical separation from placeboii.In the placebo-controlled phase II and III studies, the rates of discontinuation due to adverse events were 8.1% for patients receiving brexpiprazole compared to 12.7% of patients receiving placebo; the only adverse event that occurred in more than 5% of brexpiprazole patients and more frequently than placebo was akathisia (5.8% vs. 4.5%).
    Brexpiprazole as adjunctive therapy in major depressive disorder (MDD) Four studies have been included in the dossier using brexpiprazole as adjunctive therapy for adult patients suffering from MDD who had demonstrated a consistent, inadequate response to at least two regimens of prior antidepressant treatment. Patients with MDD and an inadequate response to one to three antidepressants were enrolled and received antidepressants for 8 weeks, single blinded, in the two phase III studies. Patients with an inadequate response during this prospective phase were provided antidepressant therapy and randomized adjunctive treatment with either brexpiprazole or placebo for 6 weeks. The primary efficacy endpoint was the change in MADRS (Montgomery–Åsberg Depression Rating Scale) Total Score from baseline at week 6. MADRS is a commonly used scale to assess the range of symptoms in patients with MDD. Across the four studies, more than 3,900 patients entered the prospective phase and more than 1,800 patients were included in the randomized phase of the studies.The first pivotal phase III results were presented in a poster session at the 22nd European Psychiatry Association Congress (EPA) in March 2014. This two-arm phase III study randomized approximately 380 patients and demonstrated an improvement of symptoms with an antidepressant plus 2 mg brexpiprazole that was greater than an antidepressant plus placebo (p<0.001)The second pivotal phase III study was a three-arm study in which approximately 675 patients were randomized to treatment with an antidepressant plus either placebo, 1 mg brexpiprazole or 3 mg brexpiprazole.v Patients in both brexpiprazole treatment groups showed greater improvement in symptoms as measured by the MADRS compared to placebo (1 mg p>0.05, 3 mg p<0.05). Results of the second pivotal phase III study in MDD have not yet been published.
    The first clinical phase IIvi study randomized approximately 425 patients in four arms and was presented at the 164th Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association in May 2011. Patients exhibited greater improvements than adjunctive placebo in MADRS Total score with the 1.5 (±0.5) mg/day dose of brexpiprazole after six weeks of treatment (p<0.05 vs. placebo). The second phase II study in MDD randomizing approximately 372 patients has not yet been published but supports the findings in the first studies.Across the four placebo-controlled phase II and III studies, over 90% of patients completed the studies. The rates of discontinuation due to adverse events were 2.9% for patients receiving brexpiprazole compared to 0.8% of patients receiving placebo; the only adverse events that occurred in more than 5% of brexpiprazole patients and more frequently than placebo were akathisia (8.6% vs. 2.8%) and weight increased (7.3 vs. 1.9%).Full data from the four clinical phase III studies in the two indications will be made available through scientific disclosure at upcoming medical congresses and in scientific publications. Data from the clinical phase III program in schizophrenia and adjunctive therapy in MDD has been submitted to the 53rd Congress of American College of Neuropsychopharmacology (ACNP) on 7-11 December 2014 in Phoenix, Arizona.
    About brexpiprazole (OPC-34712)Brexpiprazole is a novel investigational psychotropic compound discovered by Otsuka and under co-development with Lundbeck. Brexpiprazole is a serotonin-dopamine activity modulator (SDAM) that acts as a partial agonist at 5-HT1A and dopamine D2 receptors at similar potency, and an antagonist at 5-HT2A and noradrenaline alpha1B/2C receptors.

 

Partnership with Lundbeck

In November 2011, Otsuka and Lundbeck have announced a global alliance.[6] Lundbeck has given Otsuka an upfront payment of $200 million, and the deal includes development, regulatory and sales payments, for a potential total of $1.8 billion. Specifically for OPC-34712, Lundbeck will obtain 50% of net sales in Europe and Canada and 45% of net sales in the US from Otsuka.

The partnership has been presented by Otsuka to its investors as a good fit for several reasons:[7]

  • Geographic strategy: Otsuka in Japan, Asia, US; Lundbeck in Europe, South America and emerging markets
  • Research strategy: Otsuka has knowledge in antipsychotics, Lundbeck in anti-depressant and anxiolytic.
  • CNS strategy: Otsuka has a robust portfolio in next-generation CNS drugs, while Lundbeck covers a wide range of CNS conditions from Alzheimer’s to schizophrenia.
  • Similar corporate culture

 

 

Clinical trials

OPC-34712 is currently in clinical trials for adjunctive treatment of MDD, adjunctive treatment of adult ADHD and schizophrenia.[8]

Major depression

Phase II

The Phase 2 multicenter, double-blind, placebo-controlled study randomized 429 adult MDD patients who exhibited an inadequate response to one to three ADTs in the current episode. The study was designed to assess the efficacy and safety of OPC-34712 as an adjunctive treatment to standard ADT. The ADTs included in the study were desvenlafaxine, escitalopram, fluoxetine, paroxetine, sertraline, and venlafaxine.[9]

Phase III

A new Phase III study is currently in the recruiting stage: “Study of the Safety and Efficacy of Two Fixed Doses of OPC-34712 as Adjunctive Therapy in the Treatment of Adults With Major Depressive Disorder (the Polaris Trial)”.[10] Its goal is “to compare the effect of OPC-34712 to the effect of placebo (an inactive substance) as add on treatment to an assigned FDA approved antidepressant treatment (ADT) in patients with Major Depressive Disorder who demonstrate an incomplete response to a prospective trial of the same assigned FDA approved ADT”. Estimated enrollment is 1250 volunteers.

Adult ADHD

Phase II

  • Study of the Safety and Efficacy of OPC-34712 as a Complementary Therapy in the Treatment of Adult Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (STEP-A)[11] The company did not move the product to Phase III, and it is presumed this drug failed Phase II trials for the disorder.

Schizophrenia

Phase I

  • Trial to Evaluate the Effects of OPC-34712 on QT/QTc in Subjects With Schizophrenia or Schizoaffective Disorder[12]

Phase II

  • A Dose-finding Trial of OPC-34712 in Patients With Schizophrenia[13]

Phase III

  • Efficacy Study of OPC-34712 in Adults With Acute Schizophrenia (BEACON)[14]
  • Safety and Tolerability Study of Oral OPC-34712 as Maintenance Treatment in Adults With Schizophrenia (ZENITH)[15]
  • Study of the Effectiveness of Three Different Doses of OPC-34712 in the Treatment of Adults With Acute Schizophrenia (VECTOR)[16]
  • A Long-term Trial of OPC-34712 in Patients With Schizophrenia[17]

Conferences

  • Phase II results were presented at the American Psychiatric Association’s 2011 annual meeting in May 2011.[18]
  • The drug has been presented at the 2nd Congress of Asian College of Neuropsychopharmacology[19] in September 2011.
  • At the US Psychiatric and Mental Health Congress in November 2011 in Vegas, Robert McQuade presented the Phase II Trial results for Schizophrenia[20]

Side effects

The most common adverse events associated with OPC-34712 (all doses of OPC-34712 cumulatively greater than or equal to 5 percent vs. placebo) were upper respiratory tract infection (6.9% vs. 4.8%), akathisia (6.6% vs. 3.2%), weight gain (6.3% vs. 0.8%), and nasopharyngitis (5.0% vs. 1.6%).[21]

Drug interactions

Based on information given on the consent forms, it seems OPC-34712 is a substrate of CYP2D6 and CYP3A4, like its predecessor Aripiprazole. Participants in the clinical trials are advised to avoid grapefruit, Seville oranges and related citruses.

Pharmacology

Brexpiprazole acts as a partial agonist of the 5-HT1A, D2, and D3 receptors, and as an antagonist of the 5-HT2A, 5-HT2B, 5-HT7, α1A-, α1B-, α1D-, and α2C-adrenergic, and H1receptors.[22] It has negligible affinity for the mACh receptors.[22]

Dosage

  • As an adjunct to standard antidepressant therapy in adult patients with major depressive disorder:
    • Phase II trials: 1.5 ± 0.5 mg.
    • Phase III trials: 1 or 3 mg depending on group.[10]
  • For schizophrenic/schizoaffective subjects, dosage is 4 or 12 mg.[23]
  • For ADHD, the dose was thought to be 0.25 to 2 mg/day.[11]

Patents

  • U.S. Patent 8,071,600
  • WIPO PCT/JP2006/317704
  • Canadian patent: 2620688[24]
  • WO 2013162046
  • WO 2013161830
  •  WO 2013162048
  • WO 2013015456
  • JP 2008115172
  • WO 2006112464
Patent Submitted Granted
PIPERAZINE-SUBSTITUTED BENZOTHIOPHENES FOR TREATMENT OF MENTAL DISORDERS [US2011152286] 2011-06-23
Piperazine-substituted benzothiophenes for treatment of mental disorders [US7888362] 2010-07-15 2011-02-15

PAPER

Org. Process Res. Dev., Article ASAP
DOI: 10.1021/acs.oprd.5b00027
Figure

Figure 1. Brexpiprazole (1) and intermediate 18.

Abstract Image

2-Chloro-6-fluorobenzaldehyde was converted to 4-(1-piperazinyl)benzo[b]thiophene dihydrochloride (18), an intermediate in the synthesis of brexpiprazole, via a five-step sequence in 54% overall yield. This procedure requires no expensive catalyst and avoids the side products produced in the coupling step in the reported process. Several kilograms of compound 18 were prepared using this economical and scalable process.

1-(Benzo[b]thiophen-4-yl)piperazine Dihydrochloride (18)

Compound 10 (1.5 kg, 4.71 mol) was dissolved in ………………..DELETED…………………, and then dried to give compound 18 (1.17 kg, 85% yield). HPLC for compound 18 (tR = 6.3 min, identical to authentic sample) 99.8% purity; HPLC method B.
18:
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.86 (s, 1H), 9.65 (s, 2H), 7.75 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.30 (s, 8H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 146.92, 140.62, 133.40, 126.50, 125.06, 121.91, 117.73, 112.56, 48.52, 43.00.
MS (ESI, eV): m/z = 219.1 [M + H]+.

 ………..

PATENT

http://www.google.com/patents/US20140187782

A 4-(1-piperazinyl)benzo[b]thiophene compound represented by Formula (1):

Figure US20140187782A1-20140703-C00002

is useful for various medicines such as antipsychotic drugs. Moreover, a 4-(1-piperazinyl)benzo[b]thiophene compound represented by Formula (4):

Figure US20140187782A1-20140703-C00003

wherein R1 is a hydrogen atom or a protecting group, is useful as an intermediate for synthesizing the compound represented by Formula (1).

Reference Example 30 and Example 1 of PTL 1 specifically disclose a method for producing a benzo[b]thiophene compound (the reaction scheme shown below). In Reference Example 30, 4-(1-piperazinyl)benzo[b]thiophene is produced by heating under reflux a mixture comprising 14.4 g of 4-bromobenzo[b]thiophene, 29.8 g of anhydrous piperazine, 9.3 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 0.65 g of (R)-(+)-2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl (BINAP), 0.63 g of tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0), and 250 ml of toluene (step X).

Figure US20140187782A1-20140703-C00004

However, the reaction of the step X produces a relatively large amount of by-products that can hardly be separated, and the purity of the compound (4a) is thus inevitably reduced. Moreover, although column purification is performed to increase the purity of the compound (4a), it is very difficult to completely remove by-products, even by column chromatography purification. For this reason, there is a demand for the development of a novel method for producing the compound (4a) with high yield and high purity.

Furthermore, by-products contained in the compound (4a) inevitably reduce the purity of the compound (1) in the subsequent step Y. Since the method described in PTL 1 requires purification by column chromatography to obtain the target compound (1) with high purity, the method is not suitable for the industrial process of mass production. In addition, according to the method, incorporation of by-products that can hardly be separated is inevitable, and high-purity products usable as active pharmaceutical ingredients cannot be produced without purification by column chromatography.

CITATION LISTPatent Literature

  • PTL 1: Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2006-316052 Non Patent Literature
  • NPL 1: Tetrahedron Lett., 2004, 45, 9645

Figure US20140187782A1-20140703-C00020

 

Figure US20140187782A1-20140703-C00021

 

Figure US20140187782A1-20140703-C00022

 

Example 4

Synthesis of 7-[4-(4-benzo[b]thiophen-4-yl-piperazin-1-yl)butoxy]-1H-quinolin-2-one

After 1-benzo[b]thiophen-4-yl-piperazine hydrochloride (10.6 g), potassium carbonate (5.8 g), and DMF (50 ml) were stirred at 30 to 40° C. for about 30 minutes, 7-(4-chlorobutoxy)-1H-quinolin-2-one (10.0 g) and potassium iodide (6.9 g) were added. The mixture was stirred at 90 to 100° C. for 2 hours. While the temperature of the mixture was maintained at 60° C. or more, water (150 ml) was added dropwise over a period of 10 minutes or more. After the mixture was cooled to 10° C. or less, the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, and washed with water and then with ethanol.

After ethanol (325 ml) and acetic acid (25 ml) were added to the precipitated crystals, the mixture was stirred under reflux for dissolution. Concentrated hydrochloric acid (3.6 ml) was added at around 70° C., and the mixture was cooled. After confirming the precipitation of crystals, the mixture was heated again and stirred under reflux for 1 hour. After the mixture was cooled to 10° C. or less, the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration and washed with ethanol.

After ethanol (191 ml) and water (127 ml) were added to the precipitated crystals, the mixture was stirred under reflux for dissolution. After activated carbon (0.89 g) was added, the mixture was stirred under reflux for 30 minutes and then hot filtered. After activated carbon was removed, the mixture was heated again for dissolution. After 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (5.8 ml) was added at approximately 70° C., the mixture was stirred under reflux for 30 minutes, after which water (64 ml) was added at approximately 70° C. After the mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 30 minutes, the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration at 40° C. or less, then washed with water, and dried to obtain 7-[4-(4-benzo[b]thiophen-4-yl-piperazin-1-yl)butoxy]-1H-quinolin-2-one as white crystals.

Yield: 14.30 g

1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ ppm;

1.6-1.75 (2H, m), 1.75-1.9 (2H, m), 2.44 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 2.55-2.70 (4H, m), 3.00-3.15 (4H, m), 4.06 (2H, t, J=6.3 Hz), 6.30 (1H, d, J=9.5 Hz), 6.75-6.85 (2H, m), 6.88 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.27 (1H, dd, J=8 Hz, 8 Hz), 7.40 (1H, d, J=5.5 Hz), 7.55 (1H, d, J=9.5 Hz), 7.61 (1H, d, J=8 Hz), 7.69 (1H, d, J=5.5 Hz), 7.80 (1H, d, J=9.5 Hz), 11.58 (1H, bs).

………………………

PATENT

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2006112464A1?cl=en

Example 1

Preparation of 7- [4- (4-benzo [b] thiophen-4-yl- piperazin-1-yl) butoxy] -lH-quinolin-2-one

A mixture of 9.0 g of 7- ( 4-chlorobutoxy) -IH- quinolin-2-one, 10 g of 1-benzo [b] thiophene-4-yl- piperazine hydrochloride, 14 g of potassium carbonate, 6 g of sodium iodide and 90 ml of dimethylformamide was stirred for 2 hours at 8O0C. Water was added to the reaction solution and precipitated crystals were separated by filtration. The crystals were dissolved in a mixed solvent of dichloromethane and methanol, dried over magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane .-methanol = 100:3). Recrystallized from ethanol, 13.6 g of 7- [4- (4-benzo [b] thiophen-4-yl- piperazin-1-yl) butoxy] -lH-quinolin-2-one in the form of a white powder was obtained.

Melting point 183.5-184.50C

1H-NMR ( DMSO-dg) δppm:

1.6-1.75 (2H, m) , 1.75-1.9(2H, m) , 2.44(2H, t, J=7Hz) , 2.5-2.8(4H, m) , 2.9-3.2(4H, m) , 4.06(2H, t, J=6.5Hz), 6.3O(1H, d, J=9.5Hz), 6.75-6.85 (2H, m) , 6.88(1H, d, J=7.5Hz), 7.27 (IH, dd, J=8Hz, 8Hz), 7.40 (IH, d, J=5.5Hz), 7.55 (IH, d, J=9.5Hz), 7.61(1H, d, J=8Hz) , 7.69(1H, d, J=5.5Hz), 7.8O(1H, d, J=9.5Hz), 11.59(1H, bs) .

 

……………….

PATENT

Figure imgf000006_0001 7- [ 4- ( 4-benzo[b]thiophen-4- yl-piperazin-l-yl)butoxy] -lH-quinolin-2-one

The dihydrate of the benzothiophene compound represented by Formula (I) or of a salt thereof according to the present invention can be produced from an anhydride of the benzothiophene compound or of a salt thereof.

The benzothiophene compound (in the form of an

anhydride) of Formula (I), from which the dihydrate of the present invention is produced, is a known compound, and can be obtained by the production method disclosed in Example 1 of

JP2006-316052A or according to Reference Examples 1 and 2

Fig. 1 shows the ^-NMR spectrum of the dihydrate of the benzothiophene compound represented by Formula (I) prepared in Example 1.

Fig. 2 shows the X-ray powder diffraction pattern of the dihydrate of the benzothiophene compound represented by

Formula (I) prepared in Example 1.

Fig. 3 shows the infrared absorption spectrum of the dihydrate of the benzothiophene compound represented by Formula (I) prepared in Example 1.

Fig. 4 shows the Raman spectrum of the dihydrate of the benzothiophene compound represented by Formula (I) prepared in Example 1.

Fig. 5 shows the XH- MR spectrum of the benzothiophene compound represented by Formula (I) prepared in Example 2.

 

Reference Example 1: Synthesis of 7-(4-chlorobutoxy)-lH-quinolin- 2-one Methanol (149 L) , 7-hydroxy-lH-quinolin-2-one (14.87 kg), and potassium hydroxide (6.21 kg) were mixed and stirred. After dissolution, l-bromo-4-chlorobutane (47.46 kg) was further added thereto and the resulting mixture was stirred under reflux for seven hours. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 10° C for one hour. The precipitated crystal was centrifuged and washed with methanol (15 L). The wet crystal was collected and placed in a tank. Water (149 L) was added thereto, followed by stirring at room temperature. After centrifugation, the resulting solid was washed with water (30 L). The wet crystal was collected and placed in a tank. After adding methanol (74 L), the mixture was stirred under reflux for one hour, cooled to 10° C, and then stirred. The precipitated crystal was centrifuged and washed with methanol (15 L). The separated crystal was dried at 60° C to obtain 7- (4-chlorobutoxy) -lH-quinolin-2-one (15.07 kg).

Reference Example 2: Synthesis of 7- [ 4- ( 4-benzo[b] thiophen-4-yl- piperazin-l-yl)butoxy] -lH-quinolin-2-one

Water (20 L), potassium carbonate (1.84 kg), 1- benzo[b] thiophen-4-yl-piperazine hydrochloride (3.12 kg), and ethanol (8 L) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. 7- ( 4-Chlorobutoxy) – lH-quinolin-2-one (2.80 kg) obtained in Reference Example 1 was added to the mixture and stirred under reflux for nine hours.

After concentrating the solvent (8 L) under ordinary pressure, the mixture was stirred at 90° C for one hour and then cooled to 9° C . The precipitated crystal was centrifuged and then

sequentially washed with water (8 L) and ethanol (6 L). The separated crystal was dried at 60° C to obtain a crude product. The crude product (4.82 kg) and ethanol (96 L) were mixed in a reaction vessel, and acetic acid (4.8 L) was introduced into the reaction vessel. The mixture was stirred under reflux for one hour to dissolve the crude product. After introducing

hydrochloric acid (1.29 kg), the mixture was cooled to 10° C. The mixture was heated again, refluxed for one hour, and cooled to 7° C. The precipitated crystal was centrifuged and washed with ethanol (4.8 L). The separated crystal was dried at 60° C to obtain 7- [4- (4-benzo[b] thiophen-4-yl-piperazin-l-yl)butoxy] -1H- quinolin-2-one hydrochloride (5.09 kg). The resulting 7- [4- (4- benzo[b]thiophen-4-yl-piperazin-1-yl)butoxy] -lH-quinolin-2-one hydrochloride (5.00 kg), ethanol (45 L), and water (30 L) were mixed in a reaction vessel. The mixture was stirred under reflux to dissolve the 7-[4-(4-benzo[b]thiophen-4-yl-piperazin-l- yl)butoxy] -lH-quinolin-2-one hydrochloride. Activated carbon (500 g) and water (5 L) were added thereto, and an activated carbon treatment was conducted under reflux for 30 minutes. After performing hot filtration, a solution containing sodium hydroxide (511 g) dissolved in water (1.5 L) was flowed into the reaction vessel while stirring the filtrate under reflux. After stirring under reflux for 30 minutes, water (10 L) was introduced thereto and the mixture was cooled to approximately 40° C. The

precipitated crystal was centrifuged and washed with water (125 L). The separated crystal was dried at 80° C to obtain 7- [4- (4- benzo[b]thiophen-4-yl-piperazin-1-yl)butoxy] – lH-quinolin-2-one (3.76 kg).

Example 1: Preparation of 7- [ 4- ( 4-benzo[b]thiophen-4-yl- piperazin-l-yl)butoxy] -lH-quinolin-2-one dihydrate

The 7- [4- (4-benzo[b] thiophen-4-yl-piperazin-1- yl)butoxy] -lH-quinolin-2-one (3.2 kg) obtained in Reference

Example 2, ethanol (64 L) , water (74 L) , and acetic acid (1.77 kg) were mixed in a reaction vessel to prepare an acidic liquid mixture. The mixture was stirred under reflux to dissolve the 7- [ 4- ( 4-benzo[b] thiophen-4-yl-piperazin-1-yl)butoxy] -1H-quinolin-2- one (reflux temperature: 84° C). After cooling to -5°C, the solution obtained above was introduced, over a period of 30 minutes, into a solution containing 25% sodium hydroxide (5.9 kg) and water (54 L) that was cooled to 0°C, to prepare a liquid mixture with pHlO. After being stirred at 5° C or below for one hour, the mixture was heated to 20 to 30° C and further stirred for-seven hours . The precipitated crystal was filtered and washing with water (320 L) was performed, until alkali in the solid component disappeared (i.e.. until the pH value of the filtrate became 7 ) . The solid component was then air-dried until its weight became constant to obtain a white solid 7-[4-(4- benzofb] thiophen-4-yl-piperazin-l-yl)butoxy] -lH-quinolin-2-one dihydrate (unground, 3.21 kg).

Fig. 1 shows the XH-NMR spectrum (D SO-d6, TMS) of the dihydrate prepared by the aforesaid method. As shown in Fig. 1, in the ^- MR spectrum (DMSO-d6, TMS) , peaks were observed at 1.64 ppm (tt, J = 7.4 Hz, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H) , 1.80 ppm (tt, J = 7.0 Hz, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.44 ppm (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H) , 2.62 ppm (br, 4H) , 3.06 ppm (br, 4H) , 3.32 ppm (s, 4H + H20) , 4.06 ppm (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 6.29 ppm (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.80 ppm (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H) , 6.80 ppm (dd, J = 2.5 Hz, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H) , 6.88 ppm (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.27 ppm (dd, J = 7.8 Hz, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H) , 7.40 ppm (dd, J = 0.5 Hz, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.55 ppm (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H) , 7.61 ppm (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H) , 7.69 ppm (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H) , 7.80 ppm (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), and 11.57 ppm (s, 1H) .

The X-ray powder diffraction spectrum of the dihydrate prepared by the aforesaid method was measured using an X-ray diffractometer (D8 ADVANCE, available from Bruker AXS). Fig. 2 shows the X-ray powder diffraction spectrum. As shown in Fig. 2, in the X-ray powder diffraction spectrum, diffraction peaks were observed at 2Θ = 8.1° , 8.9° , 15.1° , 15.6° , and 24.4° . Other than those mentioned above, the diffraction peaks were also observed at 2Θ = 11.6°.. 12.2°, 14.0°, 16.3°, 18.1°, 18.4°, 18.9°, 19.5°, 20.5°, 21.5°, 22.6°, 23.3°, 25.0°, 26.1°, 26.4°, 27.1°. 28.1°, 28.5°, 28.9°, 29.8°, 30.4°, 30.7°, 31.6°, 32.9°, 33.9°, 34.4°, 35.2°, 36.0°, 36.7°, 37.4° , and 38.3°.

The IR (KBr) spectrum of the dihydrate prepared by the aforesaid method was measured. Fig. 3 shows the IR (KBr) spectrum. As shown in Fig. 3, in the IR (KBr) spectrum, absorption bands were observed in the vicinity of wavenumbers 3509 cm“1, 2934 cm“1, 2812 cm“1, 1651 cm“1, 1626 cm“1, 1447 cm“1, 1223 cm“1 and 839 cm“1.

The Raman spectrum of the dihydrate prepared by the aforesaid method was measured. Fig. 4 shows the Raman spectrum. As shown in Fig. 4, in the Raman spectrum, absorption bands were observed in the vicinity of wavenumbers 1497 cm“1, 1376 cm“1, 1323 cm“1, 1311 cm“1, 1287 cm“1, 1223 cm“1, and 781 cm“1.

Other than those mentioned above, absorption was also observed in the vicinity of wavenumbers 1656 cm“1, 1613 cm“1, 1563 cm“1, 1512 cm“1, 1468 cm“1, 1446 cm“1, 1241 cm“1, 1203 cm“1, 1145 cm“1, 1096 cm“1, 1070 cm“1, 971 cm“1, and 822 cm“1.

The water content of the dihydrate prepared by the aforesaid method was measured using a moisture meter (CA-100, available from Mitsubishi Chemical Analytech Co., Ltd.) by the Karl Fischer method. As a result, the dihydrate had a water content of 7.79% by weight.

Example 2; Preparation of finely ground dihydrate

Dihydrate crystal (2.73 kg) obtained in Example 1 was ground using a jet mill. Here, the air pressure was set at 5 kgf/cm2, and the rotational speed of the feeder was set at 20 rpm. As a result, finely ground 7-[4-(4-benzo[b]thiophen-4-yl- piperazin-1-yl)butoxy] -1H-quinoli -2-one dihydrate (2.61 kg,

95.6%) was obtained.

The dihydrate (finely ground product) thus obtained had a mean particle diameter of 5.5 um. The mean particle diameter was measured using a Microtrack HRA, manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.

Fig. 5 shows the ^-NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, TMS) of the dihydrate prepared by the above method. As shown in Fig. 5, in the ^- MR spectrum (DMSO-d6, TMS), peaks were observed at 1.64 ppm (tt, J = 7.3 Hz, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.80 ppm (tt, J = 6.9 Hz, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.44 ppm (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H) , 2.62 ppm (br, 4H) , 3.06 ppm (br, 4H) , 3.32 ppm (s, 4H + H20) , 4.06 ppm (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 6.29 ppm (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H) , 6.80 ppm (d, J = 2.5 Hz , 1H) , 6.80 ppm (dd, J = 2.3 Hz, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H) , 6.88 ppm (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.27 ppm (dd, J = 8.0 Hz, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H) , 7.40 ppm (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.55 ppm (d, J = 9.5 Hz , 1H) , 7.61 ppm (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.69 ppm (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H) , 7.80 ppm (d, J = 9.5

Hz, 1H), and 11.57 ppm (s, 1H) .

The X-ray powder diffraction spectrum of the dihydrate prepared by the aforesaid method was measured in the same manner as in Example 1. Fig. 6 shows the X-ray powder diffraction spectrum. As shown in Fig. 6, in the X-ray powder diffraction spectrum, diffraction peaks were observed at 2Θ = 8.2° , 8.9° ,

15.2° , 15.7° and 24.4° .

Other than those mentioned above, the diffraction peaks were also observed at 2Θ = 6.8°, 12.2°, 14.0°, 14.5″, 17.4°,

18.1°, 18.5°, 19.0°, 19.2°, 19.6°, 20.3°, 20.6°, 21.5°, 22.7°,

23.4°, 25.0°, 26.1°, 27.1°, 28.6°, 29.0°, 30.4°, 34.0°, 34.5°,

35.3° , and 36.7° .

The IR (KBr) spectrum of the dihydrate prepared by the aforesaid method was measured in the same manner as in Example 1.

Fig. 7 shows the IR (KBr) spectrum. As shown in Fig. 7, in the IR

(KBr) spectrum, absorption bands were observed in the vicinity of wavenumbers 3507 cm“1, 2936 cm“1, 2812 cm“1, 1651 cm“1, 1626 cm“1,

1447 cm“1, 1223 cm“1 and 839 cm“1.

The Raman spectrum of the dihydrate prepared by the aforesaid method was measured. Fig. 8 shows the Raman spectrum.

As shown in Fig. 8, in the Raman spectrum, absorption bands were observed in the vicinity of wavenumbers 1496 cm‘1, 1376 cm“1, 1323 cm‘1, 1311 cm“1, 1286 cm“1, 1223 cm“1, and 781cm“1.

Other than those mentioned above, absorption was also observed in the vicinity of wavenumbers 1656 cm“1, 1614 cm“1, 1563 cm“1, 1512 cm“1, 1467 cm“1, 1446 cm“1, 1241 cm“1, 1203 cm“1, 1145 cm“1,

1095 cm“1, 1069 cm“1, 971 cm“1, and 822 cm“1.

The water content of the dihydrate prepared by the aforesaid method was measured using a moisture meter (CA-100, available from Mitsubishi Chemical Analytech Co., Ltd.) by the

Karl Fischer method. As a result, the dihydrate had a water content of 6.74% by weight . Example 3 : Preparation of 7- [ 4- ( 4-benzo[b] thiophen-4-yl- piperazin-l-yl)butoxy] -lH-quinolin-2-one dihydrate

7- [ 4- ( 4-Benzo[ ] thiophen-4-yl-piperazin-1-yl)butoxy] – lH-quinolin-2-one (5.0 kg), ethanol (100 L), water (115 L), and DL-lactic acid (2.29 kg) were mixed to prepare an acidic liquid mixture. The liquid mixture was stirred under reflux to dissolve the 7- [4- (4-benzo[b] thiophen-4-yl-piperazin-l-yl)butoxy] -1H- quinolin-2-one (reflux temperature: 82° C). After cooling to -5°C, the solution obtained above was introduced, over a period of about 15 minutes, into a solution containing sodium hydroxide (1.48 kg) and water (135 L) that was cooled to 1°C, to prepare a liquid mixture with pHll. After being stirred at approximately 2 to 5° C for three hours, the mixture was heated to 45° C and

further stirred at 45 to 50° C for two hours. The precipitated crystal was filtered and washing with water (200 L) was performed until alkali in the solid component disappeared (i.e., until the pH value of the filtrate became 7). The solid component was further washed with a liquid mixture of ethanol (15 L) and water (20 L). The solid component was then dried at room temperature until its weight became constant to obtain a white solid 7- [4- (4- benzo[b] thiophen-4-yl-piperazin-1-yl)butoxy] -1H-quinolin-2-one dihydrate (unground, 5.11 kg).

The dihydrate thus obtained was the same as that obtained in Example 1.

The Raman spectrum of the dihydrate prepared by the aforesaid method was measured. Fig. 9 shows the Raman spectrum. As shown in Fig. 9, in the Raman spectrum, absorption bands were observed in the vicinity of wavenumbers 1497 cm“1, 1376 cm“1, 1323 cm“1, 1311 cm“1, 1287 cm“1, 1223 cm“1, and 782 cm“1.

Other than those mentioned above, absorption was also observed in the vicinity of wavenumbers 1656 cm“1, 1614 cm“1, 1563 cm“1, 1512 cm“1, 1468 cm“1, 1446 cm“1, 1241 cm“1, 1203 cm“1, 1145 cm“1, 1126 cm“1, 1096 cm“1, 1070 cm“1, 972 cm“1, and 822 cm“1.

…………………….

PATENT

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2006112464A1?cl=en

…………………..

PATENT

http://www.google.com/patents/US20110152286

References

  1.  “Phase II and Phase III Drugs in U.S. Development for Depression, Anxiety, Sleep Disorders, Psychosis, & ADHD”. Retrieved 9 February 2012.
  2.  “Otsuka Pharmaceutical Development & Commercialization, Inc.”. Bloomberg Businessweek. Retrieved 10 February 2012.
  3.  “Otsuka HD places top priority on development of OPC-34712.”. Chemical Business Newsbase. January 3, 2011. Retrieved 10 February 2012.
  4. Patent 5006528, Oshiro, Yasuo; Seiji Sato & Nobuyuki Kurahashi, “Carbostyril derivatives”, published October 20, 1989
  5. “Patent and Exclusivity Search Results”. Electronic Orange Book. US Food and Drug Administration. Retrieved 8 December 2008.
  6.  “Lundbeck and Otsuka Pharmaceutical sign historic agreement to deliver innovative medicines targeting psychiatric disorders worldwide”. Lundbeck. Retrieved 10 February2012.
  7.  “Otsuka Holdings Financial Results Presentation Q2 FY2011″. Retrieved 10 February2012.
  8.  “OPC-34712 search results”. Retrieved 10 February 2012.
  9.  “Study of the Safety and Efficacy of OPC-34712 as Adjunctive Therapy in the Treatment of Patients With Major”. Retrieved 15 February 2012.
  10.  “Study of the Safety and Efficacy of Two Fixed Doses of OPC-34712 as Adjunctive Therapy in the Treatment of Adults With Major Depressive Disorder (the Polaris Trial)”. Retrieved 10 February 2012.
  11. ^ Jump up to:a b “Study of the Safety and Efficacy of OPC-34712 as a Complementary Therapy in the Treatment of Adult Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (STEP-A)”. Retrieved10 February 2012.
  12.  “Trial to Evaluate the Effects of OPC-34712 on QT/QTc in Subjects With Schizophrenia or Schizoaffective Disorder”. Retrieved 10 February 2012.
  13.  “A Dose-finding Trial of OPC-34712 in Patients With Schizophrenia”. Retrieved10 February 2012.
  14.  “Efficacy Study of OPC-34712 in Adults With Acute Schizophrenia (BEACON)”. Retrieved 10 February 2012.
  15. Jump up^ “Safety and Tolerability Study of Oral OPC-34712 as Maintenance Treatment in Adults With Schizophrenia (ZENITH)”. Retrieved 10 February 2012.
  16.  “Study of the Effectiveness of Three Different Doses of OPC-34712 in the Treatment of Adults With Acute Schizophrenia (VECTOR)”. Retrieved 10 February 2012.
  17.  “A Long-term Trial of OPC-34712 in Patients With Schizophrenia”. Retrieved10 February 2012.
  18.  “Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Announces Results from a Phase 2 Study of Investigational Product OPC-34712 as Adjunctive Therapy in Adults with Major Depressive Disorder”. Retrieved 16 February 2012.
  19.  “Preclinical Pharmacology of Brexpiprazole (Opc-34712): A Novel Compound with Dopamine D2 Receptor Partial Agonist Activity”. Retrieved 16 February 2012.
  20.  “2011 U.S. Psych Congress Poster Session Abstracts”. Retrieved 16 February 2012.
  21.  “Otsuka Pharmaceutical reports OPC-34712 Phase 2 trial results in major depressive disorder”. News-Medical.Net. Retrieved 10 February 2012.
  22.  Maeda K, Sugino H, Akazawa H et al. (September 2014). “Brexpiprazole I: in vitro and in vivo characterization of a novel serotonin-dopamine activity modulator”. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 350 (3): 589–604. doi:10.1124/jpet.114.213793.PMID 24947465.
  23. “Trial to Evaluate the Effects of OPC-34712 on QT/QTc in Subjects With Schizophrenia or Schizoaffective Disorder”. Retrieved 10 February 2012.
  24.  “Canadian Patents Database 2620688″. Retrieved 16 February 2012.

 ………

JP2006316052A Title not available
US20110152286 * Dec 16, 2010 Jun 23, 2011 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Piperazine-substituted benzothiophenes for treatment of mental disorders

Filed under: Phase3 drugs, Uncategorized Tagged: ブレクスピプラゾール, Brexpiprazole, OPC-34712, PHASE 3

Masitinib

$
0
0

Masitinib

Masitinib; 790299-79-5; Masivet; AB1010; AB-1010;

CLASS:Immunomodulator
TARGET:KIT (a stem cell factor, also called c-KIT) receptor as well as select other tyrosine kinases
STATUS FOR MS:Phase III
COMMERCIAL:Under development by AB Science..Ab Science
4-((4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-N-(4-methyl-3-((4-(pyridin-3-yl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)amino)phenyl)benzamide
AB 1010
UNII-M59NC4E26P
4-((4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-N-(4-methyl-3-((4-(pyridin-3-yl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)amino)phenyl)benzamide

Regulatory and Commercial Status

STATUS FOR MS:Phase III
HIGHEST STATUS ACHIEVED (FOR ANY CONDITION):
Marketing Authorization Application for the treatment of pancreatic cancer has been filed with the European Medicines Agency (16 October 2012)
Marketing Authorization Application for the conditional approval in the treatment of pancreatic cancer has been accepted by the European Medicines Agency (30 October 2012)
Masitinib.png

Masitinib is a tyrosine-kinase inhibitor used in the treatment of mast cell tumors in animals, specifically dogs.[1][2] Since its introduction in November 2008 it has been distributed under the commercial name Masivet. It has been available in Europe since the second part of 2009. In the USA it is distributed under the name Kinavet and has been available for veterinaries since 2011.

Masitinib is being studied for several human conditions including cancers. It is used in Europe to fight orphan diseases.[3]

Mechanism of action

Masitinib inhibits the receptor tyrosine kinase c-Kit which is displayed by various types of tumour.[2] It also inhibits the platelet derived growth factor receptor (PDGFR) and fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR).

 

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2012136732A1?cl=en

In a preferred embodiment of the above-depicted treatment, the active ingredient masitinib is administered in the form of masitinib mesilate; which is the orally bioavailable mesylate salt of masitinib – CAS 1048007-93-7 (MsOH); C28H30N6OS.CH3SO3H; MW 594.76:

Figure imgf000031_0001

 

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2004014903A1?cl=en

Figure imgf000021_0001

003 : 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl)-N-[3-(4-pyridin-3-yl-thiazol-2-ylamino)- phenyl] -benzamide

4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-l-yl)-N-[4-methyl-3-(4-pyridin-3-yl-thiazol-2-ylmethyl)- phenyl] -benzamide

Figure imgf000053_0001

beige brown powder mp : 128-130°C

1H RMN (DMSO-d6) δ = 2.15 (s, 3H) ; 2.18 (s, 3H) ; 2.35-2.41 (m, 4H) ; 3.18-3.3.24 (m, 4H) ; 6.94 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H) ; 7.09 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH) ; 7.28-7.38 (m, 3H) ; 7.81 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H) ; 8.20-8.25 (m, IH) ; 8.40 (dd, J = 1.6 Hz, J = 4.7 , IH) ; 8.48 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, IH) ; 9.07 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, IH) ; 9.35 (s, IH) ; 9.84 (s, IH)

……………

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2008098949A2?cl=en

EXAMPLE 4 N- [4-Methyl-3 -(4-pyridin-3 -yl-thiazol-2-ylamino)-phenyl] -benzamide derivatives

Method A In a reactor and under low nitrogen pressure, add 4-Methyl-N3-(4-pyridin-3-yl-thiazol- 2-yl)-benzene-l,3-diamine (95 g, 336.45 mmol), dichloromethane (2 L). To this suspension cooled to temperature of 5°C was added dropwise 2M/n-hexane solution of trimethylaluminium (588 mL). The reaction mixture was brought progressively to 15°C, and maintained for 2 h under stirring. 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (100 g, 402.71 mmol) in dichloromethane (200 mL) was added for 10 minutes. After 1 h stirring at room temperature, the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 20 h and cooled to room temperature. This solution was transferred dropwise via a cannula to a reactor containing 2N NaOH (2.1 L) cooled to 5°C. After stirring for 3 h at room temperature, the precipitate was filtered through Celite. The solution was extracted with dichloromethane and the organic layer was washed with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The brown solid obtained was recrystallized from /-Pr2O to give 130.7 g (78%) of a beige powder.

Method B Preparation of the acid chloride

To a mixture of 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid dihydrochloride (1.0 eq), dichloromethane (7 vol) and triethylamine (2.15 eq), thionyl chloride (1.2 eq) was added at 18-28°C . The reaction mixture was stirred at 28-32°C for 1 hour. Coupling of acid chloride with amino thiazole To a chilled (0-50C) suspension of 4-Methyl-N3-(4-pyridin-3-yl-thiazol-2-yl)-benzene- 1,3-diamine (0.8 eq) and thiethylamine (2.2 eq) in dichloromethane (3 vol), the acid chloride solution (prepared above) was maintaining the temperature below 5°C. The reaction mixture was warmed to 25-300C and stirred at the same temperature for 1O h. Methanol (2 vol) and water (5 vol) were added to the reaction mixture and stirred. After separating the layers, methanol (2 vol), dihloromethane (5 vol) and sodium hydroxide solution (aqueous, 10%, till pH was 9.5-10.0) were added to the aqueous layer and stirred for 10 minutes. The layers were separated. The organic layer was a washed with water and saturated sodium chloride solution. The organic layer was concentrated and ethanol (2 vol) was added and stirred. The mixture was concentrated. Ethanol was added to the residue and stirred. The product was filtered and dried at 50-550C in a vaccum tray drier. Yield = 65-75%.

Method C

To a solution of 4-methyl-N3-(4-pyridin-3-yl-thiazol-2-yl)-benzene-l,3-diamine (1.0 eq) in DMF (20 vol) were added successively triethylamine (5 eq), 2-chloro-l- methylpyridinium iodide (2 eq) and 4-(4-methyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid (2 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred for 7 h at room temperature. Then, the mixture was diluted in diethyl ether and washed with water and saturated aqueous NaHCO3, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using an elution of 100% EtOAc to give a yellow solid.

Yield = 51%.

1H NMR (CDCl3) : δ = 9.09 (IH, s, NH); 8.52 (IH, br s); 8.27 (IH, s); 8.13 (IH, s);

8.03 (IH, s); 7.85 (2H, d, J= 8.3Hz); 7.45 (2H, m); 7.21-7.38 (4H, m); 6.89 (IH, s);

3.56 (2H, s); 2.50 (8H, br s); 2.31 (6H, br s).

MS (CI) m/z = 499 (M+H)+.

An additional aspect of the present invention relates to a particular polymorph of the methanesulfonic acid salt of N-[4-Methyl-3-(4-pyridin-3-yl-thiazol-2-ylamino)-phenyl]- benzamide of formula (IX).

Figure imgf000023_0001

(VI)

Hereinafter is described the polymorph form of (IX) which has the most advantageous properties concerning processability, storage and formulation. For example, this form remains, dry at 80% relative humidity and thermodynamically stable at temperatures below 2000C.

The polymorph of this form is characterized by an X-ray diffraction pattern illustrated in FIG.I, comprising characteristic peaks approximately 7.269, 9.120, 11.038, 13.704, 14.481, 15.483, 15.870, 16.718, 17.087, 17.473, 18.224, 19.248, 19.441, 19.940, 20.441, 21.469, 21.750, 22.111, 23.319, 23.763, 24.120, 24.681, 25.754, 26.777, 28.975, 29.609, 30.073 degrees θ, and is also characterized by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) illustrated in FIG.II, which exhibit a single maximum value at approximately 237.49 ± 0.3 0C. X-ray diffraction pattern is measured using a Bruker AXS (D8 advance). Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) is measured using a Perking Elmer Precisely (Diamond DSC).

This polymorph form can be obtained by treatement of 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-l- ylmethyl)-N-[4-methyl-3-(4-pyridin-3-yl-thiazol-2-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide with 1.0 to 1.2 equivalent of methanesulfonic acid, at a suitable temperature, preferably between 20-800C.

The reaction is performed in a suitable solvent especially polar solvent such as methanol or ethanol, or ketone such as acetone, or ether such as diethylether or dioxane, or a mixture therof. This invention is explained in example given below which is provided by way of illustration only and therefore should not be construed to limit the scope of the invention. Preparation of the above-mentioned polymorph form of 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-l- ylmethyl)-N- [4-methyl-3 -(4-pyridin-3 -yl-thiazol-2-ylamino)-phenyl] -benzamide methanesulfonate .

4-(4-Methyl-piperazin- 1 -ylmethyl)-N- [4-methyl-3 -(4-pyridin-3 -yl-thiazol-2-ylamino) phenyl] -benzamide (1.0 eq) was dissolved in ethanol (4.5 vol) at 65-700C. Methanesulfonic acid (1.0 eq) was added slowly at the same temperature. The mixture was cooled to 25-300C and maintained for 6 h. The product was filtered and dried in a vacuum tray drier at 55-600C. Yield = 85-90%. Starting melting point Smp = 236°C.

References

  1. Hahn, K.A.; Oglivie, G.; Rusk, T.; Devauchelle, P.; Leblanc, A.; Legendre, A.; Powers, B.; Leventhal, P.S.; Kinet, J.-P.; Palmerini, F.; Dubreuil, P.; Moussy, A.; Hermine, O. (2008). “Masitinib is Safe and Effective for the Treatment of Canine Mast Cell Tumors”. Journal of Veterinary Internal Medicine 22 (6): 1301–1309. doi:10.1111/j.1939-1676.2008.0190.x. ISSN 0891-6640.
  2.  Information about Masivet at the European pharmacy agency website
  3.  Orphan designation for Masitinib at the European pharmacy agency website
WO2004014903A1 Jul 31, 2003 Feb 19, 2004 Ab Science 2-(3-aminoaryl)amino-4-aryl-thiazoles and their use as c-kit inhibitors
WO2008098949A2 Feb 13, 2008 Aug 21, 2008 Ab Science Process for the synthesis of 2-aminothiazole compounds as kinase inhibitors
EP1525200B1 Jul 31, 2003 Oct 10, 2007 AB Science 2-(3-aminoaryl)amino-4-aryl-thiazoles and their use as c-kit inhibitors
US7423055 Aug 1, 2003 Sep 9, 2008 Ab Science 2-(3-Aminoaryl)amino-4-aryl-thiazoles for the treatment of diseases
US20080207572 * Jul 13, 2006 Aug 28, 2008 Ab Science Use of Dual C-Kit/Fgfr3 Inhibitors for Treating Multiple Myeloma
Masitinib.svg
Systematic (IUPAC) name
4-[(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl]-N-(4-methyl-3-{[4-(pyridin-3-yl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl]amino}phenyl)benzamide
Clinical data
Trade names Masivet, Kinavet
AHFS/Drugs.com International Drug Names
Identifiers
790299-79-5
L01XE22
PubChem CID 10074640
ChemSpider 8250179
ChEMBL CHEMBL1908391
Chemical data
Formula C28H30N6OS
498.64 g/mol
Patent Submitted Granted
2-(3-Aminoaryl)amino-4-aryl-thiazoles for the treatment of diseases [US7423055] 2004-06-10 2008-09-09
2-(3-aminoaryl)amino-4-aryl-thiazoles and their use as c-kit inhibitors [US2005239852] 2005-10-27
Use of C-Kit Inhibitors for Treating Fibrosis [US2007225293] 2007-09-27
Use of Mast Cells Inhibitors for Treating Patients Exposed to Chemical or Biological Weapons [US2007249628] 2007-10-25
Use of c-kit inhibitors for treating type II diabetes [US2007032521] 2007-02-08
Use of tyrosine kinase inhibitors for treating cerebral ischemia [US2007191267] 2007-08-16
Use of C-Kit Inhibitors for Treating Plasmodium Related Diseases [US2008004279] 2008-01-03
Tailored Treatment Suitable for Different Forms of Mastocytosis [US2008025916] 2008-01-31
2-(3-AMINOARYL) AMINO-4-ARYL-THIAZOLES AND THEIR USE AS C-KIT INHIBITORS [US2008255141] 2008-10-16
Use Of C-Kit Inhibitors For Treating Inflammatory Muscle Disorders Including Myositis And Muscular Dystrophy [US2008146585] 2008-06-19
Patent Submitted Granted
Aminothiazole compounds as kinase inhibitors and methods of using the same [US8940894] 2013-05-10 2015-01-27
Aminothiazole compounds as kinase inhibitors and methods of using the same [US8492545] 2012-03-08 2013-07-23
Patent Submitted Granted
Use of Dual C-Kit/Fgfr3 Inhibitors for Treating Multiple Myeloma [US2008207572] 2008-08-28
PROCESS FOR THE SYNTHESIS OF 2-AMINOTHIAZOLE COMPOUNDS AS KINASE INHIBITORS [US8153792] 2010-05-13 2012-04-10
COMBINATION TREATMENT OF SOLID CANCERS WITH ANTIMETABOLITES AND TYROSINE KINASE INHIBITORS [US8227470] 2010-04-15 2012-07-24
Anti-IGF antibodies [US8580254] 2008-06-19 2013-11-12
COMBINATIONS FOR THE TREATMENT OF B-CELL PROLIFERATIVE DISORDERS [US2009047243] 2008-07-17 2009-02-19
TREATMENTS OF B-CELL PROLIFERATIVE DISORDERS [US2009053168] 2008-07-17 2009-02-26
Anti-IGF antibodies [US8318159] 2009-12-11 2012-11-27
SURFACE TOPOGRAPHIES FOR NON-TOXIC BIOADHESION CONTROL [US2010226943] 2009-08-31 2010-09-09
EGFR/NEDD9/TGF-BETA INTERACTOME AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF AGENTS HAVING EFFICACY IN THE TREATMENT OF HYPERPROLIFERATIVE DISORDERS [US2010239656] 2010-05-10 2010-09-23
ANTI CD37 ANTIBODIES [US2010189722] 2008-08-08 2010-07-29
United States National Library of Medicine

Note: Compound name must be entered under “Substance Identification” and then “Names and Synonyms” selected to view synonyms.

Kocic I, Kowianski P, Rusiecka I, Lietzau G, Mansfield C, Moussy A, Hermine O, Dubreuil P
Naunyn Schmiedebergs Arch Pharmacol. 2014 Oct 26. Epub 2014 Oct 26. PMID: 25344204.Abstract
 AB SCIENCE HEADQUARTER
3, Avenue George V
75008 PARIS – FRANCE
Tel. : +33 (0)1 47 20 00 14
Fax. : +33 (0)1 47 20 24 11

P.S. : The views expressed are my personal and in no-way suggest the views of the professional body or the company that I represent.

P.S. : The views expressed are my personal and in no-way suggest the views of the professional body or the company that I represent.

P.S. : The views expressed are my personal and in no-way suggest the views of the professional body or the company that I represent.


Filed under: Phase3 drugs, Uncategorized Tagged: Masitinib, PHASE 3

Evofosfamide

$
0
0

TH-302.svg

Evofosfamide, HAP-302 , TH-302

Evofosfamide
TH-302.svg
Names
IUPAC name
(1-Methyl-2-nitro-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl N,N’-bis(2-bromoethyl)phosphorodiamidate
Other names
TH-302; HAP-302
Identifiers
918633-87-1 Yes
ChemSpider 10157061 Yes
Jmol-3D images Image
PubChem 11984561
Properties
C9H16Br2N5O4P
Molar mass 449.04 g·mol−1
6 to 7 g/l

 

TH-302 is a nitroimidazole-linked prodrug of a brominated derivative of an isophosphoramide mustard previously used in cancer drugs

evofosfamide (first disclosed in WO2007002931), useful for treating cancer.

Threshold Pharmaceuticals and licensee Merck Serono are codeveloping evofosfamide, the lead in a series of topoisomerase II-inhibiting hypoxia-activated prodrugs and a 2-nitroimidazole-triggered bromo analog of ifosfamide, for treating cancer, primarily soft tissue sarcoma and pancreatic cancer (phase 3 clinical, as of April 2015).

In November 2014, the FDA granted Fast Track designation to the drug for the treatment of previously untreated patients with metastatic or locally advanced unresectable soft tissue sarcoma.

 

Evofosfamide (INN,[1] USAN;[2] formerly known as TH-302) is an investigational hypoxia-activated prodrug that is in clinical development for cancer treatment. The prodrug is activated only at very low levels of oxygen (hypoxia). Such levels are common in human solid tumors, a phenomenon known as tumor hypoxia.[3]

Evofosfamide is being evaluated in clinical trials for the treatment of multiple tumor types as a monotherapy and in combination with chemotherapeutic agents and other targeted cancer drugs
Discovered at Threshold, TH-302 is a hypoxia-activated prodrug (HAP) designed to exploit low oxygen levels in hypoxic tumor regions. Therapeutics that specifically target resistant hypoxic zones could provide significant additional antitumor activity and clinical benefit over current chemotherapeutic and radiation therapies.

Evofosfamide (TH-302) was developed by Threshold Pharmaceuticals Inc. (Threshold).[4] The company is located in South San Francisco, CA, USA.

In 2012, Threshold signed a global license and co-development agreement for evofosfamide with Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany, which includes an option for Threshold to co-commercialize eofosfamide in the United States. Threshold is responsible for the development of evofosfamide in the soft tissue sarcoma indication in the United States. In all other cancer indications, Threshold and Merck KGaA are developing evofosfamide together.[5] From 2012 to 2013, Merck KGaA paid 110 million US$ for upfront payment and milestone payments to Threshold. Additionally, Merck KGaA covers 70% of all evofosfamide development expenses.[6]
Discovered at Threshold, TH-302 is a hypoxia-activated prodrug (HAP) designed to exploit low oxygen levels in hypoxic tumor regions. Therapeutics that specifically target resistant hypoxic zones could provide significant additional antitumor activity and clinical benefit over current chemotherapeutic and radiation therapies.

History

Date Event
Jun 2005 Threshold files evofosfamide (TH-302) patent applications in the U.S.[49]
Jun 2006 Threshold files a evofosfamide (TH-302) patent application in the EU and in Japan[50]
Sep 2011 Threshold starts a Phase 3 trial (TH-CR-406) of evofosfamide in combination with doxorubicin in patients with soft tissue sarcoma
Feb 2012 Threshold signs an agreement with Merck KGaA to co-develop evofosfamide
Apr 2012 A Phase 2b trial (TH-CR-404) of evofosfamide in combination with gemcitabine in patients with pancreatic cancer meets primary endpoint

SEE

WO2007002931

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2007002931A2?cl=en

Example 8

Synthesis of Compounds 25, 26 [0380] To a solution of 2-bromoethylammmonium bromide (19.4 g) in DCM (90 mL) at – 1O0C was added a solution OfPOCl3 (2.3 mL) in DCM (4 mL) followed by addition of a solution of TEA (14.1 mL) in DCM (25 mL). The reaction mixture was filtered, the filtrate concentrated to ca. 30% of the original volume and filtered. The residue was washed with DCM (3×25 mL) and the combined DCM portions concentrated to yield a solid to which a mixture of THF (6 mL) and water (8 mL) was added. THF was removed in a rotary evaporator, the resulting solution chilled overnight in a fridge. The precipitate obtained was filtered, washed with water (10 mL) and ether (30 mL), and dryed in vacuo to yield 2.1 g of:

Isophosphoramide mustard

can be synthesized employing the method provided in Example 8, substituting 2- bromoethylammmonium bromide with 2-chloroethylammmonium chloride. Synthesis of Isophosphoramide mustard has been described (see for example Wiessler et al., supra).

The phosphoramidate alkylator toxin:

was transformed into compounds 24 and 25, employing the method provided in Example 6 and the appropriate Trigger-OH.

Example 25

Synthesis of l-N-methyl-2-nitroimidazole-5-carboxylis acid

A suspension of the nitro ester (39.2 g, 196.9 rnmol) in IN NaOH (600 mL) and water (200 mL) was stirred at rt for about 20 h to give a clear light brown solution. The pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to about 1 by addition of cone. HCl and the reaction mixture extracted with EA (5 x 150 mL). The combined ethyl acetate layers were dried over MgS O4 and concentrated to yield l-N-methyl-2-nitroimidazole-5-carboxylis acid (“nitro acid”) as a light brown solid (32.2 g, 95%). Example 26

Synthesis of l-N-methyl-2-nitroimidazole-5-carboxylis acid

A mixture of the nitro acid (30.82 g, 180.23 mmol) and triethylamine (140 niL, 285 mmol) in anhydrous THF (360 mL) was stirred while the reaction mixture was cooled in a dry ice-acetonitrile bath (temperature < -20 0C). Isobutyl chloroformate (37.8 mL, 288 mmol) was added drop wise to this cooled reaction mixture during a period of 10 min and stirred for 1 h followed by the addition of sodium borohydride (36 g, 947 mmol) and dropwise addition of water during a period of 1 h while maintaining a temperature around or less than O0C. The reaction mixture was warmed up to O0C. The solid was filtered off and washed with THF. The combined THF portions were evaporated to yield l-N-methyl-2- nitroimidazole-5-methanol as an orange solid (25 g) which was recrystallized from ethyl acetate.

……………………………………….

WO-2015051921

EXAMPLE 1

1

N-Formylsarcosine ethyl ester 1 (1 ,85 kg) was dissolved in toluene (3,9 kg) and ethyl formate (3,28 kg) and cooled to 10 °C. A 20 wt-% solution of potassium tert-butoxide (1 ,84 kg) in tetrahydrofuran (7,4 kg) was added and stirring was continued for 3h. The reaction mixture was extracted 2x with a solution of sodium chloride in water (10 wt-%) and the combined water extracts were washed lx with toluene.

Aqueous hydrogen chloride (25% wt-%; 5,62 kg) was added to the aqueous solution, followed by ethylene glycol (2,36 kg). The reaction mixture was heated to 55-60 °C for lh before only the organic solvent residues were distilled off under vacuum.

Aqueous Cyanamide (50 wt-%, 2,16 kg) was then added at 20 °C, followed by sodium acetate (3,04 kg). The resulting reaction mixture was heated to 85-90 °C for 2h and cooled to 0-5 °C before a pH of ~ 8-9 was adjusted via addition of aqueous sodium hydroxide (32% wt-%; 4,1 kg). Compound 3 (1,66 kg; 75%) was isolated after filtration and washing with water.

Ή-NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ= 1,24 (3H, t, J= 7,1 Hz); 3,53 (3H, s); 4,16 (2H, q, J= 7,0 Hz) ; 6,15 (s, 2 H); 7,28 (s, 1H).

HPLC (Rt = 7,7 min): 97,9% (a/a).

REFERENCES

 

1

Threshold Pharmaceuticals Form 8-K from 3 Nov 2014

 

DHAKA BANGLADESH

 

.

Steamers and ferries in Sadarghat Port

Kawran Bazar

.

Dry fish sellers at the Karwan Dry Fish Market (Bazar), Dhaka, Bangladesh.


Filed under: 0rphan drug status, cancer, FAST TRACK FDA, Phase3 drugs Tagged: CANCER, Evofosfamide, Fast Track Designation, Orphan Designations, PHASE 3, Threshold Pharmaceuticals

S-flurbiprofen (TT-063)

$
0
0

(S)-flurbiprofen.png

Cas 51543-39-6,

MW 244.26,

MF C15 H13 F O2
[1,​1′-​Biphenyl]​-​4-​acetic acid, 2-​fluoro-​α-​methyl-​, (αS)​-
  • [1,1′-Biphenyl]-4-acetic acid, 2-fluoro-α-methyl-, (S)-
  • (+)-(S)-Flurbiprofen
  • (+)-Flurbiprofen
  • (2S)-2-(2-Fluoro-1,1′-biphenyl-4-yl)propanoic acid
  • (2S)-2-(2-Fluoro-4-biphenyl)propanoic acid
  • (S)-Flurbiprofen
  • Dexflurbiprofen
  • Esflurbiprofen
  • S-(+)-Flurbiprofen
  • d-Flurbiprofen

On October 20, 2014, Taisho filed for manufacturing and marketing approval for TT-063 from the Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare as a new drug candidate that will follow the Type 2 diabetes treatment Lusefi®, which was launched in May 2014. TT-063 is a patch formulation that has been co-developed by Taisho and TOKUHON Corporation with the aim of obtaining an indication for osteoarthritis. In Phase 3 clinical trials comparing TT-063 with therapeutic drugs already on the market, TT-063 has been found to be more effective than the control drugs in patients with osteoarthritis of the knee joint (January 16, 2014 announcement ).

Furthermore, Taisho is also preparing to file for approval from the Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare for CT-064, an oral formulation of the osteoporosis treatment agent Bonviva launched in August 2013. Taisho has confirmed the effectiveness of CT-064 for osteoporosis patients through Phase 3 clinical trials (September 22, 2014 announcement).


In the central nervous system field, TS-091 transitioned from Phase 1 to Phase 2 in Japan in May 2014. Clinical trials of TS-091 have commenced to confirm the effectiveness of this drug in patients with central disorders of hypersomnolence. In addition, Phase 1 clinical trials of TS-091 have commenced overseas. TS-111 and TS-121 are undergoing Phase 1 clinical trials overseas with the aim of obtaining an indication for depression.
Faced with intensifying competition in new drug discovery, we will jointly implement R&D activities with research institutions outside the Taisho Group, and with companies in Japan and overseas, as we work to enhance our drug development pipeline (lineup of drugs in development). Our goal is to discover many more new drugs, primarily in our priority fields.

Company Taisho Pharmaceutical Holdings Co. Ltd.
Description Topical anti-inflammatory analgesic patch containing S-flurbiprofen
Therapeutic Modality Small molecule
Latest Stage of Development Phase III
Standard Indication Osteoarthritis
Indication Details Treat osteoarthritis (OA) and scapulohumeral periarthritis
Regulatory Designation

Full-size image (93 K)

Scheme 2.

Reagents and conditions: (a) THF, EDC, Et3N; (b) TFA; (c) 0.5 equiv 2,5-dimethoxybenzoquinone, EtOH, 50–80 °C for 3–5 h; (d) 1 equiv naphthoquinone, MeOH, rt, overnight.

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0960894X13011773

……………………………………………

http://www.google.com/patents/EP2307335A1?cl=en

2-(6-methoxynaphthalen-2-yl) propanoic acid By way of illustration, chemically, flurbiprofen is 2-(2-fluoro-4-biphenylyl) propionic acid and is described in US Patent No. 3,755,427. NSAIDs, such as flurbiprofen, are usually supplied as a racemate. However, recently there has been renewed interest in the separate enantiomers of flurbiprofen, i.e. S-flurbiprofen and R-flurbiprofen.

Figure imgf000004_0001

R-Flurbιprofen

Figure imgf000004_0002

S-Flurtιprofen

Flurbiprofen is a potent inhibitor of cyclooxygenase (both COX-I and COX-2) in humans and it is understood that the inhibitory effect lies predominantly in the S- enantiomer.

Flurbiprofen is generally produced in the form of a racemic compound. It is known that from the racemic compound, flurbiprofen having a high optical purity can be produced by an optical resolution method using, for example, an optically active amine compound, such as α-phenylethylamine, as an optical resolution agent, as is described in US Patent No. 5,599,969. In addition, whether dealing with racemic, S- or R- 2-aryl propionic acid, there is also a need to make the synthetic process as efficient as possible.

Example 2 – Ibuprofen

Example 2.1 Resolution procedure

Racemic ibuprofen (530g) is dissolved in toluene (1335ml) and methanol (900ml).

The mixture is heated to dissolve the solid. S-1-Phenylethylamine (247g) is dissolved in toluene (200ml) and the solution is added with stirring at 600C over about 3 hours while the temperature is maintained at about 65-700C. The mixture is cooled gradually to 0 to 50C to induce crystallisation and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour. The crystals are filtered off, washed with toluene (600ml) and dried in a Vacuum oven at 550C to form crude S-ibuprofen / S-1-phenylethylamine salt (635g).

Crude S-ibuprofen / S-1-phenylethylamine salt (635g) is stirred with toluene (1930ml) and methanol (800ml) and the mixture is heated to 6O0C to dissolve the solid. The solution is cooled gradually to 0 to 5°C to induce crystallisation. The crystals are filtered off and dried in a vacuum oven at 55°C to form pure S-ibuprofen / S-I- phenylethylamine salt (510g). This recrystallisation of the S-ibuprofen / S-I- phenylethylamine salt may be repeated if necessary to upgrade the enantiomeric purity if required.

Pure S-ibuprofen / S-1-phenylethylamine salt (485g) is mixed with toluene (1700ml) with stirring. Water (300ml) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (17Og) are added and

÷ibe mixture is stirred at 600C. The lower aqueous layer is separated off and the upper organic layer is retained. The hydrochloric acid wash is repeated, then the toluene solution is washed with water. Water (370ml) and 47% sodium hydroxide

Figure imgf000023_0001

(118g) are added and the solution is heated to 600C and allowed to settle. The lower aqueous layer is separated and the upper toluene layer is washed with water. The aqueous phases are combined and heptane (420ml) is added. Hydrochloric acid

(130g) is added and the mixture is heated to 600C, stirred and settled. The organic layer is separated off and washed with water. The solution is cooled to -100C to induce crystallisation and the crystals are separated off by filtration, washed with heptane and dried under vacuum to yield (S)-ibuprofen (28Og) at an enantiomeric purity of over 99%.

Example 2.2 Racemisation procedure

Toluene/methanol mother liquors from the filtration of crude S-ibuprofen / S-I- phenylethylamine salt in the resolution procedure (2400ml, containing an estimated 130g of ibuprofen) is charged into a 3 L 3 necked round bottomed flask and methanol and toluene are distilled out at atmospheric pressure (volume removed approximately 1400 ml). The batch is then cooled to around 60°C and washed twice with hydrochloric acid (20 ml concentrated hydrochloric acid in 200 ml of water), and then twice with water (200 ml). Toluene is charged (80 ml) followed by methanol (200 ml) and caustic soda solution (45Og of 28% w/w solution, 5 molar equivalents). The mixture is heated to reflux for about 6 hours. Solvent is then removed at atmospheric pressure until the vapour temperature reaches approximately 85°C. The mixture is cooled to around 60°C and concentrated hydrochloric acid is charged at about 60 to 70°C until the pH of the mixture is 1 or less. The layers are allowed to separate and the bottom aqueous layer removed. The organic layer is washed with water (200 ml) and then azeotroped to dryness using a Dean and Stark trap. A solution of racemic ibuprofen in toluene remains.

…………………………………………

PATENT

 http://www.google.com/patents/CN104478703A?cl=en

Preparation of R – (+) _ flurbiprofen:

 The racemic flurbiprofen as a starting material, to obtain an intermediate product of formula I as shown and then the ester prepared as shown in Formula II with 5-isosorbide monobenzyl ether, ester hydrolysis after obtained R – (+) – flurbiprofen;

Figure CN104478703AD00061

wherein, in formula I, X is Cl or Br;

(2) by the R – (+) _ flurbiprofen obtained (RS) – flurbiprofen:

 The R _ (+) _ flurbiprofen 200mg, potassium hydroxide 150mg, 0. 5mL water into IOmL reaction flask and heated to 120 ° C and held for 2h, then water was added 15mL, cooled to room temperature, the resulting stirring the mixed solution with 10% hydrochloric acid to pH = 0. 5, extracted with ethyl acetate, combined several layers, washed with water until neutral, the organic solvent is recovered, the resulting residue was added at 60~90 ° C under an appropriate amount of petroleum ether by recrystallization, obtained (RS) – flurbiprofen 100mg, 50% yield.

 (3) Preparation of (S) -⑴- flurbiprofen:

 In 25mL single-necked flask, followed by adding (RS) – flurbiprofen 123mg, Portugal TOA 29. 8mg, isopropanol lmL, the mixture was stirred at reflux until clear, half the amount of the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure except , set the refrigerator overnight. The precipitate was collected by suction filtration as white crystals, after washing a small amount of isopropanol, which was dissolved in water, washed with 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide (10% NaOH mean mass fraction) adjusted pH = 13, the sheet-like precipitate was filtered off Portuguese octylamine white crystals. The resulting filtrate was added dropwise with stirring 10% hydrochloric acid to pH = 1, extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic layer was washed with water to recover the solvent, the resulting residue was purified by an appropriate amount of petroleum ether and recrystallized at 60~90 ° C. The product was collected by filtration, and dried in vacuo to give a white (S) – (+) _ flurbiprofen needle crystal 45. 3mg, 65% yield, mp 102~103 ° C, [α] = + 44 ° (C = 1, methanol), ee value of 92.6% (ee value measurement method: (S) – (+) – flurbiprofen after chiral amine derivatization reagents, by HPLC analysis).

wherein in step (3) is a byproduct eleven R _ (+) _ flurbiprofen, its follow step (1) of racemic reused.

 Step (1) of the specific operation is as follows:

 (la) 1:. Synthesis of 2,6-sorbitol dehydration -D- -5- benzyl ether: 4: 3

 250ml volumetric flask isosorbide 18. 25g (125mmol), lithium hydroxide monohydrate 5. 25g (125mmol) and 60ml of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), heated to 90 ° C, stirred for 30min, constant pressure equalizing dropping funnel was added dropwise benzyl chloride 14. 4ml (125mmol), 90 ° C the reaction 19-20h, reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 1 with 2M hydrochloric acid, extracted with ethyl acetate (50ml * 3), the organic layers combined, washed with water ( 30ml * 2), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate overnight, filtered and concentrated residue Cheng baby gel column chromatography (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 5: 1) to give a cream solid, that is 1: 4: 3: 2,6 Dehydration -D- sorbitol -5- benzyl ether 24. 5g, m.p. 59 ~61 ° C.

 (Ib) · 2- (2- fluoro-4-biphenylyl) propionyl chloride Synthesis

 50ml vial before racemic flurbiprofen was added 2. 44g (IOmmol), anhydrous toluene 20ml, freshly distilled thionyl chloride was added dropwise 0. 8ml (Ilmmol), N, N- dimethylformamide amide (DMF) 2 dropwise, stirred at room temperature 2h, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow gum, i.e., 2- (2-fluoro-4-biphenylyl) propionyl chloride, it was used directly in the reaction without isolation.

 (lc). R-2- (2- fluoro-4-biphenylyl) propionic acid 5- isosorbide monobenzyl ether ester synthesis

 The (Ib) resulting acid chloride was dissolved in 20ml of dry toluene was added dropwise at room temperature, dimethyl amine 3. 5ml, solid precipitation, stirred for about Ih, ice salt bath, a bath temperature of minus 10-15Ό, stirred at this temperature IOmin so, and then the constant pressure dropping funnel (Ia) 5 isosorbide monobenzyl ether (2. 83g, 12mmol) in toluene, keeping the reaction temperature, stirring 8h. The ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture under reduced pressure to remove the solvent, the residue was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate overnight, ethyl acetate was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was a white gel, recrystallized from petroleum ether to give a white solid that R-2- (2- fluoro-4-biphenylyl) propionic acid 5- isosorbide monobenzyl ether ester 3. 65g (7. 88mmol), in order to put the racemic flurbiprofen yield based on 78.8%.

(ld) R – Synthesis of flurbiprofen – (+)

 Under ice bath (Ic) obtained R-2- (2- fluoro-4-biphenylyl) propionic acid monobenzyl ether isosorbide 5- ester 2. 3Ig (5mmol) was dissolved in 20ml of acetone / water (1/1) was added Iml hydrochloric acid to adjust pH to 3, stirred for 3-4h, the reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (20ml * 2), sash organic layer was washed with ice (10ml * 2), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate overnight , filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated, the residue was recrystallized from ether to give white crystals, i.e. L-flurbiprofen 1.02g (4 18mmol.), yield 83.5%, optical purity 93% (HPLC method); input-racemic flurbiprofen dollars, the total yield of 78.8% * 83.5% = 65.8%.

 Step (1) reaction of the formula:

Figure CN104478703AD00071
FLURBIPROFEN RACEMIC
3-Fluoro-4-phenyl-α-methylphenylacetic acid 1
M.p. 110-113°C (lit.3d 111-113.5°C).
1 H NMR (CDCl3, δ ppm) 7.51-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.37 (m, 4H), 7.21-7.16 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.78 (q, 1H, J = 7.1 Hz, CH), 1.60-1.57 (d, 3H, J = 7.1 Hz, CH3);
13C NMR (CDCl3 δ ppm) 180.4 (COOH), 161.3 & 158.0 (3-Ar-C), 140.9 & 140.8, 135.4, 130.9 & 130.8 (5-Ar-C), 128.9, 128.4, 128.2 & 128.0 (4-Ar-C), 127.7 (4′-Ar-C), 123.7 & 123.7 (6-Ar-C), 115.5 & 115.2 (2-Ar-C), 44.8 (CH), 18.0 (CH3).
 (d) Sagami Chemical Research Center. Jpn. Kokai Tokkyo Koho JP 8216840, 1982 (Chem. Abstr. 1982, 97: 5996s).
Flurbiprofen
 RACEMIC
Flurbiprofen
CAS : 5104-49-4
: 2-Fluoro-a-methyl[1,1¢-biphenyl]-4-acetic acid
Additional Names: 2-(2-fluoro-4-biphenylyl)propionic acid; 3-fluoro-4-phenylhydratropic acid
Manufacturers’ Codes: BTS-18322; U-27182
Trademarks: Adfeed (Lead Chem.); Ansaid (Pfizer); Antadys (Thžamex); Cebutid (Boots); Froben (Boots); Flurofen (Boots); Ocufen (Allergan); Stayban (Boots); Zepolas (Mikasa)
Molecular Formula: C15H13FO2
Molecular Weight: 244.26
Percent Composition: C 73.76%, H 5.36%, F 7.78%, O 13.10%
Literature References: Prepn: FR M5737; Adams et al., US 3755427 (1968, 1973 both to Boots Co., Ltd.). Pharmacology: Chalmers et al., Ann. Rheum. Dis. 31, 319 (1972); ibid. 32, 58 (1973); Glenn et al., Agents Actions 3, 210 (1973); Nishizawa et al.,Thromb. Res. 3, 577 (1973). HPLC determn in urine and plasma: J. M. Hutzler et al., J. Chromatogr. B 749, 119 (2000). Symposium on pharmacokinetics and clinical efficacy in pain management: Am. J. Med. 80, Suppl. 3A, 1-157 (1986).
Properties: Crystals from petr ether, mp 110-111°. Slightly sol in water (pH 7.0); readily sol in most polar solvents.
Melting point: mp 110-111°
Therap-Cat: Anti-inflammatory; analgesic.
 racemic

Flurbiprofen NMR spectra analysis, Chemical CAS NO. 5104-49-4 NMR spectral analysis, Flurbiprofen C-NMR spectrum

Flurbiprofen NMR spectra analysis, Chemical CAS NO. 5104-49-4 NMR spectral analysis, Flurbiprofen H-NMR spectrum

 s form
 (S)-Flurbiprofen NMR spectra analysis, Chemical CAS NO. 51543-39-6 NMR spectral analysis, (S)-Flurbiprofen H-NMR spectrum
 (S)-Flurbiprofen NMR spectra analysis, Chemical CAS NO. 51543-39-6 NMR spectral analysis, (S)-Flurbiprofen C-NMR spectrum
Patent Submitted Granted
Methods to accelerate the isolation of novel cell strains from pluripotent stem cells and cells obtained thereby [US2008070303] 2006-11-21 2008-03-20
Herpes Virus-Based Compositions and Methods of Use in the Prenatal and Perinatal Periods [US2008226601] 2006-06-05 2008-09-18
METHOD OF REDUCING ABETA42 AND TREATING DISEASES [US2008021085] 2007-06-21 2008-01-24
METHODS TO ACCELERATE THE ISOLATION OF NOVEL CELL STRAINS FROM PLURIPOTENT STEM CELLS AND CELLS OBTAINED THEREBY [US2010184033] 2009-07-16 2010-07-22
Pyridyl Amide T-Type Calcium Channel Antagonists [US2011112064] 2011-05-12
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF RACEMIC 2-ARYL-PROPIONIC ACID [US2011172460]
Patent Submitted Granted
Nitroxyderivatives having antinflammatory, analgesic and antithrombotic activity [US6613784] 2003-09-02
Global method for mapping property spaces [US6675136] 2004-01-06
Method of reducing Abeta42 and treating diseases [US2006004086] 2006-01-05
11-Beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 1 inhibitors useful for the treatment of diabetes, obesity and dyslipidemia [US7179802] 2004-06-03 2007-02-20
11-BETA-HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE 1 INHIBITORS USEFUL FOR THE TREATMENT OF DIABETES, OBESITY AND DYSLIPIDEMIA [US6730690] 2004-03-11 2004-05-04
Process for producing optically active flurbiprofen [US7214820] 2006-06-22 2007-05-08
Pyridyl Amide T-Type Calcium Channel Antagonists [US7875636] 2009-11-05 2011-01-25
METHOD FOR PRODUCING OPTICALLY ACTIVE ESTER AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING OPTICALLY ACTIVE CARBOXYLIC ACID [US8115008] 2010-09-16 2012-02-14
DRUG SUBSTANCE PREPARATIONS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS AND DOSAGE FORMS [US2010087538] 2010-04-08
(R)-2-(3-Benzoylphenyl)propionic acid salts and pharmaceutical preparations containing them [EP0935961] 1999-08-18 2008-04-02

P.S. : The views expressed are my personal and in no-way suggest the views of the professional body or the company that I represent.

P.S. : The views expressed are my personal and in no-way suggest the views of the professional body or the company that I represent.

P.S. : The views expressed are my personal and in no-way suggest the views of the professional body or the company that I represent.

Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. (大正製薬株式会社 Taishō Seiyaku Kabushiki-gaisha?) (TYO: 4535) is a Japanese pharmaceutical company based in Tokyo.

.

////////////

TIRUPATI, INDIA
Map of tirupati town.
Tirupati
తిరుపతి
City
Clockwise from top: Tirumala Venkateswara Temple, Tirumala ghat road, City skyline and Chandragiri fort
Clockwise from top: Tirumala Venkateswara Temple, Tirumala ghat road, City skyline and Chandragiri fort

Tirupati is located in Andhra Pradesh

Tirupati
Tirupati

Location in Andhra Pradesh, India

Coordinates: 13.65°N 79.42°ECoordinates: 13.65°N 79.42°E
Country India
State Andhra Pradesh
Region Rayalaseema
District Chittoor
Government
 • Member of Parliament Varaprasad Rao Velagapalli
Area
 • City 24 km2 (9 sq mi)
Elevation 161 m (528 ft)
Population (2011)[1]
 • City 287,035
 • Density 12,000/km2 (31,000/sq mi)
 • Metro[2] 459,985
Languages
 • Official Telugu
Time zone IST (UTC+5:30)
PIN 517501
Telephone code +91–877
Vehicle registration AP 03
Website Tirupati Mucnicipal Corporation

.

.
Kapila Theertham in Tirupati



Food Service During Tirumala Tirupati Devastanam’s ‘Srinivasa Kalyanam Utsavam’ at MARG Swarnabhoomi

 

 


Filed under: Phase3 drugs Tagged: flurbiprofen, INDIA, osteoarthritis, PHASE 3, S-flurbiprofen, TAISHO, TIRUPATI, TT-063

MASITINIB

$
0
0

Masitinib

Masitinib; 790299-79-5; Masivet; AB1010; AB-1010;

CLASS:Immunomodulator
TARGET:KIT (a stem cell factor, also called c-KIT) receptor as well as select other tyrosine kinases
STATUS FOR MS:Phase III
COMMERCIAL:Under development by AB Science..Ab Science
4-((4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-N-(4-methyl-3-((4-(pyridin-3-yl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)amino)phenyl)benzamide
AB 1010
UNII-M59NC4E26P
4-((4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-N-(4-methyl-3-((4-(pyridin-3-yl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)amino)phenyl)benzamide

Regulatory and Commercial Status

STATUS FOR MS:Phase III
HIGHEST STATUS ACHIEVED (FOR ANY CONDITION):
Marketing Authorization Application for the treatment of pancreatic cancer has been filed with the European Medicines Agency (16 October 2012)
Marketing Authorization Application for the conditional approval in the treatment of pancreatic cancer has been accepted by the European Medicines Agency (30 October 2012)
Masitinib.png

Masitinib is a tyrosine-kinase inhibitor used in the treatment of mast cell tumors in animals, specifically dogs.[1][2] Since its introduction in November 2008 it has been distributed under the commercial name Masivet. It has been available in Europe since the second part of 2009. In the USA it is distributed under the name Kinavet and has been available for veterinaries since 2011.

Masitinib is being studied for several human conditions including cancers. It is used in Europe to fight orphan diseases.[3]

Mechanism of action

Masitinib inhibits the receptor tyrosine kinase c-Kit which is displayed by various types of tumour.[2] It also inhibits the platelet derived growth factor receptor (PDGFR) and fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR).

……………………..

http://www.google.com/patents/US7423055

Compound Synthesis

General: All chemicals used were commercial reagent grade products. Dimethylformamide (DMF), methanol (MeOH) were of anhydrous commercial grade and were used without further purification. Dichloromethane and tetrahydrofuran (THF) were freshly distilled under a stream of argon before use. The progress of the reactions was monitored by thin layer chromatography using precoated silica gel 60F 254, Fluka TLC plates, which were visualized under UV light. Multiplicities in 1H NMR spectra are indicated as singlet (s), broad singlet (br s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quadruplet (q), and multiplet (m) and the NMR spectrum were realized on a 300 MHz Bruker spectrometer.

3-Bromoacetyl-pyridine, HBr Salt

Dibromine (17.2 g, 108 mmol) was added dropwise to a cold (0° C.) solution of 3-acetyl-pyridine (12 g, 99 mmol) in acetic acid containing 33% of HBr (165 mL) under vigourous stirring. The vigorously stirred mixture was warmed to 40° C. for 2 h and then to 75° C. After 2 h at 75° C., the mixture was cooled and diluted with ether (400 mL) to precipitate the product, which was recovered by filtration and washed with ether and acetone to give white crystals (100%). This material may be recrystallised from methanol and ether.

IR (neat): 3108, 2047, 2982, 2559, 1709, 1603, 1221, 1035, 798 cm−1−1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ=5.09 (s, 2H, CH2Br); 7.88 (m, 1H, pyridyl-H); 8.63 (m, 1H, pyridyl-H); 8.96 (m, 1H, pyridyl-H); 9.29 (m, 1H, pyridyl-H).

Methyl-[4-(1-N-methyl-piperazino)-methyl]-benzoate

To methyl-4-formyl benzoate (4.92 g, 30 mmol) and N-methyl-piperazine (3.6 mL, 32 mmol) in acetonitrile (100 mL) was added dropwise 2.5 mL of trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. After slow addition of sodium cyanoborohydride (2 g, 32 mmol), the solution was left stirring overnight at room temperature. Water (10 mL) was then added to the mixture, which was further acidified with 1N HCl to pH=6-7. The acetonitrile was removed under reduced pressure and the residual aqueous solution was extracted with diethyl ether (4×30 mL). These extracts were discarded. The aqueous phase was then basified (pH>12) by addition of 2.5N aqueous sodium hydroxyde solution. The crude product was extracted with ethyl acetate (4×30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a slightly yellow oil which became colorless after purification by Kugelrohr distillation (190° C.) in 68% yield.

IR(neat): 3322, 2944, 2802, 1721, 1612, 1457, 1281, 1122, 1012—1H NMR(CDCl3) δ=2.27 (s, 3H, NCH3); 2.44 (m, 8H, 2×NCH2CH2N); 3.53 (s, 2H, ArCH2N); 3.88 (s, 3H, OCH3); 7.40 (d, 2H, J=8.3 Hz, 2×ArH); 7.91 (d, 2H, J=8.3 Hz, 2×ArH)—3C NMR (CDCl3) δ=45.8 (NCH3); 51.8 (OCH3); 52.9 (2×CH2N); 54.9 (2×CH2N); 62.4 (ArCH2N); 128.7 (2×ArC); 129.3 (2×ArC); 143.7 (ArC); 166.7 (ArCO2CH3)-MS CI (m/z) (%) 249 (M+1, 100%).

2-Methyl-5-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-aniline

A solution of di-tert-butyldicarbonate (70 g, 320 mmol) in methanol (200 mL) was added over 2 h to a cold (−10° C.) solution of 2,4-diaminotoluene (30 g, 245 mmol) and triethylamine (30 mL) in methanol (15 mL). The reaction was followed by thin layer chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate, 3:1) and stopped after 4 h by adding 50 mL of water. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in 500 mL of ethyl acetate. This organic phase was washed with water (1×150 mL) and brine (2×150 mL), dried over MgSO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting light brown solid was washed with small amounts of diethyl ether to give off-white crystals of 2-methyl-5-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-aniline in 67% yield.

IR (neat): 3359; 3246; 2970; 1719; 1609; 1557; 1173; 1050 cm−11H NMR (CDCl3): δ=1.50 (s, 9H, tBu); 2.10 (s, 3H, ArCH3); 3.61 (br s, 2H, NH2); 6.36 (br s, 1H, NH); 6.51 (dd, 1H, J=7.9 Hz, 2.3 Hz, ArH); 6.92 (d, 1H, J=7.9 Hz, ArH); 6.95 (s, 1H, ArH)—13C NMR (CDCl3) δ=16.6 (ArCH3); 28.3 (C(CH3)3); 80.0 (C(CH3)3); 105.2 (ArC); 108.6 (ArC); 116.9 (ArC); 130.4 (ArC—CH3); 137.2 (ArC—NH); 145.0 (ArC—NH2); 152.8 (COOtBu) MS ESI (m/z) (%): 223 (M+1), 167 (55, 100%).

N-(2-methyl-5-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)phenyl-thiourea

Benzoyl chloride (5.64 g, 80 mmol) was added dropwise to a well-stirred solution of ammonium thiocyanate (3.54 g, 88 mmol) in acetone (50 mL). The mixture was refluxed for 15 min, then, the hydrobromide salt of 2-methyl-5-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-aniline (8.4 g, 80 mmol) was added slowly portionswise. After 1 h, the reaction mixture was poured into ice-water (350 mL) and the bright yellow precipitate was isolated by filtration. This crude solid was then refluxed for 45 min in 70 mL of 2.5 N sodium hydroxide solution. The mixture was cooled down and basified with ammonium hydroxide. The precipitate of crude thiourea was recovered by filtration and dissolved in 150 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate, 1:1) to afford 63% of N-(2-methyl-5-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)phenyl-thiourea as a white solid.

IR (neat): 3437, 3292, 3175, 2983, 1724, 1616, 1522, 1161, 1053 cm−1— 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ=1.46 (s, 9H, tBu); 2.10 (s, 3H, ArCH3); 3.60 (br s, 2H, NH2); 7.10 (d, 1H, J=8.29 Hz, ArH); 7.25 (d, 1H, J=2.23 Hz, ArH); 7.28 (d, 1H, J=2.63 Hz, ArH); 9.20 (s, 1H, ArNH); 9.31 (s, 1H, ArNH)—13C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ=25.1 (ArCH3); 28.1 (C(CH3)3); 78.9 (C(CH3)3); 16.6 (ArC); 117.5 (ArC); 128.0 (ArC); 130.4 (ArC—CH3); 136.5 (ArC—NH); 137.9 (ArC—NH); 152.7 (COOtBu); 181.4 (C═S)—MS CI(m/z): 282 (M+1, 100%); 248 (33); 226 (55); 182 (99); 148 (133); 93 (188).

2-(2-methyl-5-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)phenyl-4-(3-pyridyl)-thiazole

A mixture of 3-bromoacetyl-pyridine, HBr salt (0.81 g, 2.85 mmol), N-(2-methyl-5-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)phenyl-thiourea (0.8 g, 2.85 mmol) and KHCO3 (˜0.4 g) in ethanol (40 mL) was heated at 75° C. for 20 h. The mixture was cooled, filtered (removal of KHCO3) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in CHCl3 (40 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and with water. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. Colum chromatographic purification of the residue (hexane/ethyl acetate, 1:1) gave the desired thiazole in 70% yield as an orange solid

IR(neat): 3380, 2985, 2942, 1748, 1447, 1374, 1239, 1047, 938—1H NMR (CDCl3) δ=1.53 (s, 9H, tBu); 2.28 (s, 3H, ArCH3); 6.65 (s, 1H, thiazole-H); 6.89 (s, 1H); 6.99 (dd, 1H, J=8.3 Hz, 2.3 Hz); 7.12 (d, 2H, J=8.3 Hz); 7.35 (dd, 1H, J=2.6 Hz, 4.9 Hz); 8.03 (s, 1H); 8.19 (dt, 1H, J=1.9 Hz, 7.9 Hz); 8.54 (br s, 1H, NH); 9.09 (s, 1H, NH)—13C NMR (CDCl3) δ=18.02 (ArCH3); 29.2 (C(CH3)3); 81.3 (C(CH3)3); 104.2 (thiazole-C); 111.6; 115.2; 123.9; 124.3; 131.4; 132.1; 134.4; 139.5; 148.2; 149.1; 149.3; 153.6; 167.3 (C═O)—MS Cl (m/z) (%): 383 (M+1, 100%); 339 (43); 327 (55); 309 (73); 283 (99); 71 (311).

2-(2-methyl-5-amino)phenyl-4-(3-pyridyl)-thiazole

2-(2-methyl-5-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)phenyl-4-(3-pyridyl)-thiazole (0.40 g, 1.2 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of 20% TFA/CH2Cl2. The solution was stirred at rool temperature for 2 h, then it was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with aqueous 1N sodium hydroxide solution, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to afford 2-(2-methyl-5-amino)phenyl-4-(3-pyridyl)-thiazole as a yellow-orange solid in 95% yield. This crude product was used directly in the next step.

A 2M solution of trimethyl aluminium in toluene (2.75 mL) was added dropwise to a cold (0° C.) solution of 2-(2-methyl-5-amino)phenyl-4-(3-pyridyl)-thiazole (0.42 g, 1.5 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL) under argon atmosphere. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. A solution of methyl-4-(1-N-methyl-piperazino)-methyl benzoate (0.45 g, 1.8 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (1 mL) and added slowly, and the resulting mixture was heated at reflux for 5 h. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and quenched by dropwise addition of a 4N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (3 mL). The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (3×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. (2-(2-methyl-5-amino)phenyl-4-(3-pyridyl)-thiazole) is obtained in 72% after purification by column chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol, 3:1)

IR (neat): 3318, 2926, 1647, 1610, 1535, 1492, 1282, 1207, 1160, 1011, 843—

1H NMR (CDCl3) δ=2.31 (br s, 6H, ArCH3+NCH3); 2.50 (br s, 8H, 2×NCH2CH2N); 3.56 (s, 2H, ArCH2N); 6.89 (s, 1H, thiazoleH); 7.21-7.38 (m, 4H); 7.45 (m, 2H); 7.85 (d, 2H, J=8.3 Hz); 8.03 (s, 1H); 8.13 (s, 1H); 8.27 (s, 1H); 8.52 (br s, 1H); 9.09 (s, 1H, NH)—

13C NMR (CDCl3) δ 17.8 (ArCH3); 46.2 (NCH3); 53.3 (NCH2); 55.3 (NCH2); 62.8 (ArCH2N); 99.9 (thiazole-C); 112.5; 123.9; 125.2; 127.5; 129.6; 131.6; 133.7; 134.0; 137.6; 139.3; 142.9; 148.8; 149.1; 166.2 (C═O); 166.7 (thiazoleC-NH)—

MS CI (m/z) (%): 499 (M+H, 100%); 455 (43); 430 (68); 401 (97); 374 (124); 309 (189); 283 (215); 235 (263); 121 (377); 99 (399).

………………………

 

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2012136732A1?cl=en

In a preferred embodiment of the above-depicted treatment, the active ingredient masitinib is administered in the form of masitinib mesilate; which is the orally bioavailable mesylate salt of masitinib – CAS 1048007-93-7 (MsOH); C28H30N6OS.CH3SO3H; MW 594.76:

Figure imgf000031_0001

 

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2004014903A1?cl=en

Figure imgf000021_0001

003 : 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl)-N-[3-(4-pyridin-3-yl-thiazol-2-ylamino)- phenyl] -benzamide

4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-l-yl)-N-[4-methyl-3-(4-pyridin-3-yl-thiazol-2-ylmethyl)- phenyl] -benzamide

Figure imgf000053_0001

beige brown powder mp : 128-130°C

1H RMN (DMSO-d6) δ = 2.15 (s, 3H) ; 2.18 (s, 3H) ; 2.35-2.41 (m, 4H) ; 3.18-3.3.24 (m, 4H) ; 6.94 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H) ; 7.09 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH) ; 7.28-7.38 (m, 3H) ; 7.81 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H) ; 8.20-8.25 (m, IH) ; 8.40 (dd, J = 1.6 Hz, J = 4.7 , IH) ; 8.48 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, IH) ; 9.07 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, IH) ; 9.35 (s, IH) ; 9.84 (s, IH)

……………

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2008098949A2?cl=en

EXAMPLE 4 N- [4-Methyl-3 -(4-pyridin-3 -yl-thiazol-2-ylamino)-phenyl] -benzamide derivatives

Method A In a reactor and under low nitrogen pressure, add 4-Methyl-N3-(4-pyridin-3-yl-thiazol- 2-yl)-benzene-l,3-diamine (95 g, 336.45 mmol), dichloromethane (2 L). To this suspension cooled to temperature of 5°C was added dropwise 2M/n-hexane solution of trimethylaluminium (588 mL). The reaction mixture was brought progressively to 15°C, and maintained for 2 h under stirring. 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (100 g, 402.71 mmol) in dichloromethane (200 mL) was added for 10 minutes. After 1 h stirring at room temperature, the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 20 h and cooled to room temperature. This solution was transferred dropwise via a cannula to a reactor containing 2N NaOH (2.1 L) cooled to 5°C. After stirring for 3 h at room temperature, the precipitate was filtered through Celite. The solution was extracted with dichloromethane and the organic layer was washed with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The brown solid obtained was recrystallized from /-Pr2O to give 130.7 g (78%) of a beige powder.

Method B Preparation of the acid chloride

To a mixture of 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid dihydrochloride (1.0 eq), dichloromethane (7 vol) and triethylamine (2.15 eq), thionyl chloride (1.2 eq) was added at 18-28°C . The reaction mixture was stirred at 28-32°C for 1 hour. Coupling of acid chloride with amino thiazole To a chilled (0-50C) suspension of 4-Methyl-N3-(4-pyridin-3-yl-thiazol-2-yl)-benzene- 1,3-diamine (0.8 eq) and thiethylamine (2.2 eq) in dichloromethane (3 vol), the acid chloride solution (prepared above) was maintaining the temperature below 5°C. The reaction mixture was warmed to 25-300C and stirred at the same temperature for 1O h. Methanol (2 vol) and water (5 vol) were added to the reaction mixture and stirred. After separating the layers, methanol (2 vol), dihloromethane (5 vol) and sodium hydroxide solution (aqueous, 10%, till pH was 9.5-10.0) were added to the aqueous layer and stirred for 10 minutes. The layers were separated. The organic layer was a washed with water and saturated sodium chloride solution. The organic layer was concentrated and ethanol (2 vol) was added and stirred. The mixture was concentrated. Ethanol was added to the residue and stirred. The product was filtered and dried at 50-550C in a vaccum tray drier. Yield = 65-75%.

Method C

To a solution of 4-methyl-N3-(4-pyridin-3-yl-thiazol-2-yl)-benzene-l,3-diamine (1.0 eq) in DMF (20 vol) were added successively triethylamine (5 eq), 2-chloro-l- methylpyridinium iodide (2 eq) and 4-(4-methyl-piperazin-l-ylmethyl)-benzoic acid (2 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred for 7 h at room temperature. Then, the mixture was diluted in diethyl ether and washed with water and saturated aqueous NaHCO3, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using an elution of 100% EtOAc to give a yellow solid.

Yield = 51%.

1H NMR (CDCl3) : δ = 9.09 (IH, s, NH); 8.52 (IH, br s); 8.27 (IH, s); 8.13 (IH, s);

8.03 (IH, s); 7.85 (2H, d, J= 8.3Hz); 7.45 (2H, m); 7.21-7.38 (4H, m); 6.89 (IH, s);

3.56 (2H, s); 2.50 (8H, br s); 2.31 (6H, br s).

MS (CI) m/z = 499 (M+H)+.

An additional aspect of the present invention relates to a particular polymorph of the methanesulfonic acid salt of N-[4-Methyl-3-(4-pyridin-3-yl-thiazol-2-ylamino)-phenyl]- benzamide of formula (IX).

Figure imgf000023_0001

(VI)

Hereinafter is described the polymorph form of (IX) which has the most advantageous properties concerning processability, storage and formulation. For example, this form remains, dry at 80% relative humidity and thermodynamically stable at temperatures below 2000C.

The polymorph of this form is characterized by an X-ray diffraction pattern illustrated in FIG.I, comprising characteristic peaks approximately 7.269, 9.120, 11.038, 13.704, 14.481, 15.483, 15.870, 16.718, 17.087, 17.473, 18.224, 19.248, 19.441, 19.940, 20.441, 21.469, 21.750, 22.111, 23.319, 23.763, 24.120, 24.681, 25.754, 26.777, 28.975, 29.609, 30.073 degrees θ, and is also characterized by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) illustrated in FIG.II, which exhibit a single maximum value at approximately 237.49 ± 0.3 0C. X-ray diffraction pattern is measured using a Bruker AXS (D8 advance). Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) is measured using a Perking Elmer Precisely (Diamond DSC).

This polymorph form can be obtained by treatement of 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-l- ylmethyl)-N-[4-methyl-3-(4-pyridin-3-yl-thiazol-2-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide with 1.0 to 1.2 equivalent of methanesulfonic acid, at a suitable temperature, preferably between 20-800C.

The reaction is performed in a suitable solvent especially polar solvent such as methanol or ethanol, or ketone such as acetone, or ether such as diethylether or dioxane, or a mixture therof. This invention is explained in example given below which is provided by way of illustration only and therefore should not be construed to limit the scope of the invention. Preparation of the above-mentioned polymorph form of 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-l- ylmethyl)-N- [4-methyl-3 -(4-pyridin-3 -yl-thiazol-2-ylamino)-phenyl] -benzamide methanesulfonate .

4-(4-Methyl-piperazin- 1 -ylmethyl)-N- [4-methyl-3 -(4-pyridin-3 -yl-thiazol-2-ylamino) phenyl] -benzamide (1.0 eq) was dissolved in ethanol (4.5 vol) at 65-700C. Methanesulfonic acid (1.0 eq) was added slowly at the same temperature. The mixture was cooled to 25-300C and maintained for 6 h. The product was filtered and dried in a vacuum tray drier at 55-600C. Yield = 85-90%. Starting melting point Smp = 236°C.

 

NMR PREDICT

CAS NO. 1048007-93-7, methanesulfonic acid,4-[(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl]-N-[4-methyl-3-[(4-pyridin-3-yl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)amino]phenyl]benzamide H-NMR spectral analysis

methanesulfonic acid,4-[(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl]-N-[4-methyl-3-[(4-pyridin-3-yl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)amino]phenyl]benzamide NMR spectra analysis, Chemical CAS NO. 1048007-93-7 NMR spectral analysis, methanesulfonic acid,4-[(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl]-N-[4-methyl-3-[(4-pyridin-3-yl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)amino]phenyl]benzamide H-NMR spectrum

methanesulfonic acid,4-[(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl]-N-[4-methyl-3-[(4-pyridin-3-yl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)amino]phenyl]benzamide NMR spectra analysis, Chemical CAS NO. 1048007-93-7 NMR spectral analysis, methanesulfonic acid,4-[(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl]-N-[4-methyl-3-[(4-pyridin-3-yl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)amino]phenyl]benzamide C-NMR spectrum

CAS NO. 1048007-93-7, methanesulfonic acid,

4-[(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl]-N-[4-methyl-3-[(4-pyridin-3-yl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)amino]phenyl]benzamide C-NMR spectral analysisPREDICT

References

  1. Hahn, K.A.; Oglivie, G.; Rusk, T.; Devauchelle, P.; Leblanc, A.; Legendre, A.; Powers, B.; Leventhal, P.S.; Kinet, J.-P.; Palmerini, F.; Dubreuil, P.; Moussy, A.; Hermine, O. (2008). “Masitinib is Safe and Effective for the Treatment of Canine Mast Cell Tumors”. Journal of Veterinary Internal Medicine 22 (6): 1301–1309. doi:10.1111/j.1939-1676.2008.0190.x. ISSN 0891-6640.
  2. Information about Masivet at the European pharmacy agency website
  3. Orphan designation for Masitinib at the European pharmacy agency website
WO2004014903A1 Jul 31, 2003 Feb 19, 2004 Ab Science 2-(3-aminoaryl)amino-4-aryl-thiazoles and their use as c-kit inhibitors
WO2008098949A2 Feb 13, 2008 Aug 21, 2008 Ab Science Process for the synthesis of 2-aminothiazole compounds as kinase inhibitors
EP1525200B1 Jul 31, 2003 Oct 10, 2007 AB Science 2-(3-aminoaryl)amino-4-aryl-thiazoles and their use as c-kit inhibitors
US7423055 Aug 1, 2003 Sep 9, 2008 Ab Science 2-(3-Aminoaryl)amino-4-aryl-thiazoles for the treatment of diseases
US20080207572 * Jul 13, 2006 Aug 28, 2008 Ab Science Use of Dual C-Kit/Fgfr3 Inhibitors for Treating Multiple Myeloma
Masitinib.svg
Systematic (IUPAC) name
4-[(4-Methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl]-N-(4-methyl-3-{[4-(pyridin-3-yl)-1,3-thiazol-2-yl]amino}phenyl)benzamide
Clinical data
Trade names Masivet, Kinavet
AHFS/Drugs.com International Drug Names
Identifiers
790299-79-5
L01XE22
PubChem CID 10074640
ChemSpider 8250179
ChEMBL CHEMBL1908391
Chemical data
Formula C28H30N6OS
498.64 g/mol
Patent Submitted Granted
2-(3-Aminoaryl)amino-4-aryl-thiazoles for the treatment of diseases [US7423055] 2004-06-10 2008-09-09
2-(3-aminoaryl)amino-4-aryl-thiazoles and their use as c-kit inhibitors [US2005239852] 2005-10-27
Use of C-Kit Inhibitors for Treating Fibrosis [US2007225293] 2007-09-27
Use of Mast Cells Inhibitors for Treating Patients Exposed to Chemical or Biological Weapons [US2007249628] 2007-10-25
Use of c-kit inhibitors for treating type II diabetes [US2007032521] 2007-02-08
Use of tyrosine kinase inhibitors for treating cerebral ischemia [US2007191267] 2007-08-16
Use of C-Kit Inhibitors for Treating Plasmodium Related Diseases [US2008004279] 2008-01-03
Tailored Treatment Suitable for Different Forms of Mastocytosis [US2008025916] 2008-01-31
2-(3-AMINOARYL) AMINO-4-ARYL-THIAZOLES AND THEIR USE AS C-KIT INHIBITORS [US2008255141] 2008-10-16
Use Of C-Kit Inhibitors For Treating Inflammatory Muscle Disorders Including Myositis And Muscular Dystrophy [US2008146585] 2008-06-19
Patent Submitted Granted
Aminothiazole compounds as kinase inhibitors and methods of using the same [US8940894] 2013-05-10 2015-01-27
Aminothiazole compounds as kinase inhibitors and methods of using the same [US8492545] 2012-03-08 2013-07-23
Patent Submitted Granted
Use of Dual C-Kit/Fgfr3 Inhibitors for Treating Multiple Myeloma [US2008207572] 2008-08-28
PROCESS FOR THE SYNTHESIS OF 2-AMINOTHIAZOLE COMPOUNDS AS KINASE INHIBITORS [US8153792] 2010-05-13 2012-04-10
COMBINATION TREATMENT OF SOLID CANCERS WITH ANTIMETABOLITES AND TYROSINE KINASE INHIBITORS [US8227470] 2010-04-15 2012-07-24
Anti-IGF antibodies [US8580254] 2008-06-19 2013-11-12
COMBINATIONS FOR THE TREATMENT OF B-CELL PROLIFERATIVE DISORDERS [US2009047243] 2008-07-17 2009-02-19
TREATMENTS OF B-CELL PROLIFERATIVE DISORDERS [US2009053168] 2008-07-17 2009-02-26
Anti-IGF antibodies [US8318159] 2009-12-11 2012-11-27
SURFACE TOPOGRAPHIES FOR NON-TOXIC BIOADHESION CONTROL [US2010226943] 2009-08-31 2010-09-09
EGFR/NEDD9/TGF-BETA INTERACTOME AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF AGENTS HAVING EFFICACY IN THE TREATMENT OF HYPERPROLIFERATIVE DISORDERS [US2010239656] 2010-05-10 2010-09-23
ANTI CD37 ANTIBODIES [US2010189722] 2008-08-08 2010-07-29
United States National Library of Medicine

Note: Compound name must be entered under “Substance Identification” and then “Names and Synonyms” selected to view synonyms.

Kocic I, Kowianski P, Rusiecka I, Lietzau G, Mansfield C, Moussy A, Hermine O, Dubreuil P
Naunyn Schmiedebergs Arch Pharmacol. 2014 Oct 26. Epub 2014 Oct 26. PMID: 25344204.Abstract
AB SCIENCE HEADQUARTER
3, Avenue George V
75008 PARIS – FRANCE
Tel. : +33 (0)1 47 20 00 14
Fax. : +33 (0)1 47 20 24 11

P.S. : The views expressed are my personal and in no-way suggest the views of the professional body or the company that I represent.

P.S. : The views expressed are my personal and in no-way suggest the views of the professional body or the company that I represent.

P.S. : The views expressed are my personal and in no-way suggest the views of the professional body or the company that I represent.

TAJIKISTAN

Tajikistan – Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tajikistan

The territory that now constitutes Tajikistan was previously home to several ancient cultures, including the city of Sarazm of the Neolithic and the Bronze Age, …

Map of tajikistan country.
The nature of Tajikistan. Nurek
Tajikistan. Pamiro-Alay.Zeravshan mountain range. Guzn village. Local people
Dushanbe, Tajikistan
Women carry water canisters near Gargara village, 110km south of Tajikistan’s capital, Dushanbe
Ancient Buddhist ruins, Ajina Teppa, Tajikistan
///////////

Filed under: 0rphan drug status, Phase3 drugs Tagged: AB 1010, European Medicines Agency, Masitinib, PHASE 3, TAJIKISTAN, temperature

EVOGLIPTIN

$
0
0

ChemSpider 2D Image | Evogliptin | C19H26F3N3O3

EVOGLIPTIN
CAS: 1222102-29-5 FREE

HCL……1246960-27-9

tartare.. 1222102 -51-3

Dong-A Pharmaceutical. Co., Ltd동아제약 주식회사
2-Piperazinone, 4-((3R)-3-amino-1-oxo-4-(2,4,5-trifluorophenyl)butyl)-3-((1,1-dimethylethoxy)methyl)-, (3R)-
R)-4-((R)-3-Amino-4-(2,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-butanoyl)-3-(t-butoxymethyl)-piperazin-2-one

4-[3(R)-Amino-4-(2,4,5-trifluorophenyl)butyryl]-3(R)-(tert-butoxymethyl)piperazin-2-one hydrochloride

DA-1229

see…http://www.allfordrugs.com/2015/07/03/evogliptin/

DA-1229 is a dipeptidyl peptidase IV (CD26) inhibitor currently being developed in phase III clinical studies at Dong-A for the treatment of type 2 diabetes.

In 2014, Eurofarma aquired rights for product development and commercialization in Brazil.

Evogliptin Tartrate

All About Drugs (1)

All About Drugs (2)

If above image is not clear then see at…….http://www.allfordrugs.com/2015/07/03/evogliptin/

86…………H. J. Kim, W. Y. Kwak, J. P. Min, J. Y. Lee, T. H. Yoon, H. D. Kim, C. Y. Shin, M. K.
Kim, S. H. Choi, H. S. Kim, E. K. Yang, Y. H. Cheong, Y. N. Chae, K. J. Park, J. M.
Jang, S. J. Choi, M. H. Son, S. H. Kim, M. Yoo and B. J. Lee, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett.,
2011, 21 (12), 3809-3812.
[87] …………K. S. Lim, J. Y. Cho, B. H. Kim, J. R. Kim, H. S. Kim, D. K. Kim, S. H. Kim, H. J. Yim,
S. H. Lee, S. G. Shin, I. J. Jang and K. S. Yu, Br. J. Clin. Pharmacol., 2009, 68 (6), 883-
890.

  • Originator Dong-A Pharmaceutical
  • Developer Dong-A ST
  • Class Amides; Antihyperglycaemics; Fluorobenzenes; Piperazines; Small molecules
  • Mechanism of Action CD26 antigen inhibitors
  • Orphan Drug Status No
  • On Fast track No
  • New Molecular Entity Yes
  • Available For Licensing Yes – Type 2 diabetes mellitus

Highest Development Phases

  • Phase III Type 2 diabetes mellitus

Most Recent Events

  • 01 Sep 2014 Phase-I clinical trials in Type-2 diabetes mellitus (In volunteers) in United Kingdom (PO)
  • 31 Jul 2014 Phase-III clinical trials in Type-2 diabetes mellitus in South Korea (PO)
  • 31 Jul 2014 Dong-A ST initiates enrolment in a phase I trial in patients with renal impairment in South Korea (NCT02214693)

Evogliptin Tartrate

…………………………………..

WO 2010114291

http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2010114291A2?cl=en

Formula 1

Figure PCTKR2010001947-appb-C000001

Korea Patent Publication No. 2008-0094604 the call to the scheme, as indicated by A Ⅰ) of formula (II) beta-compound of formula 3 is already substituted heterocyclic compound having 1-hydroxy-benzotriazole group (HOBT) 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (EDC) and reacting with a tertiary amine to prepare a compound of formula (4) connected by peptide bonds; Ⅱ) beta comprises the step of reacting under acidic conditions a compound of the formula (4) – a method of manufacturing the heterocyclic compounds of the formula I having an amino group is disclosed.

– Scheme A]

Figure PCTKR2010001947-appb-I000001

(Wherein, PG is a protecting group.)

In this case, the beta of the formula (2) of Scheme A – a compound having an amino group is prepared in addition to the DPP-IV inhibitor International Publication represented by Formula 1 WO03 / 000181, WO03 / 004498, WO03 / 082817, WO04 / 007468, WO04 / 032836, WO05 / 011581, WO06 / 097175, WO07 / 077508, WO07 / 063928, WO08 / 028662 WO08 / it may be used for the production of different DPP-IV inhibitors according 087,560 and can be prepared in a number of ways.

To, the compound of Formula 2 is an example as shown in Scheme J. Med.Chem. 2005; 141, and Synthesis 1997; it can be produced by the known method described in 873.

Figure PCTKR2010001947-appb-I000002

Specifically, (2S) – (+) – 2,5- dihydro-3,6-dimethoxy-2-isopropyl-pyrazine 2,4,5-trifluoro-react with benzyl bromide and acid treatment, and then the amine an ester compound obtained by the protection reaction. Ester compounds are hydrolyzed to re-3- (2,4,5-trifluoro-phenyl) -2-amino-propionic acid tert such as isobutyl chloroformate, triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine to give the amine, and then using diazomethane to form a diazo ketone, and then may be prepared by reaction with silver benzoate. However, the reaction can be performed at low temperature (-78 ℃) or high alpha-amino acid to purchase and use, and may have a risk of problems such as the need to use large diazomethane.

To a different process for preparing a compound of Formula 2 as shown in scheme Tetrahedron: Asymmetry 2006; It is known in 2622; 205 or similarly Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 2007.

Figure PCTKR2010001947-appb-I000003

That is, a 1,1′-carbonyl-2,4,5 which the phenyl trifluoroacetic acid activated using the following imidazole mono-methyl words potassium carbonate is reacted with the beta-keto ester compound is prepared. This produced an enamine ester using ammonium acetate and ammonium solution, the ester compound chloro (1,5-cyclooctadiene) rhodium (I) dimer using a chiral ferrocenyl ligands I the reaction of the high-pressure hydrogen with a chiral primary amine with a beta-amino ester compound after production and can lead to hydrolysis to prepare a compound of formula (2). However, use of expensive metal catalyst has a problem that must be performed in high pressure hydrogenation.

The method for preparing a compound of Formula 2 is disclosed in International Publication No. WO 04/87650.

Figure PCTKR2010001947-appb-I000004

Specifically, 2,4,5-fluorophenyl reagent is oxalyl chloride, the acid activated acid with 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxane-4,6-dione, and after the reaction of methanol and the resulting material at reflux to prepare a corresponding compound. With a selective reducing reagents which enantiomers (S) -BINAP-RuCl 2 and hydrogen through a reaction (S) – producing a compound having coordinated to each other, it again after the decomposition, and the singer O- benzyl hydroxyl amine and the coupling reaction and the intermediate is prepared. To do this, the resulting intermediate tree azodicarboxylate and diisopropyl azodicarboxylate presence ring condensation reaction, treated with an aqueous solution of lithium hydroxide to (R) – while having the formula (II) coordinated to the amine group protected with a benzyl-O- the compound can be produced. However, the method has a problem as a whole to be prepared by the reaction yield to be low and a long processing time to perform the reaction.

Thus, the conventional known method for producing a compound of the general formula (2) has the disadvantage of using expensive reagents, or not suitable for commercial mass-production method by a long synthesis time yield is also low.

In addition, the compound represented by General Formula (3), as described in Korea Patent Publication No. 2008-0094604 call, can be prepared by way of reaction schemes.

Figure PCTKR2010001947-appb-I000005

Specifically, the starting material D- serine methyl ester is substituted by a hydroxy group when reflux again substituted by trityl chloride as methoxy groups converted to the aziridine compound.

[Scheme 3]

Figure PCTKR2010001947-appb-I000008

<Example 3> (R)-4-[(R)-3-아미노-4-(2,4,5-트리플루오로페닐)부타노일]-3-(t-부톡시메틸)피페라진-2-온(화학식 1) Preparation of the hydrochloride

Step 1: t- butyl (R)-4-[(R)-2-(t-부톡시메틸)-3-옥소피페라진-1-일]-4-옥소 – 1-(2,4,5-트리플루오로페닐)부탄-2-일카르바메이트(화학식 Preparation of 4)

2 L flask, prepared in Example 1 (R) -3-t- butoxycarbonyl-4- (2,4,5-trifluoro-phenyl) butanoate acid (Formula 2) 10.0 g of toluene was dissolved in 450 mL of bis (2,2′-benzothiazolyl) disulfide 13.0 g, was cooled and then 10.2 g triphenylphosphine was added to the reaction solution at 0 ℃. While stirring the reaction mixture was added to a solution of 0.8 mL of triethylamine in 20 mL of toluene was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 ℃ and prepared in Example 2 (R) -3- (t- butoxymethyl) piperazin-2-one (Formula 3) was dissolved in 5.6 g of toluene and 40 mL pyridine a 2.4 mL was added slowly. After 30 minutes the reaction mixture was heated to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Saturated sheet to be the aqueous acid solution to a pH of 2.5 and then diluted with ethyl acetate 400 mL. Washed twice with brine and the organic layer was dehydrated with magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give the title compound 838 mg.

1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3) δ 7.03 (m, 1H), 6.88 (m, 1H), 5.97 (m, 1H), 5.48 (m, 1H), 4.16 ~ 4.07 (m, 1H), 4.02 ~ 3.91 (m, 1H), 3.74 (m, 2H) 3.37 (m, 2H), 3.24 (m, 1H), 2.92 (m, 2H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 2.59 (m, 2H), 1.34 ( d, 9H), 1.13 (s, 9H)

Step 2: (R) -4 – [(R) -3- amino-4- (2,4,5-trifluoro-phenyl) butane five days] -3- (t- butoxymethyl) piperazin-2- on the production of (I) hydrochloride

Prepared in Step 1 t- butyl (R)-4-[(R)-2-(t-부톡시메틸)-3-옥소피페라진-1-일]-4-옥소-1-(2,4,5-트리플루오로페닐)부탄-2-일카르바메이트 97 mg was dissolved in methanol was added 3 mL 2N- hydrochloric acid / diethyl ether 2 mL was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and dried under reduced pressure to give 64 mg of the title compound as a foaming solid.

1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 4.59 ~ 4.40 (m, 1H), 3.93 (m, 1H), 3.90 ~ 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 3.27 (m, 1H), 3.07 (m, 2H), 2.89 ~ 2.66 (m, 2H), 1.18 (s, 3H ), 1.11 (s, 6H)

Mass (M + 1): 402

<Example 4> (R)-4-[(R)-3-아미노-4-(2,4,5-트리플루오로페닐)부타노일]-3-(t-부톡시메틸)피페라진-2-온(화학식 1) tartaric acid salts

Step 1: (R) -4 – [(R) -3- amino-4- (2,4,5-trifluoro-phenyl) butane five days] -3- (t- butoxymethyl) piperazin-2- Preparation of one (I)

Example 3 to give a compound of formula I in hydrochloride 60 mg 5% sodium hydrogen carbonate in dichloromethane was added to 10 mL of an aqueous solution / 2-propanol (4/1 (v / v)) was added to the mixed solution and extracted two times 10 mL The organic layer was dried under reduced pressure to give 55 mg of the title compound as a solid.

1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.14 (m, 1H), 4.56 ~ 4.39 (m, 1H), 3.96 ~ 3.81 (m, 3H), 3.70 (m, 1H) , 3.46 (m, 1H), 3.43 ~ 3.32 (m, 1H), 2.83 ~ 2.65 (m, 3H), 2.58 ~ 2.40 (m, 2H), 1.16 (s, 3H), 1.11 (s, 6H)

Mass (M + 1): 402

Step 2: (R) -4 – [(R) -3- amino-4- (2,4,5-trifluorophenyl) butanoyl] -3- (t- butoxymethyl) piperazin-2- one (I) tartaric acid salt [

Was dissolved 55 mg of the compound of step 1 in 0.56 mL of acetone, L- tartrate 26 mg ethanol / water (9/1 (v / v)) was added slowly to a solution of 0.35 mL was stirred for 30 minutes. Here was added 0.56 mL of 2-propanol was stirred for 10 minutes and re-filtered to give 77 mg of the title compound as a solid.

1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 4.59 ~ 4.40 (m, 1H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 3.93 (m, 1H), 3.90 ~ 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 3.27 (m, 1H), 3.07 (m, 2H), 2.89 ~ 2.66 (m, 2H ), 1.15 (s, 3H), 1.11 (s, 6H)

Mass (M + 1): 402

………………………………

WO 2010114292

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2010114292A2?cl=en

…………………………………

Discovery of DA-1229: a potent, long acting dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor for the treatment of type 2 diabetes
Bioorg Med Chem Lett 2011, 21(12): 3809

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0960894X11004859

Full-size image (3 K)

A series of β-amino amide containing substituted piperazine-2-one derivatives was synthesized and evaluated as inhibitors of dipeptidyl pepdidase-4 (DPP-4) for the treatment of type 2 diabetes. As results of intensive SAR study of the series, (R)-4-[(R)-3-amino-4-(2,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-butanoyl]-3-(t-butoxymethyl)-piperazin-2-one (DA-1229) displayed potent DPP-4 inhibition pattern in several animal models, was selected for clinical development.

About evogliptin tartrate tablets
Evogliptin tartrate tablets is a dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitor, in tablet form. Evogliptin tartrate
tablets is expected to be approved for the treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus. The Group holds
an exclusive intellectual property licence from Dong-A Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. to develop
and commercialise evogliptin tartrate tablets in China, including the exclusive right to develop
evogliptin tartrate tablets for manufacturing and sale in the Group’s name. The new drug certificate
to be issued by the CFDA will be approved and registered under the Group’s name.
Evogliptin is a patented new molecular entity in the United States and other international markets.
Evogliptin tartrate tablets is being concurrently developed by Dong-A Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd.
for the Korean market. Based on information released from a multi-centre, phase II, randomised,
double-blind, placebo-controlled, therapeutic exploratory clinical trial conducted in Korea by
Dong-A Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. to investigate the efficacy and safety of evogliptin, evogliptin
was proven to be effective in significantly lowering blood glucose levels in patients with type
2 diabetes. Data also show that the body weights of patients remain stable over the treatment
period. In addition, evogliptin was proven to be safe and well tolerated with no severe adverse
drug reactions observed during those phase II clinical trials. The Company believes evogliptin
tartrate tablets will help reduce the burden of patients with moderate-to-severe renal impairment
as pharmacokinetic study in animal model and healthy human volunteers showed low renal
elimination.
2
According to the statistics of IMS Health Incorporated, the market size of products for the
treatment of diabetes in China in 2013 was approximately RMB7.8 billion, and grew at a
compound annual growth rate of 23.4% from 2011 to 2013.

 http://www.luye.cn/en/uploads//2014-07/21/_1405936452_zr21xh.pdf

Dong-A ST
SEOUL, SOUTH KOREA
14 April 2015 – 5:45pm
Oh Seung-mock

Dong-A ST has licensed its new diabetes drug Evogliptin to 17 Latin American countries including Mexico, Venezuela, Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, the Dominican Republic, and Uruguay, Jung Jae-wook, Dong-A ST’s PR manager, told Business Korea.

Dong-A ST and Eurofarma, a Brazilian pharmaceutical company, concluded the licensing contract at Dong-A ST’s headquarters on April 13 in Seoul.

Eurofarma will be responsible for Evogliptin’s product development and sales in the 17 Latin American countries, Dong-A ST said. Dong-A ST will receive royalties from Eurofarma, and export the raw material of the medicine.

Dong-A ST has been developing Evogliptin with the support of the Ministry of Health & Welfare of South Korea as an innovative new medicine research project since May 2008. Evogliptin is a DPP-4 remedy based on the inhibition mechanism which is “excellent” at reducing blood sugar, whilst “less likely” to cause weight increases and hypoglycemia, the company said.

Park Chan-il, president of Dong-A ST, said that Dong-A ST will pursue further out-licensing “over the globe,” through continuous investment in research and development.

Maurizio Billi, Eurofarma’s president, wished to expand both companies’ partnership in the innovative new remedy development sector, according to Dong-A ST.

Last July, Dong-A ST and Eurofarma concluded a contract out-licensing Evogliptin to Brazil itself, the company said.

– See more at: http://www.businesskorea.co.kr/article/10115/southern-strategy-dong-st-licenses-new-diabetes-drug-evogliptin-17-latin-american#sthash.liqwFTWU.dpuf

//////////

see gliptins at…..http://drugsynthesisint.blogspot.in/p/gliptin-series.html

Dong-A Pharm. Co., Ltd, Yongin-si, Gyeonggi-do, Republic of Korea.


Filed under: DIABETES, Phase3 drugs Tagged: DA 1229, DIABETES, DONG, DONG A, DPP-4, EVOGLIPTIN, Korea, PHASE 3

GEMIGLIPTIN

$
0
0

Structure of gemigliptin (LC15-0444).svg

GEMIGLIPTIN

1-[2(S)-Amino-4-[2,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-4-oxobutyl]-5,5-difluoropiperidin-2-one

PHASE 3, DPP-IV inhibitor, Lg Life Sciences Ltd.

CAS 911637-19-9

Mol. Formula:   C18H19F8N5O2

Mol. Weight:489.36

Gemigliptin (rINN), previously identified as LC15-0444, is an oral anti-hyperglycemic agent (anti-diabetic drug) of the new dipeptidyl peptidase-4 (DPP-4) inhibitor class of drugs.[1] It is well known that glucose lowering effects of DPP-4 inhibitors are mainly mediated by GLP-1 and gastric inhibitory polypeptide (GIP) incretin hormones which are inactivated by DPP-4.

Gemigliptin was initially developed solely by LG Life Sciences. In 2010, Double-Crane Pharmaceutical Co. (DCPC) joined with LGLS to co-develop the final compound and collaborate on the marketing of the drug in China. LGLS also announced on Nov., 2010 that NOBEL Ilac has been granted rights to develop and commercialize gemigliptin in Turkey.

Gemigliptin, a dipeptidyl peptidase IV (CD26; DPP-IV; DP-IV) inhibitor, is currently undergoing phase III clinical trials at LG Life Sciences as an oral treatment for type II diabetes. The company is also testing the compound in phase II/III clinical studies for the treatment of patients with cisplatin-induced acute kidney injury.

DPP IV inhibitors have glucose-lowering effects mediated by GLP-1 incretin hormone which is inactivated by DPP IV. In 2010, gemigliptin was licensed to Beijing Double-Crane Pharmaceutical by LG Life Sciences for distribution and supply in China for the treatment of type 2 diabetes.

New Drug Application (NDA) for gemigliptin in the treatment of type 2 diabetes was submitted to the Korea Food & Drug Administration (KFDA) in July 2011. Then on June 27, 2012, the KFDA has approved the manufacture and distribution of LG Life Sciences’ diabetes treatment, Zemiglo, the main substance of which is gemigliptin. Clinical trials for evaluating the safety and efficacy of gemigliptin in combination with metformin have been completed.

…………

Efficient synthesis of gemigliptin, a potent and selective DPP-4 inhibitor for the treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus, has been developed. Gemigliptin were prepared from two key API starting materials, DP18 and DP57, in 75~80% yield and >99% purity over three steps under the GMP control: coupling, deprotection of N-Boc group, and final crystallization with L-tartaric acid. All steps were conducted in the same solvent system and the intermediates were isolated by simple filtration without distillation of solvent. The established process was validated obviously through the three consecutive batches for a commercial production.

………..IN CASE IMAGES NOT VISIBLE …….SEE THIS AT ………http://www.allfordrugs.com/2015/07/06/gemigliptin/

GO TO MY OTHER SITE FOR SYNTHESIS

(3S)-3-amino-4-(5,5-difluoro-2-oxopiperidino)-1-[2,4-di(trifluoromethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]butan-1-one
Clinical data
Routes of
administration
Oral
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability 94% (rat), 73% (dog), 26% (monkey)
Biological half-life 3.6 h (rat), 5.2 h (dog), 5.4 h (monkey)
Identifiers
CAS Registry Number 911637-19-9 
ATC code A10BH06
PubChem CID: 11953153
ChemSpider 10127461 Yes
UNII 5DHU18M5D6 
Synonyms LC15-0444
Chemical data
Formula C18H19F8N5O2
Molecular mass 489.36 g/mol

……………….

History

The NDA for gemigliptin was submitted to KFDA in July, 2011 and it was approved on June 27, 2012. By the end of 2012, gemigliptin will be marketed in Korea as Zemiglo which is the fifth new DPP-4 inhibitor diabetes treatment in the world.

Mechanism of action

DPP-4 is a serine protease located on the cell surfaces throughout the body. In plasma, DPP-4 enzyme rapidly inactivates incretins including GLP-1 and GIP which are produced in the intestine depending on the blood glucose level and contribute to the physiological regulation of glucose homeostatis. Active GLP-1 and GIP increase the production and release of insulin by pancreatinc beta cells. GLP-1 also reduces the scretion of glucacon by pancreatic alpha cells, thereby resulting in a decreased hepatic glucose production. However these incretins are rapidly cleaved by DPP-4 and their effects last only for a few minutes. DPP-4 inhibitors block the cleavage of the gliptins and thus lead to an increasee insulin level and a reduced glucagon level in a glucose-dependent way. This results in a decrease of fasting and postprandial glycemia, as well as HbA1c levels.[2]

Preclinical studies

Gemigliptin is a competitive, reversible DPP-4 inhibitor (IC50 = 16 nM) with excellent selectivity over other critical human proteases such as DPP-2, DPP-8DPP-9elastase,trypsinurokinase and cathepsin G. Gemigliptin was rapidly absorbed after single oral dosing and the compound was eliminated with a half-life of 3.6 h, 5.2 h, and 5.4 h in the rat, dog, and monkey, respectively.

The bioavailability of gemigliptin in the rat, dog, and monkey was species-dependent with the values of 94%, 73%, and 26%, respectively. Following the oral administration of gemigliptin in the rat, dog and monkey, about 80% inhibition of plasma DPP-4 activity were observed at the plasma levels of 18 nM, 14 nM and 4 nM, respectively.

In the diet-induced obese (DIO) mice, gemigliptin reduced glucose excursion during OGTT in a dose dependent manner with the minimum effective dose of 0.3 mg/kg and enhanced glucose-stimulated plasma GLP-1 increase in a dose dependent manner reaching the maximum effect at the dose of 1 mg/kg.

Following 4 week oral repeat dosing in the DIO mice, gemigliptin reduced significantly HbA1c with the minimum effective dose of 3 mg/kg. In the beagle dog, gemigliptin significantly enhanced active GLP-1, decreased glucagon, and reduced glucose excursion during OGTT following a single dosing.

Studies on animals suggest its positive effect on hepatic and renal fibrosis .[3][4] Data on human patients are still inconclusive .[5]

Clinical studies

The dose-range finding phase 2 study was performed and 145 patients (91men and 54 women) with type 2 diabetes mellitus were enrolled. All three doses (50,100 and 200 mg groups) of gemigliptin significantly reduced the HbA1c from baseline compared to the placebo group without a significant difference between the doses.

Subjects with a higher baseline HbA1c (≥8.5%) had a greater reduction in HbA1c. Insulin secretory function, as assessed using homeostasis model assessment-beta cell, C-peptide and the insulinogenic index, improved significantly with gemigliptin treatment. Insulin sensitivity, as assessed using homeostasis model assessment-insulin resistance, also improved significantly after 12 weeks of treatment.

The 50 and 200 mg groups had significantly reduced total cholesterol and low-density lipoprotein cholesterol levels at 12 weeks compared to the placebo group.

The incidences of adverse events were similar in all study subjects. Gemigliptin monotherapy (50 mg for 12 weeks) improved the HbA1cFPG level, oral glucose tolerance testresults, β-cell function and insulin sensitivity measures, and was well tolerated in subjects with type 2 diabetes.

Results of Phase 3 clinical trials which have been finished recently will be updated near future.

…………..

WO 2006104356

 http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2006104356A1?cl=en

EXAMPLE 83: Synthesis of l-(f2SV2-amino-4-r2.4-bisftrifluoromethylV5.8-dihvdropyridor3.4-d]pyrimidin-7f6H)

-yl1-4-oxobutyll-5.5-difluoropiperidin-2-one [1960]

Figure imgf000147_0001

[1961] 21 mg of the title compound was obtained in a yield of 56% at the same manner as in EXAMPLE 1, except that 42 mg (0.071 mmol) of t-butyl

{(lS)-3-[2,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)-5,8-dihydropyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-7(6H)-yl]-l-[(5,5

-difluoro-2-oxpiperidin-l-yl)methyl]-3-oxpropyl}carbamate obtained in

PREPARATION 143 was used. [1962] 1K NMR (CD3OD) δ 5.05-4.92 (2H, m), 3.98-3.91 (2H, m), 3.85-3.79 (2H, m),

3.70-3.59 (2H, m), 3.54-3.48 (IH, m), 3.36-3.33 (2H, m), 3.24 (IH, bra), 3.14 (IH, bra), 2.83-2.76 (IH, m), 2.72-2.53 (3H, m), 2.43-2.34 (2H, m) [1963] Mass (m/e) 490 (M+l)

[1964]

[1965] PREPARATION 144: Synthesis of t-butyl

(riSV3-r2.4-bisrtrifluoromethylV5.8-dihvdropyridor3.4-d]pyrimidin-7r6HVyl]-l-(rr2 S)-2-methyl-5-oxomorpholin-4-yl1methyl 1 -3-oxpropyl 1 carbamate

[1966] 14 mg of the title compound was obtained in a yield of 17% at the same manner as in PREPARATION 45, except that 43.7 mg (0.138 mmol) of (3S)-3-[(t-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-4-[2(S)-2-methyl-5-oxomoφholin-4-yl]-butanoic acid obtained in PREPARATION 55 and 42.5 mg (0.138 mmol) of 2,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidine hydrochloric acid salt (product of PREPARATION 127) were used.

[1967] 1K NMR (CDCl3) δ 5.85-5.83 (IH, m), 5.09-4.92 (IH, m), 4.95-4.78 (IH, m),

4.23-4.08 (3H, m), 4.04-3.76 (3H, m), 3.73-3.66 (IH, m), 3.46-3.38 (IH, m), 3.36-3.21 (2H, m), 3.18-3.10 (2H, m), 2.96-2.81 (IH, m), 2.61-2.50 (IH, m), 1.43-1.41 (9H, m), 1.28-1.24 (3H, m)

[1968] Mass (m/e) 470 (M+l-Boc)

…………..

WO 2012030106

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2012030106A2?cl=en

Reaction Scheme 1

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000001

PREPARATION 1: Synthesis of diethyl 2,2-difluoropentanedioate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000014

To a solution of ethyl bromodifluoroacetate (33.2 g) in tetrahydrofuran (94.0 g) was added ethyl acrylate (8.2 g) and copper powder (10.9 g). After heating to 50℃, TMEDA (9.5 g) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was then stirred for 3 hours at the same temperature. Upon disappearance of ethyl acrylate as the starting material, to the reaction solution was added methyl t-butyl ether (MTBE, 73.7 g) followed by addition of 10% aqueous ammonium chloride solution (49.8 g) dropwise, and the mixture was then stirred for 30 minutes. The remaining copper residue was removed by filtration through a celite, and methyl t-butyl ether (MTBE, 66.3 g) was added to separate the layers. The separated organic layer was washed successively with 10% aqueous NH4Cl solution (66.3 g) and 3 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (99.6 g) in order and then distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 55.0 g of the desired title compound.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.37-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.55 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.16 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H).

PREPARATION 2: Synthesis of ethyl 4,4-difluoro-5-hydroxypentanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000015

14.8 g of the compound obtained from the above Preparation 1 was diluted with ethanol (20.4 g) and tetrahydrofuran (69.1 g) and then cooled to 0℃. To this solution was slowly added sodium borohydride (NaBH4, 3.5 g) stepwise while keeping the internal temperature below 30℃. After confirming completion of the reaction by 1H NMR, the reaction solution was cooled to the temperature of 10℃ and 10% aqueous ammonium chloride solution (77.7 g) was slowly added. The remaining boron compound was filtered through celite, and the filtrate was distilled under reduced pressure to remove tetrahydrofuran. Then, ethyl acetate (105.2 g) was added to separate the layers, and the organic layer was distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 10.8 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.23 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.15-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.49 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (t, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 4.12 (q, J=4.0 Hz, 2H).

EXAMPLE 1: Synthesis of ethyl 4,4-difluoro-5-{[(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl]oxy}- pentanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000016

To the solution of 10.8 g of the compound, as obtained from the above Preparation 2, dissolved in dichloromethane (100.2 g) was added pyridine (7.0 g), and then the mixture was cooled to -5.0℃. After completion of cooling, trifluoromethane sulfonic acid anhydride (20.1 g) was slowly added dropwise while keeping the reaction temperature below 6.3℃. After stirring the reaction solution for 30 minutes, 1.5 N hydrochloric acid solution was added dropwise at 0℃ to separate the layers. The aqueous layer as separated was back-extracted twice with dichloromethane (33.4 g), and the extracts were combined with the organic layer separated from the above and then distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 19.7 g of the title compound as a yellow oil.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.27 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.29-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.59 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 4.18 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.55 (t, J=11.6 Hz, 2H).

EXAMPLE 2-1: Synthesis of ethyl 4,4-difluoro-5-{[(nonafluorobutyl)sulfonyl]- oxy}pentanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000017

To the solution of 100.0 g of the compound, as obtained from the above Preparation 2, dissolved in dichloromethane (300.0 ml) was added pyridine (65.7 g), and the mixture was then cooled to -10.0℃. After completion of cooling, nonafluorobutanesulfonic anhydride (477.4 g) was slowly added dropwise. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours, 1.0 N hydrochloric acid solution (300.0 ml) was added dropwise to separate the layers. The aqueous layer as separated was back extracted once with dichloromethane (500.0 ml), and the extracts were combined with the organic layer separated from the above and then distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 177.5 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.26 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.30-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.58 (t, 2H, J=7.4 Hz), 4.16 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 4.57 (t, 2H, J=11 Hz).

EXAMPLE 2-2: Synthesis of ethyl 4,4-difluoro-5-{[(nonafluorobutyl)sulfonyl]- oxy}pentanoate

To the solution of 500.0 g of the compound, as obtained from the above Preparation 2, dissolved in dichloromethane (1000.0 ml) was added triethylamine (389.0 g), and the mixture was then cooled to 0℃. After completion of cooling, perfluorobutanesulfonyl chloride (948.80 g) was slowly added dropwise. The reaction solution was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature, distilled under reduced pressure, dissolved in methyl t-butyl ether (MTBE, 3000.0 ml) and then washed three times with water. The organic layer thus obtained was dehydrated with magnesium sulfate, filtered through a celite and then distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 960.0 g of the title compound.

EXAMPLE 3: Synthesis of methyl (2S)-2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-4-oxo- pentanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000018

To 25.0 g of the starting material, (3S)-3-[(t-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-4-oxo- pentanoic acid, was added t-butanol (96.9 g) followed by the addition of Boc2O (25.4 g) and dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, 62.0 g, 0.5 mol%) at room temperature, and the reaction mixture was then stirred for 23 hours at 40℃. Upon completion of the reaction, ethylene dichloride (62.3 g) in t-butanol was added, and the mixture was then distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 30.7 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 2.71 (dd, J=4.8, 16.4 Hz, 1H), 2.88 (dd, J=4.4, 16.4 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.53 (m, 1H), 5.44 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H).

EXAMPLE 4: Synthesis of tert-butyl (3S)-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-4-hydroxy- butanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000019

30.7 g of the compound obtained from the above Example 3 was dissolved in ethanol (112.3 g) and, after lowering the internal temperature to 10.5℃ sodium borohydride (NaBH4, 5.7 g) was slowly added dropwise. This reaction solution was stirred while maintaining the temperature below 22℃. After confirming completion of the reaction by 1H NMR and TLC, to the reaction solution was slowly added 3.0 N hydrochloric acid solution (30.7 g) dropwise at the internal temperature of 10℃ followed by addition of diluted 0.2% hydrochloric acid solution (100.0 g). The reaction solution was adjusted to pH 3~4 with addition of 9.0% aqueous hydrochloric acid solution, and then back-extracted twice with ethyl acetate (100.0 g) and toluene (44.0 g). The organic layer thus obtained was distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 25.1 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.48-2.57 (m, 2H), 3.69 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (m, 1H), 5.22 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 5: tert-butyl (3S)-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-4-[(methylsulfonyl)oxy]- butanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000020

To 25.1 g of the compound obtained from the above Example 4 was added dichloromethane (133.0 g) and triethylamine (148.0 g), and the mixture was then cooled to 0℃. To this reaction solution was slowly added methanesulfonyl chloride (11.8 g) diluted with dichloromethane (39.9 g) dropwise for 50 minutes while maintaining the internal temperature below 12℃. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was washed with 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (120.0 g) and water (100.4 g), and then distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 31.5 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 2.62 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 4.21 (m, 1H), 4.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 5.16 (br d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H).

EXAMPLE 6: Synthesis of tert-butyl (3S)-4-azido-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]- butanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000021

Sodium azide (NaN3, 11.6 g) was diluted with dimethylacetamide (DMAc, 260.0 g). After elevating the internal temperature to 80℃, a solution of 31.5 g of the compound, as obtained from the above Example 5, diluted with dimethylacetamide (DMAc, 45.0 g) was added thereto. The reaction proceeded at 80℃ for 2 hours. To the reaction solution were added toluene (251.0 g) and water (320.0 g) to separate the layers. The organic layer thus obtained was distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 24.0 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.49 (s, 9H), 2.49 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.44-3.55 (m, 2H), 4.09 (br s, 1H), 5.14 (br s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 7: Synthesis of tert-butyl (3S)-4-amino-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]- butanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000022

To 21.0 g of the compound obtained from the above Example 6 was added tetrahydrofuran (93.3 g) followed by the addition of triphenylphosphine (PPh3, 21.0 g) at 40℃, the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at the same temperature, and water (3.8 g) was then added thereto. The reaction solution was distilled under reduced pressure, and the resulting triphenylphosphine oxide solid was diluted with toluene (26.0 g) and n-hexane (41.0 g), and then filtered off. The filtrate was adjusted to pH 2~3 with 1.0 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (110.0 g) and then subjected to separation of the layers. To remove any residual triphenylphosphine oxide solid, the aqueous layer obtained above was washed with dichloromethane (100.0 g) and then adjusted to pH 8~9 with 28% aqueous ammonia solution (7.6 g). The aqueous solution thus obtained was extracted with dichloromethane (100.0 g) and distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 8.5 g of the title compound as a white solid.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.45 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 2.77 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (br s, 1H), 5.22 (br s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 8: Synthesis of N,N-dibenzyl-L-N(Boc)-aspartamide 4-tert-butyl ester

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000023

N-Boc-L-aspartic acid 4-t-butyl ester (29.0 g, 0.10 mol) was added to THF (200 ml). After cooling to temperature below -5℃, to the reaction solution was added isobutylchloroformate (13.0 ml, 0.10 mol) followed by addition of N-methyl morpholine (12.0 ml, 0.10 mol) dropwise, and the reaction mixture was stirred for over 30 minutes. To the reaction mixture was added dropwise dibenzylamine (21.1 ml, 0.11 mol), and the mixture was then stirred for over 3 hours and monitored for the reaction progress by TLC (EtOAc: Hexane=1:4). Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was stirred with addition of ethyl acetate (300.0 mL) and 1 N hydrochloric acid to separate the layers, and distilled under reduced pressure to precipitate a solid. The solid was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate (100 ml), and then the washings were concentrated by distillation again under reduced pressure. The residue was then subjected to silica gel column to obtain the purified desired product (41.7 g, 0.89 mol).

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.32 (m, 5H), 7.20 (m, 5H), 5.39 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (m, 1H), 4.87-4.77 (m, 2H), 4.48-4.39 (m, 2H), 2.72 (dd, J=15.8 Hz, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.56 (dd, J=15.8 Hz, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.37 (s, 9H).

Mass (ESI, m/z): 491 (M+Na), 469 (M+H), 413 (M-55).

EXAMPLE 9: Synthesis of N, N-diallyl-L-N(Boc)-aspartamide 4-tert-butyl ester

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000024

L-N(Boc)-aspartic acid 4-t-butyl ester (5.00 g, 17.3 mol) was added to THF (50 ml). After cooling to temperature below -5℃, to the reaction solution was added isobutylchloroformate (2.26 ml, 17.3 mol) followed by addition of N-methyl morpholine (1.90 ml, 17.3 mol) dropwise, and the reaction mixture was stirred for over 30 minutes. To the reaction mixture was added dropwise diallylamine (2.35 ml, 19.0 mol), and the mixture was then stirred for over 3 hours and monitored for the reaction progress by TLC (EtOAc: Hexane=1:4). Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was stirred with addition of ethyl acetate (60 ml) and 1 N hydrochloric acid and, after separating the layers, concentrated by distillation under reduced pressure. The residue was then subjected to silica gel column to obtain the purified desired product (6.0 g, 16.3 mol).

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.78 (m, 2H), 5.30 (m, 1H), 5.23-5.11 (m, 1H), 5.30 (m, 1H), 4.93 (m, 1H), 4.11-3.84 (m, 4H), 2.68 (dd, J=15.8 Hz, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.51 (dd, J=15.8 Hz, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.42 (s, 9H).

Mass (ESI, m/z): 391 (M+Na), 369 (M+H), 313 (M-55).

EXAMPLE 10: Synthesis of N,N-dibenzyl-4-amino-3(S)-N(Boc)-aminobutanoic acid 4-tert-butyl ester

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000025

10.0 g of the compound obtained from the above Example 8, Ru3(CO)12 (136 mg, 1mol%), and diphenylsilane (19.7 ml, 106.7 mmol) were added to tetrahydrofuran (50 ml), and the reaction solution was stirred under reflux for over 40 hours. The reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (200 ml) and concentrated by distillation under reduced pressure. The residue was then subjected to silica gel column to obtain the purified desired product (4.7 g, 10.5 mmol).

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.31-7.20 (m, 10H), 5.12 (bs, 1H), 3.90 (bs, 1H), 3.63 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 3.48 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 3.24 (m, 1H), 3.16 (bs, 1H), 2.42 (m, 2H), 1.81 (m, 1H), 1.59 (m, 9H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.06 (s, 9H).

Mass (ESI, m/z): 455 (M+H), 441 (M-13).

EXAMPLE 11: Synthesis of tert-butyl (3S)-4-amino-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]- 4-oxobutanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000026

360.0 g of the starting material, N-Boc-Asp(O-t-Bu)OH, together with Boc2O (353.0 g) and ammonium bicarbonate (NH4HCO3, 123.9 g) was added to dimethylformamide (1174.6 g), and pyridine (61.0 g) was added dropwise thereto at room temperature, and the reaction mixture was then stirred for about 3 hours. Upon completion of the reaction, water (1440 ml) and toluene (1800 ml) were added to the reaction solution and stirred for 30 minutes to separate the layers. The organic layer thus obtained was distilled under reduced pressure to remove t-butanol and toluene to obtain the title compound, which was directly used in the next reaction.

EXAMPLE 12: Synthesis of (S)-tert-butyl 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-cyanopropanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000027

To the compound obtained from Example 11 was added dimethylformamide (1019.5 g) followed by addition of cyanuric chloride (112.0 g) dropwise for 1.5 hours at temperature below 25℃. The reaction solution was stirred for one hour at room temperature, and then 0.1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1850.0 g) and toluene (1860 ml) were added thereto to separate the layers. The organic layer thus obtained was washed once again with water (700 ml) and then distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 318.3 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.45 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 2.77 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (br s, 1H), 5.22 (br s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 13: Synthesis of tert-butyl (3S)-4-amino-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]- butanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000028

To 212.1 g of the compound obtained from the above Example 12 was added acetic acid (4000 ml) followed by addition of 20 wt% Pd(OH)2 (1.1 g) at 40℃. The mixture was stirred for 8 hours while keeping the internal temperature below 45℃ and 3 atmospheric pressure of hydrogen. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was distilled under reduced pressure to remove acetic acid, diluted with toluene (640 L) and then filtered through a celite. To the filtrate was added 0.25 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (1060 ml) to separate the layers. The aqueous layer thus obtained was basified with aqueous ammonia solution (543.1 g) and then extracted with methyl t-butyl ether (MTBE, 1000 ml). The organic layer thus obtained was distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 185.0 g of the title compound.

EXAMPLE 14: Synthesis of 3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(5,5-difluoro-2-oxo- piperidin-1-yl)-butyric acid t-butyl ester

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000029

Triethylamine (13.2 g) was added to 16.0 g of the compound obtained from the above Example 1 or 2-1 or 2-2, and 14.1 g of the compound obtained from the above Example 7 or 13, and the mixture was then stirred for 21 hours at 40℃. Then, dichloromethane (154.8 g) and acetic acid (18.3 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours at room temperature. To the resulting reaction solution was added 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (116.8 g) and then, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes to separate the layers. The organic layer thus obtained was distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 23.6 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 2.27 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.64 (m, 4H), 3.20 (dd, J=4.3, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 3.56-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.91 (m, 2H), 4.16 (m, 1H), 5.20 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H).

EXAMPLE 15: Synthesis of 3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(5,5-difluoro-2-oxo- piperidin-1-yl)-butyric acid

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000030

23.6 g of the compound obtained from the above Example 14 was added to dichloromethane (20.0 g) followed by addition of H3PO4 (30.0 g), and the mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After confirming the detachment of all of t-butyl group and t-butyloxycarbonyl group, the reaction solution was adjusted to pH 7.0~8.0 with 10 N aqueous hydrogen peroxide, and Boc2O (16.0 g) was added thereto. After completion of the addition, 10 N aqueous hydrogen peroxide was used to maintain the pH of the reaction solution at 8.0~9.0. After stirring for 3 hours, the resulting sodium phosphate was filtered off, and the filtrate was then adjusted to pH 2.0~3.0 with 3.0 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution. The resulting solid was filtered and dried under nitrogen to obtain 14.5 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.32 (s, 9H), 2.20-2.43 (m, 6H), 3.26-3.31 (m, 2H), 3.61 (m, 1H), 3.81 (m, 1H), 4.02 (m, 1H), 6.73 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 12.16 (s, 1H).

For the title compound resulting from the above, its enantiomeric isomers―i.e. S-form and R-form―were measured by HPLC (high-performance liquid chromatography), and an excess of the enantiomeric isomers (S vs. R form) (enantiomeric excess; ee) was then calculated as being ee > 99%. On the other hand, in case of the Comparative Example prepared according to the prior method based on WO 06/104356, as described below, the excess (ee) of enantiomeric isomers (S vs. R form) was 80%. From this, it can be identified that the compound of formula (2) having an optically high purity could be obtained according to the method of the present invention.

COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 1: Synthesis of 3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(5,5- difluoro-2-oxo-piperidin-1-yl)-butyric acid t-butyl ester

COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 1-1: Synthesis of methyl 5-amino-4,4-difluoro- pentanoate HCl

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000031

To 10.0 g of the compound obtained from Example 1 was added 40 ml of anhydrous ammonia solution (7 M solution in methanol), and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours. The reaction solution was distilled and 30 ml of hydrochloric acid solution saturated with methanol was added dropwise thereto. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature and then distilled to obtain 7.2 g of the title compound as a white solid.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 2.35 (m, 2H), 2.59 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.49 (t, J=15.3 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H).

COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 1-2: Synthesis of 3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(5,5- difluoro-2-oxo-piperidin-1-yl)-butyric acid t-butyl ester

To the solution of the compound (1.93 g), as obtained from the above Example 4, dissolved in dichloromethane (20.0 g) and H2O (4.0 g) were added NaBr (0.8 g) and TEMPO (11 mg, 1 mol%). To this reaction solution was slowly added a solution of 5% NaOCl (11.5 g) and NaHCO3 (1.7 g) dissolved in H2O (12.0 g) dropwise for about 2 hours while maintaining the temperature below 5℃. Upon completion of dropwise addition, the reaction solution was stirred for 30 minutes to separate the layers. To the organic layer thus obtained was added the compound (1.6 g) obtained from the above Comparative Example 1-1. After stirring for 15 minutes at room temperature, NaBH(OAc)3 (2.23 g) was added to the reaction solution. After stirring for about 19 hours, 10% aqueous NaHCO3 solution (20.0 g) and 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (20.0 g) were added dropwise to the reaction solution to separate the layers. The organic layer thus obtained was dehydrated under anhydrous MgSO4 to obtain 2.0 g (yield 73%) of the same title compound as Example 14, as a yellow solid. For the title compound resulting from the above, its enantiomeric isomers―i.e., S-form and R-form―were measured by HPLC (high-performance liquid chromatography), and an excess (ee) of the enantiomeric isomers (S vs. R form) was then calculated as being ee = 80%.

WO2006104356A1 Mar 30, 2006 Oct 5, 2006 Seong Cheol Bu Dipeptidyl peptidase-iv inhibiting compounds, methods of preparing the same, and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same as an active agent
EP0279435A2 * Feb 18, 1988 Aug 24, 1988 BASF Aktiengesellschaft Process for the reduction of mono- and dicarboxylic acids
US5556982 * Jul 12, 1993 Sep 17, 1996 Neorx Corporation Metal radionuclide labeled proteins for diagnosis and therapy
US20080039517 * Aug 7, 2007 Feb 14, 2008 Washburn David G Pyrrolidinone anilines as progesterone receptor modulators

Footnotes

  1. Lim KS, Kim JR, Choi YJ, Shin KH, Kim KP, Hong JH, Cho JY, Shin HS, Yu KS, Shin SG, Kwon OH, Hwang DM, Kim JA, Jang IJ (October 2008). “Pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, and tolerability of the dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitor LC15-0444 in healthy Korean men: a dose-block-randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, ascending single-dose, Phase I study”. Clin Ther 30 (10): 1817–30. doi:10.1016/j.clinthera.2008.10.013PMID 19014837.
  2.  Ábel T. “A New Therapy of Type 2 Diabetes: DPP-4 Inhibitors”. In Rigobelo EC. Hypoglycemia – Causes and Occurrences. Croatia: InTech. pp. 3–52. doi:10.5772/23604ISBN 978-953-307-657-7.
  3.  Kaji K (Mar 2014). “Dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor attenuates hepatic fibrosis via suppression of activated hepatic stellate cell in rats.”J Gastroenterol.. 49 (3): 481–91.doi:10.1007/s00535-013-0783-4PMID 23475323.
  4.  Min HS (Jun 2014). “Dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitor protects against renal interstitial fibrosis in a mouse model of ureteral obstruction.”Lab Invest. 94 (5): 598–607.doi:10.1038/labinvest.2014.50PMID 24687121.
  5.  Gouni-Berthold I (2014). “The role of oral antidiabetic agents and incretin mimetics in type 2 diabetic patients with non-alcoholic Fatty liver disease.”Curr Pharm Des. 20 (5): 3705–15.PMID 24040873.

Further reading

 Kim SE, Yi S, Shin KH, Kim TE, Kim MJ, Kim YH, Yoon SH, Cho JY, Shin SG, Jang IJ, Yu KS (January 2012). “Evaluation of the pharmacokinetic interaction between the dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitor LC15-0444and pioglitazone in healthy volunteers”Int J Clin Pharmacol Ther. 50 (1): 17–23. doi:10.5414/cp201568PMID 22192641.

External links

DAVID G. WASHBURN ET AL.: ‘Discovery or orally active, pyrrolidinone-based progesterone receptor partial agonist‘ BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS vol. 19, no. 16, 2009, pages 4664 – 4667, XP026419052
2 * MONICA LOPEZ-GARCIA ET AL.: ‘Synthesis of (R)-3,4- diaminobutanoic acid by desymmetrization of dimethyl 3-(benzylamino)-glutarate through enzymatic ammonolysis‘ JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY vol. 68, no. 2, 2003, pages 648 – 651, XP055105976

 

09b37-misc2b027LIONEL MY SON

He was only in first standard in school when I was hit by a deadly one in a million spine stroke called acute transverse mylitis, it made me 90% paralysed and bound to a wheel chair, Now I keep him as my source of inspiration and helping millions, thanks to millions of my readers who keep me going and help me to keep my son happy


Filed under: DIABETES, Phase3 drugs Tagged: DIABETES, GEMIGLIPTIN, PHASE 3

Fispemifene for hypogonadism

$
0
0

Fispemifene.png

 

 

Fispemifene, HM 101

Fispemifene; UNII-3VZ2833V08;

cas 341524-89-8

Molecular Formula: C26H27ClO3
Molecular Weight: 422.94378 g/mol

2-[2-[4-[(Z)-4-chloro-1,2-diphenylbut-1-enyl]phenoxy]ethoxy]ethanol

Treatment of Hypogonadism

Androgen Decline in the Aging Male (Andropause) in phase 2

Fispemifene is the Z-isomer of the compound of formula (I)

 

Figure US07504530-20090317-C00004

WO 01/36360 describes a group of SERMs, which are tissue-specific estrogens and which can be used in women in the treatment of climacteric symptoms, osteoporosis, Alzheimer’s disease and/or cardiovascular diseases without the carcinogenic risk. Certain compounds can be given to men to protect them against osteoporosis, cardiovascular diseases and Alzheimer’s disease without estrogenic adverse events (gynecomastia, decreased libido etc.). Of the compounds described in said patent publication, the compound (Z)-2-{2-[4-(4-chloro-1,2-diphenylbut-1-enyl)phenoxy]ethoxy}ethanol (also known under the generic name fispemifene) has shown a very interesting hormonal profile suggesting that it will be especially valuable for treating disorders in men. WO 2004/108645 and WO 2006/024689 suggest the use of fispemifene for treatment or prevention of age-related symptoms in men, such as lower urinary tract symptoms and diseases or disorders related to androgen deficiency in men.

Quatrx had been conducting phase II clinical development for the treatment of androgen decline in the aging male. Unlike testosterone replacement therapies that are typically topical or injection therapies, fispemifene is an oral treatment and is not a formulation of testosterone. Fispemifene utilizes the body’s normal feedback mechanism to increase testosterone levels. Originally developed at Hormos, QuatRx gained rights to the drug candidate following a merger of the companies pursuant to which Hormos became a wholly-owned subsidiary of QuatRx.

Known methods for the syntheses of compounds like ospemifene and fispemifene include rather many steps. WO 02/090305 describes a method for the preparation of fispemifene, where, in a first step, a triphenylbutane compound with a dihydroxysubstituted butane chain is obtained. This compound is in a second step converted to a triphenylbutene where the chain is 4-chlorosubstituted. Then the desired Z-isomer is crystallized. Finally, the protecting group is removed to release the ethanol-ethoxy chain of the molecule.

Fispemifene is a selective estrogen receptor modulator (SERM) studied in phase II clinical trials at Forendo Pharma for the treatment low testosterone in men. The compound is also in phase II clinical studies at Apricus for the treatment of men with secondary hypogonadism.

In 2013, Forendo Pharma acquired the drug from Hormos Medical for the treatment of male low testosterone.

In 2014, Apricus Biosciences acquired U.S. rights for development and commercialization

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/US7504530

EXAMPLE 2 2-{2-[4-(4-Chloro-1,2-diphenyl-but-1-enyl)-phenoxy]-ethoxy}-ethanol (Compound I)

{2-[4-(4-Chloro-1,2-diphenyl-but-1-enyl)-phenoxy]-ethoxy}-acetic acid ethyl ester was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. Lithium aluminium hydride was added to the solution in small portions until the reduction reaction was complete. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution. The product was extracted into toluene, which was dried and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified with flash chromatography with toluene/triethyl amine (9.5:0.5) as eluent. Yield 68%.

1H NMR (200 MHz, CDCl3):

2.92 (t, 2H, ═CH 2CH2Cl),

3.42 (t, 2H, ═CH2 CH2 Cl),

3.59-3.64 (m, 2H, OCH2CH2O CH2CH 2OH),

3.69-3.80 (m, 4H, OCH2 CH 2OCH CH2OH),

3.97-4.02 (m, 2H, OCH2CH2OCH2CH2OH),

6.57 (d, 2H, aromatic proton ortho to oxygen),

6.78 (d, 2H, aromatic proton meta to oxygen),

7.1-7.43 (m, 10H, aromatic protons).

………….

PATENT

WO 2001036360

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2001036360A1?cl=en

……………

PATENT

WO 2002090305

 http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2002090305A1?cl=en

EXAMPLE

a) [2-(2-chloroethoxy)ethoxymethyl]benzene

is prepared from benzyl bromide and 2-(2-chloroethoxy)ethanol by the method described in literature (Bessodes, 1996).

b) {4-[2-(2-Benzyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl}phenylmethanone

The mixture of 4-hydroxybenzophenone (16.7 g, 84.7 mmol) and 48 % aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (170 ml) is heated to 80 °C. Tetrabutylammonium bromide (TBABr) (1.6 g, 5.1 mmol) is added and the mixture is heated to 90 °C. [2-(2-Chloroethoxy)ethoxymethyl]benzene (18. g, 84.7 mmol) is added to the mixture during 15 min and the stirring is continued for additional 3.5 h at 115-120 °C. Then the mixture is cooled to 70 °C and 170 ml of water and 170 ml of toluene are added to the reaction mixture and stirring is continued for 5 min. The layers are separated and the aqueous phase is extracted twice with 50 ml of toluene. The organic phases are combined and washed with water, dried with sodium sulphate and evaporated to dryness. Yield 31.2 g.

Another method to prepare {4-[2-(2-benzyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl}phenyl- methanone is the reaction of 2-(2-benzyloxyethoxy)ethyl mesylate with 4- hydroxybenzophenone in PTC-conditions.

Η NMR (CDCI3): 3.64-3.69 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.90 (dist.t, 2H), 4.22 (dist.t, 2H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 7.28-7.62 (m, 8H), 7.75 (td, 2H), 7.81 (d, 2H).

 

 

c) 1- {4-[2-(2-Benzyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl} – 1 ,2-diphenyl -butane- 1 ,4-diol

Figure imgf000013_0002R = BENZYL

Lithium aluminum hydride (1.08 g, 28.6 mmol) is added into dry tetrahydrofuran (60 ml) under nitrogen atmosphere. Cinnamaldehyde (6.65 g, 50 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (16 ml) is added at 24-28 °C. The reaction mixture is stirred at ambient temperature for 1 h. {4-[2-(2- Benzyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl}-phenyl-methanone (14.0 g, 37 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (16 ml) is added at 50-55 °C. The reaction mixture is stirred at 60 °C for 3 h. Most of tetrahydrofuran is evaporated. Toluene (70 ml) and 2 M aqueous hydrogen chloride (50 ml) are added. The mixture is stirred for 5 min and the aqueous layer is separated and extracted with toluene (30 ml). The toluene layers are combined and washed with 2M HC1 and water, dried and evaporated. The product is crystallized from isopropanol as a mixture of stereoisomers (8.8 g, 50 %).

Η NMR (CDCI3 ): 1.75-2.10 (m, 2H), 3.20-4.16 (m, 1 OH), 4.52 and 4.55 (2s, together 2H), 6.61 and 6.88 (2d, together 2H), 6.95-7.39 (m, 15H), 7.49 and 7.57 (2d, together 2H).

 

d) Z- 1 – {4-[2-(2-Benzyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl} -4-chloro- 1 ,2-diphenyl-but- 1-ene

Figure imgf000013_0003R = BENZYL

1 – {4- [2-(2-Benzyloxy-ethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl} – 1 ,2-diphenyl -butane- 1 ,4-diol (10.0 g, 19.5 mmol) is dissolved in toluene (50 ml). Triethylamine (2.17 g, 21.4 mmol) is added to the solution and the mixture is cooled to -10 °C. Thionyl chloride (6.9 g, 58.5 mmol) is added to the mixture at -10 – ±0 °C. The mixture is stirred for 1 hour at 0-5 °C, warmed up to 70 °C and stirred at this temperature for 4 hours. Solvent is evaporated, the residue is dissolved to toluene, washed three times with 1M HC1 solution and twice with water. The Z-isomer of the product is crystallized from isopropanol-ethyl acetate. Yield 3.0 g. The filtrate is purified by flash chromatography to give E-isomer.

Z-isomer: Η NMR (CDCI3): 2.91 (t, 2H), 3.41 (t, 2H), 3.55-3.85 (m, 6H), 3.99 (dist.t, 2H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 6.40 (s, 1H), 6.56 (d, 2H), 6.77 (d, 2H), 7.10- 7.50 (m, 15H)

E-isomer: 1H NMR (CDCI3): 2.97 (t, 2H), 3.43 (t, 2H), 3.65-3.82 (m, 4H), 3.88 (dist.t, 2H), 4.15 (dist.t, 2H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 6.86 -7.45 (m, 19H)

FINAL STEP

e) 2- {2-[4-(4-Chloro- 1 ,2-diphenyl-but- 1 -enyl)phenoxy]ethoxy } ethanol:

Z- 1 – {4-[2-(2-Benzyloxy-ethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl} -4-chloro- 1 ,2-diphenyl -but- 1-ene (3.8 g, 7.4 mmol) is dissolved in ethyl acetate under nitrogen atmosphere , Zn powder (0.12 g, 1.85 mmol) and acetyl chloride (1.27 g, 16.3 mmol) are added and the mixture is stirred at 50 °C for 3 h (Bhar, 1995). The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, water (10 ml) is added and stirring is continued for additional 10 min. The aqueous layer is separated and the organic phase is washed with 1 M aqueous hydrogen chloride solution and with water. Ethyl acetate is evaporated and the residue is dissolved in methanol (16 ml) and water (4 ml). The acetate ester of the product is hydrolysed by making the mixture alkaline with sodium hydroxide (1 g) and stirring the mixture at room temperature for 1 h. Methanol is evaporated, water is added and the residue is extracted in ethyl acetate and washed with 1 M hydrogen chloride solution and with water. Ethyl acetate is evaporated and the residue is dissolved in toluene (25 ml), silica gel (0.25 g) is added and mixture is stirred for 15 min. Toluene is filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue is crystallised from heptane-ethyl acetate (2:1). The yield is 71 %.

Z-isomer: 1H NMR (CDCI3): 2.92 (t, 2H), 3.41 (t, 2H), 3.58-3.63 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.80 (m, 4H), 3.96-4.01 (m, 2H), 6.56 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 7.10-7.40 (m, 10H).

Figure imgf000003_0001Z ISOMER IE FISPEMIFENE

E-2- {2- [4-(4-Chloro- 1 ,2-diphenyl-but- 1 -enyl)phenoxy]ethoxy} ethanol is prepared analogously starting from E-l-{4-[2-(2-benzyloxy- ethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl} -4-chloro- 1,2-diphenyl-but-l-ene. The product is purified by flash chromatography with toluene-methanol (10:0.5) as eluent.

E-isomer: 1H NMR (CDCI3): 2.97 (t, 2H), 3.43 (t, 2H), 3.65-3.79 (m, 4H), 3.85-3.90 (m, 2H), 4.13-4.17 (m, 2H), 6.85-7.25 (m, 2H).

Debenzylation of 1 – {4-[2-(2-benzyloxy-ethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl} -4-chloro- 1 ,2- diphenyl-but- 1-ene is also carried out by hydrogenation with Pd on carbon as a catalyst in ethyl acetate-ethanol solution at room temperature.

………….

PATENT

http://www.google.com/patents/US5491173

 

 

Patent Submitted Granted
Method for the preparation of 2-{2-[4-(4-chloro-1,2-diphenylbut-1-enyl)phenoxy]ethoxy}ethanol and its isomers [US6891070] 2004-06-17 2005-05-10
Formulations of fispemifene [US2007104743] 2007-05-10
METHODS FOR THE PREPARATION OF FISPEMIFENE FROM OSPEMIFENE [US7504530] 2008-09-04 2009-03-17
METHOD FOR THE PREPARATION OF THERAPEUTICALLY VALUABLE TRIPHENYLBUTENE DERIVATIVES [US2011015448] 2011-01-20
METHOD FOR THE PREPARATION OF THERAPEUTICALLY VALUABLE TRIPHENYLBUTENE DERIVATIVES [US7812197] 2008-08-28 2010-10-12
WO2001036360A1 1 Nov 2000 25 May 2001 Pirkko Haerkoenen Triphenylalkene derivatives and their use as selective estrogen receptor modulators
EP0095875A2 20 May 1983 7 Dec 1983 Farmos Group Ltd. Novel tri-phenyl alkane and alkene derivatives and their preparation and use
Citing Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
WO2008099059A1 * 13 Feb 2008 21 Aug 2008 Hormos Medical Ltd Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
WO2008099060A2 * 13 Feb 2008 21 Aug 2008 Hormos Medical Ltd Methods for the preparation of fispemifene from ospemifene
CN101636372B 13 Feb 2008 27 Mar 2013 霍尔莫斯医疗有限公司 Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
EP1636159A1 * 5 May 2004 22 Mar 2006 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the treatment or prevention of lower urinary tract symptoms
EP2518039A1 13 Feb 2008 31 Oct 2012 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
EP2821385A2 13 Feb 2008 7 Jan 2015 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
US7504530 13 Feb 2008 17 Mar 2009 Hormos Medical Ltd. Methods for the preparation of fispemifene from ospemifene
US7812197 13 Feb 2008 12 Oct 2010 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
US8293947 16 Sep 2010 23 Oct 2012 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
US8962693 19 Aug 2013 24 Feb 2015 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the treatment or prevention of lower urinary tract symptoms

 

WO2002090305A1 Mar 21, 2002 Nov 14, 2002 Hormos Medical Corp A new method for the preparation of 2-{2-[4-(4-chloro-1,2-diphenylbut-1-enyl)phenoxy]ethoxy}ethanol and its isomers
WO2004108645A1 May 5, 2004 Dec 16, 2004 Hormos Medical Corp Method for the treatment or prevention of lower urinary tract symptoms
WO2006024689A1 * Jul 20, 2005 Mar 9, 2006 Taru Blom Use of a selective estrogen receptor modulator for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical preparation for use in a method for the treatment or prevention of androgen deficiency
WO2007099410A2 * Nov 9, 2006 Sep 7, 2007 Hormos Medical Ltd Formulations of fispemifene
WO2014060640A1 Oct 17, 2013 Apr 24, 2014 Fermion Oy A process for the preparation of ospemifene
CN100526277C May 5, 2004 Aug 12, 2009 霍尔莫斯医疗有限公司 Method for the treatment or prevention of lower urinary tract symptoms
CN102532073A * Dec 30, 2011 Jul 4, 2012 北京赛林泰医药技术有限公司 Ethylene derivative serving as selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs)
EP1786408A1 * Jul 20, 2005 May 23, 2007 Hormos Medical Ltd. Use of a selective estrogen receptor modulator for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical preparation for use in a method for the treatment or prevention of androgen deficiency
EP1951250A2 * Nov 22, 2006 Aug 6, 2008 SmithKline Beecham Corporation Chemical compounds
EP2258360A2 May 5, 2004 Dec 8, 2010 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the treatment or prevention of lower urinary tract symptoms
EP2518039A1 Feb 13, 2008 Oct 31, 2012 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
EP2821385A2 Feb 13, 2008 Jan 7, 2015 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
US6891070 Mar 21, 2002 May 10, 2005 Hormos Medical Corporation Method for the preparation of 2-{2-[4-(4-chloro-1,2-diphenylbut-1-enyl)phenoxy]ethoxy}ethanol and its isomers
US7504530 Feb 13, 2008 Mar 17, 2009 Hormos Medical Ltd. Methods for the preparation of fispemifene from ospemifene
US7560589 Jul 27, 2004 Jul 14, 2009 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Cycloalkylidene compounds as modulators of estrogen receptor
US7569601 May 14, 2007 Aug 4, 2009 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Cycloalkylidene compounds as modulators of estrogen receptor
US7799828 Jun 8, 2009 Sep 21, 2010 Glaxosmithkline Llc Cycloalkylidene compounds as modulators of estrogen receptor
US7812197 Feb 13, 2008 Oct 12, 2010 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
US7825107 May 22, 2007 Nov 2, 2010 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method of treating men suffering from chronic nonbacterial prostatitis with SERM compounds or aromatase inhibitors
US8293947 Sep 16, 2010 Oct 23, 2012 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
US8299112 Sep 15, 2011 Oct 30, 2012 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Estrogen receptor modulators and uses thereof
US8455534 Sep 13, 2012 Jun 4, 2013 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Estrogen receptor modulators and uses thereof
US8962693 Aug 19, 2013 Feb 24, 2015 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the treatment or prevention of lower urinary tract symptoms

 

WO1996007402A1 * Sep 6, 1995 Mar 14, 1996 Michael Degregorio Triphenylethylenes for the prevention and treatment of osteoporosis
WO1996035417A1 * May 10, 1996 Nov 14, 1996 Cancer Res Campaign Tech Combinations of anti-oestrogen compounds and pkc modulators and their use in cancer therapy
WO1997032574A1 * Mar 4, 1997 Sep 12, 1997 Degregorio Michael Serum cholesterol lowering agent
WO1999042427A1 * Feb 19, 1999 Aug 26, 1999 Kalapudas Arja E-2-[4-(4-chloro-1,2-diphenyl-but-1-enyl)phenoxy]ethanol and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
WO1999063974A2 * Jun 10, 1999 Dec 16, 1999 Endorecherche Inc Selective estrogen receptor modulator in combination with denydroepiandrosterone (dhea) or analogues
EP0095875A2 * May 20, 1983 Dec 7, 1983 Farmos Group Ltd. Novel tri-phenyl alkane and alkene derivatives and their preparation and use

 

 

सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से जिंदगी चल जाये। औकात बस इतनी देना, कि औरों का भला हो जाये।

DRUG APPROVALS BY DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO …..FOR BLOG HOME CLICK HERE

Join me on Linkedin

View Anthony Melvin Crasto Ph.D's profile on LinkedIn

Join me on Facebook FACEBOOK

Join me on twitterFollow amcrasto on Twitter
Join me on google plus Googleplus

 amcrasto@gmail.com

09b37-misc2b027LIONEL MY SON
He was only in first standard in school when I was hit by a deadly one in a million spine stroke called acute transverse mylitis, it made me 90% paralysed and bound to a wheel chair, Now I keep him as my source of inspiration and helping millions, thanks to millions of my readers who keep me going and help me to keep my son happy
सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से
जिंदगी चल जाये।
औकात बस इतनी देना,
कि औरों का भला हो जाये।

 

 

///////


Filed under: Phase3 drugs Tagged: estrogen receptor, Fispemifene, Hormos Medical Ltd, hypogonadism, PHASE 3, selective estrogen receptor modulator

Toremifene

$
0
0

Toremifene.svg

Toremifene

2-[4-[(Z)-4-chloro-1,2-diphenylbut-1-enyl]phenoxy]-N,N-dimethylethanamine

(Z)-2-[4-(4-Chloro-1,2-diphenyl-1-butenyl)phenoxy]-N,N-dimethylethanamine
(Z)-4-Chloro-1,2-diphenyl-1-[4-[2-(N,N-dimethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]-1-butene
(Z)-Toremifene
2-({4-[(1Z)-4-chloro-1,2-diphenylbut-1-en-1-yl]phenyl}oxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine
4-chloro-1,2-diphenyl-1-[4-[2-(N ,N-dimethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]-1-butene

Toremifene; Acapodene; Farestone; Z-Toremifene; Toremifeno; Toremifenum

Molecular Formula: C26H28ClNO
Molecular Weight: 405.95962 g/mol

cas 89778-26-7

 

Launched – 1988.Orion (FI), greast cancer

  1. Citrate, Toremifene, GTx-006
    NK-622
  2. Fareston
  3. FC 1157a
  4. FC-1157a
  5. FC1157a
  6. Toremifene
  7. Toremifene Citrate
  8. Toremifene Citrate (1:1)
  9. Toremifene, (E)-Isomer
    • C26H28ClNO · C6H8O7
    • Molecular Weight 598.08Toremifene citrate salt ≥98% (HPLC)Toremifene Citrate

Toremifene is a first generation selective estrogen receptor modulator (SERM). Like TAMOXIFEN, it is an estrogen agonist for bone tissue and cholesterol metabolism but is antagonistic on mammary and uterine tissue.

The company GTx is conducting phase III clinical trials for the prevention of prostate cancer in men who have been diagnosed with high grade prostatic intraepithelial neoplasia (PIN).

Toremifene citrate is an oral selective estrogen receptor modulator (SERM) which helps oppose the actions of estrogen in the body. Licensed in the United States under the brand name Fareston, toremifene citrate is FDA-approved for use in advanced (metastatic)breast cancer. It is also being evaluated for prevention of prostate cancer under the brand name Acapodene.[1]

ChemSpider 2D Image | Toremifene | C26H28ClNO

In 2007 the pharmaceutical company GTx, Inc was conducting two different phase 3 clinical trials; First, a pivotal Phase clinical trial for the treatment of serious side effects of androgen deprivation therapy (ADT) (especially vertebral/spine fractures and hot flashes, lipid profile, and gynecomastia) for advanced prostate cancer, and second, a pivotal Phase III clinical trial for the prevention of prostate cancer in high risk men with high grade prostatic intraepithelial neoplasia, or PIN. Results of these trials are expected by first quarter of 2008[2]

An NDA for the first application (relief of prostate cancer ADT side effects) was submitted in Feb 2009,[3] and in Oct 2009 the FDA said they would need more clinical data, e.g. another phase III trial.[4]

Originally developed at Orion, toremifene was subsequently licensed to Nippon Kayaku in Japan and to Asta Medica (now, part of Meda) in Germany.

toremifene.png

Synthesis

 ……….

PATENT

http://www.google.com/patents/CN104230723A?cl=en

Toremifene (Toremifene), chemical name (Z) -4- chloro-1,2-diphenyl–1- [4- (2- (N, N- dimethylamino) ethoxy yl) phenyl] -1-butene, having the structure I.Toremifene to tamoxifen (Tamoxifen) analogues with anti-estrogenic activity, can be used in the treatment of hormone-dependent breast cancer, and its E-isomer has the presence of estrogenic activity, E isomers toremifene may counteract anti-estrogenic activity, and therefore isomeric purity is essential toremifene.Toremifene was developed in 1983 by the Finnish Famos company, listed in 1996 by the Orion company in the EU, the trade name Fareston, 2002 to enter the country, the trade name of toremifene.

 

Figure CN104230723AD00051

RJ Toivola et al., European Patent EP95875, disclosed in U.S. Patent US4696949A synthetic route toremifene, that following a synthetic route, the synthetic route to phenol as a raw material, by acylation, rearrangement, alkyl group and an addition reaction to give 1,2-diphenyl -1- [4- [2- (N, N- dimethylamino) ethoxyphenyl]] – 1,4-diol (Compound 5) as the key intermediate, further HCl in ethanol or hydrochloric acid elimination reaction occurs, then get toremifene thionyl chloride reaction. The main problem with this approach is that the elimination reaction of the compound 5 in ethanol occurs when hydrochloric acid or concentrated hydrochloric acid, the resulting triaryl alcohol butyrate (Compound 6) having a Z / E configuration, both the ratio of 1: 2 ~ 2: 1, stereo selectivity is not high, and there are 5% of the cyclization by-product; on the Z / E configuration Miyoshi butyric fractional crystallization of alcohol, you can get pure Z-type Miyoshi butyric alcohol , but the yield is only 41%; then, Z-type Miyoshi butyric alcohol chlorination reaction occurs in the action of thionyl chloride, the purified product toremifene.

 

Figure CN104230723AD00061

 U.S. Patent US5491173A also reported another synthetic route toremifene namely the following two synthetic routes. The route to the aryl ketone (Compound 7) with a phenyl Grignard reagent addition reaction of ketone carbonyl groups to give triaryl-butanediol (compound 5), which is the elimination of toremifene and chlorinated reaction products happen again.

 

Figure CN104230723AD00062

 Chinese Patent Publication No. CN1125716A application reported an efficient synthesis of Z-type Miyoshi butyric alcohol (compound 6) method, US4696949A compared with the US patent, the method mild conditions, reduce the acid concentration and reaction temperature, reaction time, triarylphosphine butanediol (Compound 5) in concentrated hydrochloric acid or concentrated hydrochloric isopropanol or ethanol effect of concentrated hydrochloric acid, can be 60-78% selectivity and 95% yield of type 2 Miyoshi butyric alcohol But after Publication No. 0 02,126,969 attached eight patent applications after the inventor repeated experiments show that the technique disclosed in the patent application programs can not achieve their claimed technical effect.

 Publication No. CN102126969A of Chinese patent applications through the intermediate Miyoshi butyric alcohol occurs at a catalytic converter configuration of concentrated hydrochloric acid, while taking advantage of differences in solubility, so E- type Miyoshi butyric alcohol continuously into Z-type Miyoshi butyric alcohol (compound 6) precipitates, thereby undermining the balance, so that one of the E-type Miyoshi butyric alcohol continuously into Z-type Miyoshi butyric alcohol (compound 6) to give the Z-Miyoshi butyric alcohol ( Compound 6) and then get toremifene thionyl chloride after chlorination. Although to some extent, improve the yield, but increased operating procedure, is not conducive to industrial production.

Currently, the key intermediate is patent protected, and z-type Miyoshi butyric alcohol (compound 6) stereoselective low yield and isolated intermediates, to solve this problem, to overcome technical barriers to foreign pharmaceutical companies, urgent need to find a simple process, low cost, easy to separate and viable for large-scale production of synthetic routes.

To achieve the above object, according to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method of synthesizing toremifene, synthetic method comprising: a step S1, so that a compound having the structural formula II with a compound B having the structural formula III C occurs Mike Murray to give compound D having the structural formula IV; step S2, the Compound D and Compound E or Compound E of the hydrochloride salt of the formula V having a phenolic hydroxyl group on the occurrence of a selective alkylation reaction, to give a compound having the structural formula VI F; step S3, the compound F is reacted with thionyl chloride to give toremifene, wherein,

 Formula II is:

Figure CN104230723AD00071

Structural formula III as follows:

Figure CN104230723AD00072

Formula IV is

Figure CN104230723AD00073

Of formula V is C1CH2CH2N (CH 3) 2; formula VI is

Figure CN104230723AD00074

FIG. 1 illustrates the present invention obtained in Example 1 H NMR spectrum of compound D of implementation;

TORE 1

FIG. 2 shows the 1 H NMR spectrum of the present invention, the compound obtained in Example F;

TORE 2

FIG. 3 shows the present invention is a proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum of toremifene obtained in Example.

TORE 3

Figure 1, which shows a spectrum of results for Che bandit? (400 cm take, 01 ^ 0) 3 = 9.20 (! 8,1 1), 7.37 (^ = 7.4 to take, 2 1!), 7.30- 7. 23 (m, 3H), 1.22- 7. 15 (m, 2H), 7. 15 – 7. 06 ( m, 3H), 6. 61 (dd, J = 9. 0, 2. 2Hz, 2H), 6. 49 -. 6. 32 (m, 2H), 4 48 (s, 1H), 3 30 (. m, 2H), 2 55 (t, J = 7. 5Hz, 2H);. F proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum of the compound attached to the

Figure 2, showing spectrum results Che NMR (400MHz, DMSO) δ = 7. 36 (d, J = 7. 3Hz, 2H), 7. 31 – 7. 25 (m, 3H), 7. 21 – 7. 10 (m, 5H), 6. 75 – 6. 69 (m , 2H), 6. 59 (d, J = 8. 8Hz, 2H), 4. 49 (s, 1H), 3. 88 (t, J = 5. 8Hz, 2H), 3. 31 (d, J = 4. 3Hz, 2H), 2. 57 (t, J = 7.5Hz, 2H), 2.52 (t, J = 4.6Hz, 2H), 2 15 (s, 6H);.

Tommy remifentanil NMR hydrogen spectrum in Figure 3 attached, showing spectrum results Che NMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ = 7. 41 -. 7. 33 (m, 2H), 7 29 (dt, J = 7. 1, 2. 9Hz, 3H), 7. 20 (dd, J = 10. 0, 4. 3Hz, 2H), 7. 13 (dd, J = 7. 1, 4. 3Hz, 3H), 6.87- 6. 72 (m, 2H), 6. 57 (dd, J = 6. 8, 4. 8Hz, 2H), 3. 92 (t, J = 5. 8Hz, 2H), 3. 41 (t, J = 7. 5Hz, 2H), 2. 92 (t, J = 7. 5Hz, 2H), 2. 63 (t, J = 5. 8Hz, 2H), 2. 28 (s, 6H).

The synthetic routes above synthetic method are as follows:

 

Figure CN104230723AD00094

Synthesis of toremifene:

To a 2L reaction flask 1. 1L of toluene, 110g (0. 28mol) obtained in the above step Z configuration compound F, mixed to obtain a sixth system, the cooling system to the sixth mixed 0~5 ° C , was slowly added dropwise 99. 93g (0. 84mol) thionyl chloride addition was complete the formation of the seventh mixed system, the mixed system was slowly warmed to a seventh ll〇 ° C, for 1 hour to obtain a third product system, stop The third product heating and cooling system to 15~25 ° C, the third product system slowly poured into 1L of water, adding NaOH solution to a pH 9~10 and get the second system, the second in and a system for liquid separation, and the resulting aqueous phase to obtain a second solution was extracted with 1L toluene extraction, the organic phase of the second extraction solution and liquid separation were combined and concentrated to give crude toremifene, the crude product was mass ratio of 1 : mixed solvent of ethyl acetate and acetone 1 crystals to give 103. 7g toremifene products.

Synthesis of toremifene:

[0062] To a 5L reaction flask 3. 3L of toluene, 110g (0. 28mol) obtained in the above step Z configuration compound F, mixed to obtain a sixth system, the cooling system to the sixth mixed 0~5 ° C , was slowly added dropwise 33. 31g (0. 28mol) thionyl chloride addition was complete the formation of the seventh mixed system, the mixed system was slowly warmed to a seventh ll〇 ° C, after the reaction for 6 hours to obtain a third product system, stop The third product heating and cooling system to 15~25 ° C, the third product system slowly poured into 1L of water, potassium carbonate solution to a pH 9~10 and get the second system, the second and system for liquid separation, and the resulting aqueous phase to obtain a second solution was extracted with 1L ethyl acetate, the organic phase after the second extraction solution and liquid separation were combined and concentrated to give crude toremifene, the crude product was quality ratio was crystallized from acetone to give 92. 2g toremifene products.

Purity of toremifene following method:

[0107] to take the product, add the mobile phase dissolved and diluted into 1ml of 1. Omg solution containing, according to HPLC octadecylsilane bonded silica as a filler to square 1% trifluoroacetic acetic acid aqueous solution (A) and acetonitrile (B) as the mobile phase gradient elution (T = Omin 10% B; T = lOmin 95% B; T = 12min 100% B; T = 15min 10% B), detection wavelength 210nm; area normalization method to calculate the Z configuration purity compound F, where F Z configuration compound retention time of 6. 76min. The purity of the above calculation or Z configuration detection obtained compound D, compound D Z configuration and E configuration of the weight ratio, toremifene yield and purity are reported in Table 1 below.

……………..

PATENT

http://www.google.com/patents/US5491173

c) 4-chloro-1,2-diphenyl-1-[4-[2-(N ,N-dimethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]-1-butene (Z and E)

(Z)-isomer: The reaction is performed under dry conditions. 42.4 g of (Z)-1,2-diphenyl-1-[4-[2-(N,N-dimethylamino )ethoxy]phenyl]-1-buten-4-ol are dissolved in 250 ml of chloroform. Then 23.8 g of thionyl chloride areadded dropwise. The mixture is refluxed 3 h. The solvent is evaporated, after which the product is recrystallized from ethyl acetate. The yield ofthe hydrochloride salt is 36.7 g (83%), m.p. 194°-6° C. The base can be liberated from the Salt with 1M sodium carbonate solution, after which the base is extracted in toluene. The toluene solution is dried and the solvent is evaporated. The free base has m.p. 108°-10° C. (from acetone).

1 H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): δ 2.27 (6H, s), 2.63 (2H, t), 2.91 (2H, t), 3.41 (2H, t), 3.92 (2H, t), 6.54 (2H, d), 6.79 (2H. d), 7.15(5H, s), 7.31 (5H, s). MS: m/z 405/407 (M+, 7/3), 72 (20), 58 (100).

The citric acid salt can be prepared as follows: 40.6 g of the (Z)-isomer as a free base are dissolved in 175 ml of warm acetone and 24.3 g of citric acid are dissolved in 100 ml of warm acetone. The solutions are combined and the mixture is allowed to cool. The citrate, m.p. 160°-162° C., is collected by filtration.

(E)-isomer: The compound is prepared from (E)-1,2-diphenyl-1-[4-[2-(N ,N-dimethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]-1-buten-4-ol in the same manner as the corresponding (Z)-isomer. The hydrochloride salt is crystallized from toluene. The yield is 35.8 g (81%) of a product having m.p. 183°-5° C. The base can be liberated from the salt in the same manner as the corresponding (Z)-isomer. It has m.p. 69°-71° C. (from hexane).

1 H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): b 2.34 (6H, s), 2.74 (2H, t), 2.97 (2H,t), 3.43 (2H, t), 4.08 (2H, t), 6.80-7.30 (14H, m).

MS: m/z 405/407 (M+, 7/3) 72 (19) 58 (100)

 

EXAMPLE 4

4-chloro-1,2-diphenyl-1-[4-[2-(N ,N-diethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl ]-1-butene (Z and E)

43.3 g of 1,2-diphenyl-1-[4-[2-(N,N-diethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]butane-1,4-diol (pureenantiomer pairs or their mixture: m.p. of (RR,SS)-pair is 107°-9° C.)is suspended in 250 ml of toluene, after which 25ml toluene is distilled off to dry the solution. The mixture is cooled to 0° C. with stirring. While stirring and keeping the temperature at 0° C. or a little below, 47.6 g of thionyl chloride of good qualityare added. The mixture is stirred for 1 h at 0° C. and the temperature is then allowed to rise to 22° C. The mixture is stirred at 80° C. until the reaction is completed (about 3 h). After that, water is added to decompose the excess of thionyl chloride followed by 20% sodium hydroxide solution to liberate the product from itshydrochloride salt. The aqueous layer is discarded and the toluene layer iswashed with water. Then the solvent is evaporated to leave a mixture of (Z)- and (E)isomers (Z:E 7:3) as an oil in quantitative yield.

(Z)-isomer: The (Z)-isomer is isolated from the isomer mixture above as thehydrochloride salt because of the low melting point of the free base. The m.p. of the hydrochloride salt is 178°-80° C. The (Z)-isomermay be freed from its salt by any normal method.

1 H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): δ 1.01 (6H, t), 2.57 (4H, q), 2.77 (2H, t), 2.91 t), 3.41 (2H, t), 3.90 t), 6.53 (2H, d), 6.78 (2H, d), 7.15 (5H, s), 7.31 (5H, s). (E)-isomer:

1 H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): δ 1.07 (6H, t), 2.66 (4H, q), 2.89 (2H, t), 2.97 (2H, t), 3.42 (2H, t), 4.07 (2H, t), 6.90-7.20 (10H, m).

……………….

SEE

http://www.google.co.ug/patents/EP0095875B1?cl=en

………….

http://www.intechopen.com/books/topics-on-drug-metabolism/electrochemical-methods-for-the-in-vitro-assessment-of-drug-metabolism

References

  1.  Price N, Sartor O, Hutson T, Mariani S. Role of 5a-reductase inhibitors and selective estrogen receptor modulators as potential chemopreventive agents for prostate cancer. Clin Prostate Cancer 2005;3:211-4. PMID 15882476
  2.  “GTx’s Phase III Clinical Development of ACAPODENE on Course Following Planned Safety Review” (Press release). GTx Inc. 2007-07-12. Retrieved 2006-07-14.
  3.  “GTx Announces Toremifene 80 mg NDA Accepted for Review by FDA” (Press release).
  4.  “GTx and Ipsen End Prostate Cancer Collaboration due to Costs of FDA-Requested Phase III Study”. 2 Mar 2011
Toremifene
Toremifene.svg
Systematic (IUPAC) name
2-{4-[(1Z)-4-chloro-1,2-diphenyl-but-1-en-1-yl]phenoxy}-N,N-dimethylethanamine
Clinical data
AHFS/Drugs.com monograph
MedlinePlus a608003
Pharmacokinetic data
Protein binding more than 99.5%
Biological half-life 5 days
Identifiers
CAS Registry Number 89778-26-7 Yes
ATC code L02BA02
PubChem CID: 3005573
IUPHAR/BPS 4325
DrugBank DB00539 Yes
ChemSpider 2275722 Yes
UNII 7NFE54O27T Yes
KEGG D08620 Yes
ChEBI CHEBI:9635 Yes
ChEMBL CHEMBL1655 Yes
Chemical data
Formula C26H28ClNO
Molecular mass 405.959 g/mol
Patent Submitted Granted
Triphenylalkene derivatives and their use as selective estrogen receptor modulators [US6576645] 2003-06-10
Combination therapy for the treatment of estrogen-sensitive disease [US2002119502] 2002-08-29
Triphenylalkene derivatives and their use as selective estrogen receptor modulators [US6875775] 2003-12-04 2005-04-05
Combination therapy for the treatment of estrogen-sensitive disease [US2005176691] 2005-08-11
Anti-IGFR1 antibody therapeutic combinations [US8017735] 2005-06-23 2011-09-13
Combination therapy for the treatment of estrogen-sensitive disease [US2005228053] 2005-10-13
Combination therapy for the treatment of estrogen-sensitive drugs [US2005232862] 2005-10-20
Toremifene crystallization method [US7368607] 2007-04-26 2008-05-06
Platinum therapeutic combinations [US2006205810] 2006-09-14
Methods and compositions for treating or preventing cancer [US2006233810] 2006-10-19

///////


Filed under: Phase3 drugs Tagged: PHASE 3, toremifene

Verubecestat (MK-8931)

$
0
0

Verubecestat.pngV1

Verubecestat (MK-8931)

Merck Alzheimer’s drugs Verubecestat (MK-8931) is an oral β- amyloid precursor protein cleaving enzyme (BACE1 or β-secretase enzyme) inhibitor, is currently in Phase III clinical trials

Verubecestat
MK 8931, MK-8931, SCH 900931
2-Pyridinecarboxamide, N- (3 – ((5R) -3-amino-5,6-dihydro-2,5-dimethyl-1 , 1-dioxido-2H-1,2,4-thiadiazin-5-yl) -4-fluorophenyl) -5-fluoro-

N-[3-[(5R)-3-amino-2,5-dimethyl-1,1-dioxo-6H-1,2,4-thiadiazin-5-yl]-4-fluorophenyl]-5-fluoropyridine-2-carboxamide

CAS : 1286770-55-5

C17 H17 F2 N5 O3 S, 409.41
Mechanism: Oral β- amyloid precursor protein cleavage enzyme (BACE) inhibitors
Indications: Alzheimer’s disease
Development progress: phase III clinical
Companies: Merck

Verubecestat (MK-8931) is a small-molecule inhibitor of beta-secretase cleaving enzyme (BACE) 1 and BACE2 in development by Merck for the treatment of Alzheimer’s Disease.

MK-8931 is a beta-secretase 1 (BACE1) inhibitor in phase III development for the treatment of amnestic mild cognitive impairment (aMCI) due to Alzheimer’s disease at Merck & Co. The company is also conducting phase II/III trials for the treatment of Alzheimer’s type dementia.

Smiles: C [C @] 1 (CS (= O) (= O) N (C (= N1) N) C) c2cc (ccc2F) NC (= O) c3ccc (cn3) F

COSY PREDICT

V0COSY

https://www.google.co.in/patents/CN102639135A?cl=en

Scheme 3b:

Figure CN102639135AD00931

The amine A (Scheme 3a, step 4) (13.7 g) in n-butanol (150 mL) was added a slurry solution of cyanogen bromide (5M, in MeCN). The resulting mixture was heated to reflux for 4 hours. The mixture was concentrated to 1/3 of original volume. To this mixture was added Et20 (200 mL). The resulting solid was removed by filtration, and the solid was washed with Et20 (2x). The solid was partitioned between EtOAc and saturated Na2CO3 (aq). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give 10.6 g

Scheme 10:

Figure CN102639135AD00982

The nitro compound (Scheme 3b) (2. 50 g, 6. 0 mmol) of Et0H (150 mL) was degassed (To this solution was bubbled with nitrogen time 3 min). To this solution was added Pd / C (10% w / w, 50% water, 698 mg). The mixture was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere. Exhaust, and backfilled with H2 (3x). The obtained mixture at room temperature, followed by stirring under H2 balloon for 2 hours. Bubbling nitrogen gas, and the mixture was purged, filtered through Celite, and concentrated.Small plug filtered through a silica gel column, eluting with EtOAc, and the product was purified to give the aniline (2. 2g, 97%).

SEE

PATENT

http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2011044181A1?cl=en

veb

SNAPSHOT

WP_000366

SYNTHESIS CONSTUCTION

V9AND

V8ON RXN WITH WITH BuLi GIVES

V7THIS GIVES

V6THIS ON TREATMENT WITH BrCN

V5ON BOC2O TREATMENT GIVES

V4GIVES ON HYDGN

V2

REACTION WITH

V3

GIVES

FINAL COMPD Verubecestat

V1

1H NMR PREDICT

V0

V01H GRAPH

V01H

13C NMR PREDICT

V013C GRAPH

V013C

 

Updated…….WATCH OUT FOR MORE

https://www.google.co.in/patents/US8729071?cl=en

 

Steps 1-4:

These steps were performed using similar procedures to those described in steps 1-4 of Scheme 1a.

Step 5:

To a solution of the amine from step 4 (10.5 g, 36 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (200 mL) was added benzoylisothiocyanate (4.3 mL, 1.1 eq.). The resulting solution was stirred at RT for 2.5 days. Additional benzoylisothiocyanate (0.86 mL, 0.2 eq.) was added and the solution was stirred at RT for an additional 2 hours. The solution was then concentrated in vacuo.

A portion of this material (6.5 g, ˜14 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (200 mL). To this solution was added Na2CO3 (s) (1.52 g, 14 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred at RT for 45 min. After that time, a slight excess of HOAc was added to the solution. The mixture was then concentrated. The residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and ½ sat. NaHCO3 (aq.). The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The thiourea (˜4.9 g) was carried onto the next reaction without further purification.

Step 6:

Example 15 was prepared using a method similar to that described in Scheme 1a step 6.

To a shiny of amine A (Scheme 3a step 4) (13.7 grams) in n-butanol (150 mL) was added a solution of cyanogen bromide (5M in MeCN). The resultant mixture was heated to reflux for 4 hours. The mixture was concentrated to ⅓ of the original volume. To the mixture was added Et2O (200 mL). The resultant solid was removed via filtration and the solid was washed with Et2O (2×). The solid was partitioned between EtOAc and sat. Na2CO3 (aq.). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 10.6 grams of Ex. 15. This material was converted to the t-butyl carbamate using a procedure similar to that described in Scheme 3.

Step 7:

A mixture of the bromide (3.00 g, 6.92 mmol), benzophenone imine (1.39 mL, 8.30 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (0.634 g, 0.692 mmol), John-Phos (0.413 g, 1.38 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (2.13 g, 22.1 mmol), and toluene (51 mL) was degassed (vacuum/N2). The mixture was then stirred at 65° C. under nitrogen for 3 h. After this time, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through a pad of Celite and rinsed with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was then dissolved in methanol (76 mL) and the resulting solution was charged with hydroxyl amine hydrochloride (2.16 g, 31.1 mmol) and sodium acetate (2.55 g, 31.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 min. After this time, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL), water (100 mL), and brine (100 mL). The organic layer was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, 0-100% ethyl acetate/heptane) to afford the amino pyridine (0.880 g, 34%).

To a flame-dried flask was added a pyridyl bromide (Table IIb, Entry 15, 1.5 g, 3.3 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (305 mg, 0.3 mmol), (2-biphenyl)di-tert-butylphosphine (200 mg, 0.7 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (1.02 g, 0.011 mmol), benzophenone imine (670 ul, 4 mmol), and toluene (21 mL). The mixture was evacuated under vacuum and back-filled with N2 (3×). The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 1 h. After filtration through celite, the filtrate was concentrated. The crude residue was dissolved in 36 mL of methanol, and hydroxyl amine hydrochloride (458 mg, 6.6 mmol) and sodium acetate (541 mg, 6.6 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred for 35 min and then quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic portions were dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by a flash silica column (50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to get an aminopyridine product (730 mg, 68%).

A solution of the nitro compound (Scheme 3b) (2.50 g, 6.0 mmol) in EtOH (150 mL) was degassed by bubbling N2 through the solution for 3 min. To this solution was added Pd/C (10% w/w, 50% H2O, 698 mg.). The mixture was placed under an atmosphere of N2. The atmosphere was evacuated and back-filled with H2 (3×). The resulting mixture was stirred at RT under a H2 balloon for 2 h. The mixture was purged by bubbling N2 through it, filtered through Celite and concentrated. The product was purified by filtering through a small plug of silica gel column eluting with EtOAc to afford the aniline (2.2 g, 97%).

 

ENTRY 25

MH+: 410.0, HPLC1.79 min, LCMSMETHOD D

Method D:

  • Column: Agilent Zorbax SB-C18 (3.0×50 mm) 1.8 uM

Mobile phase: A: 0.05% Trifluoroacetic acid in water

    • B: 0.05% Trifluoroacetic acid in acetonitrile

Gradient: 90:10 (A:B) for 0.3 min, 90:10 to 5:95 (A:B) over 1.2 min, 5:95 (A:B) for 1.2 min.

Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min

UV detection: 254 and 220 nm

Mass spectrometer: Agilent 6140 quadrupole

 

सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से जिंदगी चल जाये। औकात बस इतनी देना, कि औरों का भला हो जाये।
DRUG APPROVALS BY DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO …..FOR BLOG HOME CLICK HERE

Join me on Linkedin

View Anthony Melvin Crasto Ph.D's profile on LinkedIn

Join me on Facebook FACEBOOK

Join me on twitterFollow amcrasto on Twitter
Join me on google plus Googleplus

 amcrasto@gmail.com

09b37-misc2b027LIONEL MY SON
He was only in first standard in school when I was hit by a deadly one in a million spine stroke called acute transverse mylitis, it made me 90% paralysed and bound to a wheel chair, Now I keep him as my source of inspiration and helping millions, thanks to millions of my readers who keep me going and help me to keep my son happy
सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से
जिंदगी चल जाये।
औकात बस इतनी देना,
कि औरों का भला हो जाये।

///////


Filed under: Phase3 drugs Tagged: MK-8931, PHASE 3, Verubecestat

SD-809, Deutetrabenazine NDA Submitted by TEVA

$
0
0

SD-809,  Deutetrabenazine

  • Tetrabenazine-d6

(3RS,11Brs)-9,10-di((2H3)methoxy)-3-(2-methylpropyl)-1,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-2H-benzo(a)quinolizin-2-one

2H-​Benzo[a]​quinolizin-​2-​one, 1,​3,​4,​6,​7,​11b-​hexahydro-​9,​10-​di(methoxy-​d3)​-​3-​(2-​methylpropyl)​-​, (3R,​11bR)​-​rel

2H-Benzo(a)quinolizin-2-one, 1,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-9,10-di(methoxy-d3)-3-(2-methylpropyl)-, (3R,11bR)-rel-

2H-Benzo(a)quinolizin-2-one, 1,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-9,10-di(methoxy-d3)-3-(2-methylpropyl)-, (3R,11bR)-rel-

(RR,SS)-1,3,4,6,7,11b-Hexahydro-9,10-di(methoxy-d3)-3-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-benzo[a]quinolizin-2-one

(3RS,11Brs)-9,10-di((2H3)methoxy)-3-(2-methylpropyl)-1,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-2H-benzo(a)quinolizin-2-one
Treatment of Chorea Associated with Huntington Disease

MF C19-H21-D6-N-O3

  • C19-H27-N-O3
Molecular Weight, 323.4629
CAS 1392826-25-3
UNII P341G6W9NB


SD-809 was granted Orphan Drug Designation for the treatment of HD by the FDA in November 2014 and became part of Teva’s CNS portfolio with the acquisition of Auspex Pharmaceuticals in May 2015.

Teva announced that the New Drug Application (NDA) for SD-809 (deutetrabenazine) has been accepted by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of chorea associated with Huntington disease (HD), a rare and fatal neurodegenerative disorder caused by the progressive breakdown of nerve cells in the brain that affects about five to seven people per 100,000 in western countries, according to the World Health Organization.

(3RS,11Brs)-9,10-di((2H3)methoxy)-3-(2-methylpropyl)-1,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-2H-benzo(a)quinolizin-2-one.png

…………………….

Patent for preparing tetrabenazine

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2012081031A1?cl=en

Chemically tetrabenazine is cis rac -1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 1 lb-hexahydro-9, 10-dimethoxy-3-(2- methylpropyl)-2Hbenzo[a]quinolizin-2-one and it is represented by compound of structural formula I.

Formula 1

The proprietary name of tetrabenazine is Xenazine and is marketed by Biovail Americas. Xenazine is indicated for the treatment of chorea associated with Huntington’s disease. U.S. patent no. 2,830,993 discloses a process for the preparation of tetrabenazine compound of structural formula I wherein 1 -carbethoxymethyl-6, 7-dimethoxy-l , 2, 3, 4- tetrahydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula IV is being reacted with mono- isobutylmalonic acid dimethyl ester compound of structural formula V and paraformaldehyde in methanol solvent to get l-carbethoxymethyl-2 (2, 2-dicarbomethoxy-4-methyl-n-pentyl)-6, 7- dimethoxy-1, 2, 3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VI. The 1- carbethoxymethyl-2(2,2-dicarbomethoxy-4-methyl-n-pentyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-l ,2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VI is subjected to Dieckmann cyclization , hydrolysis and decarboxylation to get tetrabenazine compound of structural formula I, which is recrystallized from di-isopropyl ether solvent.

Formula I

Scheme I

U. S. patent no. 4,678,792 discloses a process for the preparation of 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4- dihydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VII wherein 2-(3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl)- ethylamine compound of structural formula II is being reacted with chloral hydrate at 120°C to get N-formyl-2-(3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl)-ethylamine compound of structural formula III. The N- formyl-2-(3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl)-ethylamine compound of structural formula III is further reacted with polyphosphoric acid to get 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VII. The 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VII is being used as an intermediate for the preparation of tetrabenazine compound of structural formula I.

Formula III

Formula II

Polyphosphoric acid

Formula VII

Scheme II

Bull. Korean Chem. Soc. 2002 Volume (23). No. l , page no. 149 discloses N-formylation of various amines and alcohols with formic acid in toluene.

U.S. patent publication no. 2010/0130480 discloses a process for the preparation of 6, 7- dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VII by reacting 2-(3, 4- dimethoxyphenyl)-ethylamine compound of structural formula II with hexamethylenetetramine in presence of acetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid.

Hexamethylenetetramine

Formula II Formula VII

U.S. patent publication no. 2008/0167337 discloses a process for the preparation of tetrabenazine compound of structural formula I wherein 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VII is reacted with 3-dimethylaminomethyl-5-methyl-hexan-2-one methiodide compound of structural formula VIII to get crude tetrabenazine compound. The crude tetrabenazine compound was purified by employing flash column chromatography technique and

Formula VIII Formula I

The prior-art processes for preparing N-formyl-2-(3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl)-ethylamine compound of structural formula III produces below mentioned compound of structural formula XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI and XXII as a by-product of the reaction due to the demethylation and formylation of resulting hydroxy compounds.

Formula XX Formula XXI Formula XXII

The compounds of structural formula XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI and XXII are being carry- forwarded into the further steps of reactions of preparing tetrabenazine compound of structural formula I and therefore there is a need in the art to develop an improved process of preparing 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VII, which obviates the prior-art problems. Accordingly there is provided a process of preparing tetrabenazine compound of structural formula I wherein 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VII is being formed without the formation of above mentioned compounds of structural formula XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI and XXII.

EXAMPLE: PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF SUBSTANTIAL PURE CRYSTALLINE FORM A OF TETRABENAZINE

Stage A: Process for the preparation of 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoIine

Step 1 : Process for the preparation of N-formyl-2-(3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl)-ethylamine

A solution of 2-(3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl)-ethylamine (500gm) in toluene (2000ml) was added formic acid (150gm) at 25°C, the resulting reaction mixture was diluted with toluene (500ml) and heated up to 45°C. The reaction mixture was maintained at 40-45°C for 5 hours and then the resulting reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure at 50°C to get the title compound

Yield: 570gm

Purity: 99.98% (By HPLC)

Step 2: Process for the preparation of 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline

A solution of N-formyl-2-(3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl)-ethylamine (250gm) obtained from step 1 in toluene (500ml) and polyphosphoric acid (50gm) was heated at 110°C for 5 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was cooled to 50°C, quenched with water (500ml) and pH of the resulting solution was adjusted to about 8.3 with aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide [sodium hydroxide (690gm) + water (690ml)]. The resulting reaction mass was extracted by ethyl acetate (2 1250ml), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate (50gm) and concentrated under reduced pressure to get 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline (190gm).

Yield: 215gm

Purity: 99.67% (By HPLC)

Stage B: Process for the preparation of 3-((dimethylamino) methyi)-5-methylhexan-2-one methiodide

Step 1 : Process for the preparation of 3-((dimethylamino) methyl)-5-methylhexan-2-one Dimethylamine hydrochloride (180gm) and paraformaldehyde (lOOgm) were added to a solution of 5-methylhexan-2-one (900ml) in methanol (1600ml). The resulting reaction mass was heated at reflux for 12 hours, and then the pH was adjusted to about 8.75 with aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide [sodium hydroxide(90gm) + water (900ml)] at 25 °C. The resulting reaction solution was extracted by toluene (2x1234ml). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate (50gm) and concentrated under reduced pressure to get title compound.

Yield: 900gm

Purity: 99.80% (By HPLC)

Step 2: Process for the preparation of 3-((dimethylamino) methyl)-5-methylhexan-2-one methiodide

Methyl iodide (323gm) was added dropwise to a solution of 3-((dimethylamino) methyl)-5- methylhexan-2-one (195gm) obtained from step 1 , in ethyl acetate (1650ml) at 25-30°C in 30 minutes. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 hours and then the resulting solids were filtered, washed with water (200ml) and suck-dried to get wet compound (400gm). The wet compound was slurried with water (1000ml) at 25°C for 1 hour and then it was again filtered, washed with water (200ml) and dried at 45-50°C to get title compound

Yield: 300gm

Purity: 99.86% (By HPLC)

Stage C: Preparation of substantial pure crystalline form A of Tetrabenazine

3-((Dimethylamino) methyl)-5-methylhexan-2-one methiodide (80gm) was added to the solution of 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline (40gm) in isopropanol (288ml) at 25°C and the resulting reaction mass was heated at 40-45°C for 15 hours. The resulting insoluble material was filtered, washed with isopropanol (80ml) and filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure up to the 150ml reaction volume. The reaction solution was diluted with methylene dichloride (1200ml) and water (1000ml) and pH was adjusted to 8.5 with sodium hydroxide solution [10%, 100ml]. The organic layer was separated, washed with water (3 x 1000ml) and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain residue. The residue was dissolved in methanol (300ml) at 50°C, and resulting solution was treated with an activated carbon (20gm) at 50-60°C for 30minutes and then it was filtered and filtrate was further stirred at 20-25°C for 2 hours. The resulting solids were filtered, washed with methanol (150ml), dried at 50-55°C for 8 hours. The resulting solids were milled, sifted through 40 mesh sieve and micronized.

Yield: 65gm

Purity: 99.96% (By HPLC)

………………………

PAPER

Org. Lett., 2011, 13 (24), pp 6500–6503
DOI: 10.1021/ol202792q
Abstract Image

A concise synthesis of tetrabenazine and dihydrotetrabenazine is described. The key feature of this synthesis is the intramolecular aza-Prins-type cyclization of an amino allylsilane via oxidative C–H activation.

T1 T2 T3 T4

http://www.hgxb.com.cn/EN/abstract/abstract12047.shtml

……………
PAPER

 

http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3126153/

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc. Object name is nihms279693f2.jpg

The TBZ (4) for these reactions was prepared by reacting 3,4-dihydro-6,7-dimethoxyisoquinoline (3) and the Mannich base (2) as shown in Scheme 1.14 The α,β-unsaturated TBZ (5), which was the original substrate, was obtained by further treatment with chloranil in refluxing benzene.

Tetrabenazine (4a)

To a solution of 3,4-dihydro-6,7-dimethoxyisoquinoline hydrochloride (3, 3.5 g, 15.4 mmol) in cold H2O (20 mL) in an ice water bath, was added 3-(dimethylaminomethyl)-5-methyl-2-hexanone (2, 3.15 g, 18.3 mmol) as the free base with stirring. Precipitate formed within 3 h, and stirring was continued until the solid-gummy precipitate prevented stirring. The mixture was allowed to stand at RT (room temperature) for 3 days. The solid–gum mixture was filtered, and the yellow solid–gum mixture was dissolved in hot MeOH. The solution was chilled at −10°C for 18 h. The pale yellow solid was filtered to give 2.1 g (43%) of TBZ (4a).
TLC: Rf = 0.62; silica gel; 4% MeOH/96% CH2Cl2.
MS: (DCl-NH3) m/z 318 (M+H).
UV: (EtOH) λmax 282.0 nm (ε4431).
1H NMR: (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 6.61 (s, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.51 (br dd, 1H), 3.29 (dd, 1H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 2.90 (dd, 1H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 2.57 (m, 2H), 2.35 (t, 1H), 1.81 (ddd, 1H), 1.65 (m, 1H), 1.04 (ddd, 1H), 0.92 (d, 3H), 0.89 (d, 3H) ppm.
13C NMR: (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 210.00, 147.86, 147.54, 128.60, 126.11, 111.53, 107.94, 62.48, 61.52, 56.01, 55.92, 50.58, 47.62, 47.57, 36.09, 29.38, 25.44, 23.21, 22.11 ppm.
EA: Anal. Calc for C19H17NO3: C, 71.89; H, 8.57; N, 4.41. Found C, 72.15; H, 8.69; N, 4.47.
HPLC: Brownlee 25 cm × 4.6 mm silica gel column; 30% isopropanol/70% hexane; 1 mL/min; ret. time 5.94 min; purity >99.5%.

…………….

http://www.google.ga/patents/WO2008154243A1?cl=en

Example 10 Removal The Boc Protecting Group From First Intermediate 12 And Amino Cyclization Provide (+)-Tetrabenazine XVII

[0063] First intermediate 12 (1.0 eq) was dissolved in 10% Me2S- dichloromethane to provide an 82 mM solution. The solution was cooled to 0 0C and triisopropylsilane (1.1 eq.) followed by TFA (precooled to 0 0C) was added to the reaction mixture to provide a final concentration of 41 mM. The reaction mixture was permitted to stir at 0 0C for 1 h. Following the allotted time the reaction mixture was quenched at 0 0C by the addition of saturated aqueous potassium carbonate solution and concentrated under reduced pressure to remove the majority of the dimethylsulfide. The mixture was extracted with five portions of dichloromethane, and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the crude product as a yellow solid. The crude product was recrystallized from 3.5% dimethoxyethane in hexanes. The resulting colorless crystals were washed with hexanes to provide pure (+)- tetrabenazine (XVII) 46%: mp 126.0 0C (3.5% DME-hexanes) (a crystal polymorph was observed at 116 0C); [α]26 D +37.2 (c 0.41, CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (CD2Cl2) δ 0.89 (apparent t, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H), 0.98 (ddd, J = 12, 6.0, 4.0 Hz, IH), 1.59-1.68 (m, IH), 1.74 (ddd, J = 12, 5.9, 5.7 Hz, IH), 2.32 (apparent t, J = 11.7 Hz, IH), 2.46 (apparent t, J = 12.3 Hz, IH), 2.55 (ddd, J = 12, 10.0, 3.8 Hz, IH), 2.65-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.83 (dd, J = 5.5, 2.8Hz, IH), 2.97-3.07 (m, IH), 3.07-3.14 (m, IH), 3.25 (dd, J =9.7, 6.3 Hz, IH), 3.47 (apparent d, J = 12Hz, IH), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 6.55 (s, IH), 6.60 (s, IH) 13C NMR (CD2Cl2) δ 21.98, 23.02, 25.51, 29.46, 35.16, 47.47, 47.63, 50.47, 55.87, 56.01, 61.47, 62.46, 108.46, 111.72, 126.37, 128.96, 147.65, 147.98, 209.72; HRMS-(ESI+) calcd for (C19H27NO3 + H) ([M+H]+ 318.2069, found 318.2082.

…………….

US 20150152099

d1 d2 d3

………….

WO 2015077520

NBI-98854 (CAS # 1025504-59-9), (S)-(2R,3R,l lbR)-3-isobutyl-9,10-dimethoxy-2,3,4,6,7,1 lb-hexahydro-lH-pyrido[2,l-a]isoquinolin-2-yl 2-amino-3-methylbutanoate, is a VMAT2 inhibitor. NBI-98854 is currently under investigation for the treatment of movement disorders including tardive dyskinesia. WO 2008058261; WO 2011153157; and US 8,039,627. NBI-98854, a valine ester of (+)-a-dihydrotetrabenazine, in humans is slowly hydrolyzed to (+)-a-dihydrotetrabenazine which is an active metabolite of tetrabenazine.

NBI-98854

 

EXAMPLE 1

D6-(±)-3-Isobutyl-9,10-dimethoxy-3,4,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,l-a]isoquinolin-2(l lbH)-one ((±)-Tetrabenazine-<d6)

Step 1

[0193] Jgrt-butyl 3,4-dihydroxyphenethylcarbamate : A solution of dopamine

hydrochloride (209 g, 1.11 mol, 1.00 equiv), sodium carbonate (231 g, 2.75 mol, 2.50 equiv) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (263 g, 1.21 mol, 1.10) in 2.4 L tetrahydrofuran / water (5: 1) was stirred at 20°C for 2.5 h. After the starting material was consumed completedly, the reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (2 L) and washed with water (2×600 mL). The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure until two volumes of solvent was left. The precipitated solid was isolated by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 254 g (91%) of ieri-butyl 3,4-dihydroxyphenethylcarbamate as white solid. Ή-ΝΜΪ (300 MHz, CDC13) 8.72 (s, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 6.79 (m, 1H), 6.62 (m, 1H), 6.51 (m, 1H), 6.40 (m, 1H), 3.03 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 1.37 (s, 1H). LC-MS: m /z = 254 (MH) +.

Step 2

[0194] D6-fert-butyl 3,4-dimethoxyphenethylcarbamate: A solution of ieri-butyl 3,4-dihydroxyphenethylcarbamate (127 g, 397 mmol, 1.00 equiv), potassium carbonate (359.3 g, 2.604 mmol, 3.00 equiv) and 18-crown-6 (1,4,7,10,13,16-hexaoxacyclooctadecane ) (68.64 g, 0.26 mmol, 0.03 equiv) in acetone (800 mL) was stirred at 38°C. After 30 min., CD3I (362 g, 2.604 mmol, 3.00 equiv) was added to the reaction, and the mixture was stirred at 38°C for 12 h. Then an additional CD3I (120 g, 0.868 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was added to the solution and the solution was stirred for 5 h. Then the mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solid was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The resultant solid was dissolved in H2O (300 mL) and extracted with EA (3×300 mL), the organic layers was combined and concentrated under vacuum to give 114 g (79%) of de-tert-butyl 3,4-dimethoxyphenethylcarbamate as white

solid. ^-NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) <Π.39 (m, 5H), 6.82 (m, 1H), 6.73 (m, 2H), 5.12 (s, 1H), 3.45 (m, 2H), 2.77 (m, 2H). LC-MS: m /z = 288 (MH) +.

Step 3

[0195] D6-2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethanamine: A solution of de-tert-butyl 3,4-dimethoxyphenethylcarbamate (128 g, 455.26 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in ethyl acetate (1.5 L) was stirred at room temperature. Then HC1 gas was introduced into the reaction mixture for 2h. The precipitated solid was isolated by filtration. The solid was dissolved in 300 mL of water. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 12 with sodium hydroxide (solid). The resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at 5-10°C. The resulting solution was extracted with 6×800 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum to give 64 g (78%) of d6-2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethanamine as yellow oil.

^-NMR (300 MHz, CDC ) 6.77 (m, 3H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 2.96 (m, 2H), 2.71 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 2H). LC-MS: m /z = 182 (MH) +.

Step 4

[0196] D6-N-r2-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)ethyllformamide: A solution of d6-2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethanamine (69 g, 368 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in ethyl formate(250 mL) was heated under reflux overnight. The solution was concentrated under vacuum to give 71 g (91%) of d6-N-[2-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)ethyl]formamide as yellow solid. The crude solid was used in next step without purification. ^-NMR (300 MHz, CDCb) £8.17 (s, 1H), 6.81 (m, 3H), 5.53 (br, 1H).3.59 (m, 2H), 2.81 (t, 2H, / = 6.9 Hz). LC-MS: m /z = 216 (MH) +.

Step 5

[0197] D6-6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihvdroisoguinoline: A solution of d6-N-[2-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)ethyl]formamide (71 g, 329 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in phosphorus oxychloride (100 mL) was stirred at 105°C for 1 h. Then the solution was concentrated under vacuum to remove

phosphorus oxychloride. The residual oil was dissolved in ice / water. The solution was made basic with potassium carbonate with cooling. The basic aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane. The collected organic phase was dried using sodium sulfate and then filtered. The dichloromethane was removed by concentration under vacuum to give an orange oil.

Purification by silica gel (ethyl acetate:petroleum ether = 1: 1 ~ ethyl acetate) to give 43 g (66%) of d6-6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline as orange solid (yield 66%). Ή-ΝΜΡ (300 MHz, CDC13) 8.24 (s, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 3.74 (m, 2H), 2.69 (t, 2H, J = 12 Hz). LC-MS: m /z = 198 (MH) +.

Step 6

[0198] Trimethyl(5-methylhex-2-en-2-yloxy)silane: To a cold (-78°C), stirred solution of j-PrMgBr (500 mL of 2 M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 1 mol, 1.00 equiv) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (1 L) was added Cul (19.02 g, 0.1 mol, 0.10 equiv) and the resultant mixture was stirred for 15 min at -78°C. Anhydrous hexamethylphosphorous triamide (358.4 g, 2 mmol, 2 equiv) was added and after 20 min, a solution of methyl vinyl ketone (70 g, 0.1 mol, 1.00 equiv), trimethylsilyl chloride (217 g, 0.2 mol, 2.00 equiv), in tetrahydrofuran (200 mL) was added dropwise over 30 min. After the reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for lh, triethylamine (20.2g, 200 mmol, 2.00 equiv) was added and the resulting mixture stirred for 10 min at 0 °C. To this was added ie/ -butyl methyl ether (2 L), and the solution was washed with 5% ammonia solution (6×300 mL). Then the organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum at 25°C to give 155 g crude product as yellow liquid. The liquid was purified by distilling (64-68°C/40 mmHg) to provide 118 g (63.3%) of trimethyl(5-methylhex-2-en-2-

yloxy)silane (E:Z = 56 : 44) as a colorless oil. XH-NMR (300 MHz, J6-DMSO) 4.58 (m, 0.56H), 4.43 (m, 0.44H), 1.73 (s, 1.69H), 1.66 (s, 1.32H), 1.53 (m, 1H), 0.84 (m, 6 H), 0.15(m, 9H).

Step 7

[0199] 3-r(Dimethylamino)methyl1-5-methylhexan-2-one: To a stirred solution of trimethyl(5-methylhex-2-en-2-yloxy)silane (118 g, 633 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in anhydrous acetonitrile (800 mL) was added N-methyl-N-methylenemethanaminium iodide (128.8 g, 696.3 mmol, 1.10 equiv) in several batches and the resultant mixture was stirred at 20°C overnight. Then the solution was concentrated under vacuum to remove the solvent. The residue was dissolved in 400 mL 1 N HC1 (aq.) and extracted with ieri-butyl methyl ether. Then the water phase was basiced with 2 N aq. NaOH and extracted with ie/ -butyl methyl ether. The organic phase was dried and concentrated under vacuum. The liquid was purified by distilling (80°C/0.5 mmHg) to provide 50 g (46%) of 3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-5-methylhexan-2-one as a colorless oil. XH-NMR (300 MHz, J6-DMSO) £0.92 (d, 3H), 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.11-1.23 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.38 (m, 1H), 1.54-1.70 (m, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 3.01 (s, 9H), 3.10-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.81-3.88 (m, 1H).

Step 8

[0200] 2-Acetyl-N,N V,4-tetramethylpentan-l-aminium iodide: A solution of 3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-5-methylhexan-2-one (50 g, 15.00 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and methyl iodide (4.26 g, 30.00 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in 50 mL diethyl ether was stirred overnight at room temperature. The precipitated solid was isolated by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 79 g (86%) of 2-acetyl-N,N,N,4-tetramethylpentan-l-aminium iodide as white solid. XH-NMR (300 MHz, Je-DMSO) 0.89-0.98 (m, 6H), 1.11-1.20 (m, 1H), 1.40 (m, 1H), 1.66 (m, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 3.01(s, 9H), 3.21 (m, 2H), 3.85 (m, 1H).

Step 9

[0201] Ρό- (±) -tetrabenazine : A solution of d6-6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline (33.4 g, 169 mmol, 1.10 equiv) and 2-acetyl-N,N,N,4-tetramethylpentan-l-aminium iodide (48 g, 153 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 300ml of methanol was heated under reflux for 48 h. Then 150 mL water was added. The solution was cooled to room temperature. The precipitated solid was isolated by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 38 g of crude d6-tetrabenazine as yellow solid. The crude tetrabenazine was dissolved in ieri-butyl methyl ether (15 volumes), the mixture was heated until the solid was almost dissolved. The yellow solid which was unsolvable was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum until 2 volumes ieri-butyl methyl ether was left. The solid was filtered and collected. The above solid was dissolved in ethanol (4 volumes), then the mixture was heated until the solid was dissolved. The solution was stirred and cooled to room temperature at the rate of 20°C/h. Then the mixture was stirred at 0°C for lh. The precipitated solid was isolated by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 25 g (50.4%) of tetrabenazine-<d6 as white solid.

^-NMR (300 MHz, CD2C12) £6.61 (s, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.50 (d, 1H, / = 12 Hz), 3.27 (dd, 1H, / = 11.4Hz, / = 6.3 Hz), 3.11 (m, 2H), 2.84 (dd, 1H, / = 10.5 Hz, / = 3 Hz), 2.74 (m, 2H), 2.56 (m, 2H), 2.31 (t, 1H, J = 12 Hz), 1.76 (m, 1H), 1.63 (m, 1H), 0.98 (m, 1H), 0.89 (m, 6H).

LC-MS: m /z = 324 (MH) +.

………………

NMR PREDICT

C1

D2

D3

Watch out will be updated……………….

Rob Koremans, MD, President and CEO of Global Specialty Medicines at Teva.

Michael Hayden, M.D., Ph.D., President of Global R&D and Chief Scientific Officer at Teva

 

 

WO2009070552A1 * 25 nov. 2008 4 juin 2009 Gen Electric Alpha-fluoroalkyl tetrabenazine and dihydrotetrabenazine imaging agents and probes
WO2012000308A1 * 27 juin 2011 5 janv. 2012 China Pharmaceutical University A method for resolution of tetrabenazine
WO2012081031A1 * 11 avr. 2011 21 juin 2012 Enaltec Labs Pvt. Ltd. Process for preparing tetrabenazine
WO2013041621A1 * 20 sept. 2012 28 mars 2013 Basf Se Low molecular weight modulators of the cold-menthol receptor trpm8 and use thereof
WO2015048370A1 * 26 sept. 2014 2 avr. 2015 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Benzoquinolone inhibitors of vmat2
US7897769 25 oct. 2007 1 mars 2011 General Electric Company Intermediates for fluorinated dihydrotetrabenazine ether imaging agents and probes
US7897770 25 oct. 2007 1 mars 2011 General Electric Company Fluorinated dihydrotetrabenazine ether imaging agents and probes
US7902364 29 nov. 2007 8 mars 2011 General Electric Company Alpha-fluoroalkyl tetrabenazine and dihydrotetrabenazine imaging agents and probes
US7910738 29 nov. 2007 22 mars 2011 General Electric Company Intermediates for alpha-fluoroalkyl tetrabenazine and dihydrotetrabenazine imaging agents and probes
US7919622 7 déc. 2007 5 avr. 2011 Kande Kankanamalage Dayarathna Amarasinghe Intermediates for fluorinated tetrabenazine carbinol compounds imaging agents and probes
US8013161 7 déc. 2007 6 sept. 2011 General Electric Company Fluoroalkyl tetrabenazine carbinol compounds as imaging agents and probes
US8053578 16 juil. 2008 8 nov. 2011 General Electric Company Alpha-fluoroalkyl dihydrotetrabenazine imaging agents and probe

 

WO2007017654A1 4 août 2006 15 févr. 2007 Cambridge Lab Ireland Ltd 3, hb cis dihydrotetrabanezine for the treatment of schizophrenia and other psychoses
US3132147 * 15 juin 1962 5 mai 1964 Titre non disponible
US4193998 * 14 juin 1978 18 mars 1980 Chinoin Gyogyszer Es Vegyeszeti Termekek Gyara Rt 1,2,3,4,6,7-Hexahydro-11BαH-benzo[a]quinolizine-derivatives
US4686226 * 3 sept. 1985 11 août 1987 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted benzo[b]furo- and benzo[b]thieno quinolizines
US5118690 * 21 oct. 1991 2 juin 1992 John Wyeth & Brother Limited Pharmaceutical tetrahydroisoquinolines
US5272270 * 12 août 1991 21 déc. 1993 Consortium Fur Elektrochemische Industrie Gmbh Process for the preparation of 1-alkylisoquinoline derivatives
US5278308 * 28 févr. 1992 11 janv. 1994 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Iodine derivatives of tetrabenazine
US20020055637 * 21 déc. 2001 9 mai 2002 Song Liu Methods for synthesis of amino-tetrahydroisoquinoline-carboxylic acids
US20040082647 * 21 avr. 2003 29 avr. 2004 G.D. Searle, Llc Method for the preparation of tetrahydrobenzothiepines
Cited Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
WO1994000460A1 * Jun 23, 1993 Jan 6, 1994 Univ California SYNTHESIS OF N-FORMYL-3,4-DI-t-BUTOXYCARBONYLOXY-6-(TRIMETHYLSTANNYL)-L-PHENYLALANINE ETHYL ESTER AND ITS REGIOSELECTIVE RADIOFLUORODESTANNYLATION TO 6-[18F]FLUORO-L-DOPA
WO2008058261A1 * Nov 8, 2007 May 15, 2008 Neurocrine Biosciences Inc Substituted 3-isobutyl-9, 10-dimethoxy-1,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-2h-pyrido[2,1-a] isoquinolin-2-ol compounds and methods relating thereto
WO2008154243A1 * Jun 4, 2008 Dec 18, 2008 Gen Electric Method for making tetrabenazine compounds
WO2010044981A2 * Sep 18, 2009 Apr 22, 2010 Auspex Pharmaceutical ,Inc. Benzoquinoline inhibitors of vesicular monoamine transporter 2
EP0154842A2 * Feb 16, 1985 Sep 18, 1985 Dr. Karl Thomae GmbH Medicament containing quaternary 3,4-dihydroisoquinoline salts
US2830993 May 18, 1956 Apr 15, 1958 Quinolizine derivatives
US4678792 Feb 28, 1985 Jul 7, 1987 Dr. Karl Thomae Gmbh Quaternary 3,4-dihydro-isoquinolinium salts
US20080167337 Nov 8, 2007 Jul 10, 2008 Gano Kyle W Substituted 3-isobutyl-9,10-dimethoxy-1,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-2h-pyrido[2,1-a]isoquinolin-2-ol compounds and methods relating thereto
US20100130480 Sep 18, 2009 May 27, 2010 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Benzoquinoline inhibitors of vesicular monoamine transporter 2
1 * BROSSI, A. ET AL: “Synthesis in the emetine series. I. 2-Oxohydrobenzo[a]quinolizines“, HELVETICA CHIMICA ACTA, vol. 41, 1958, pages 119-139, XP002659731,
2 BULL. KOREAN CHEM. SOC. vol. 23, no. 1, 2002, page 149
3 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; AL-HIARI, YUSUF M. ET AL: “Synthesis of 1-benzyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, Part I: Grignard synthesis of 1-(substituted benzyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline models with potential antibacterial activity“, XP002659739, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 2009:467462
4 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; DE LUCA, LIDIA ET AL: “A new, simple procedure for the synthesis of formyl amides“, XP002659734, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 2004:1062632
5 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; DOMINGUEZ, ESTHER ET AL: “Solvent effect on the Bischler-Napieralski reaction. Synthesis of 3-aryl-3,4-dihydroisoquinolines“, XP002659736, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 99:158206
6 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; FALCK, J. R. ET AL: “Oxazoline chemistry. Preparation of isoquinolines and 2,2′-bisoxazolines“, XP002659744, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 1981:497646
7 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; FUKUDA, TSUTOMU ET AL: “Synthesis of both enantiomers of protoberberines via laterally lithiated (S)-4-isopropyl-2-(o-tolyl)oxazolines“, XP002659742, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 2008:192807
8 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; JAHANGIR ET AL: “Aza analogs of protoberberine and phthalideisoquinoline alkaloids“, XP002659741, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 1986:572799
9 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; MENENDEZ, J. C. ET AL: “Synthesis and antibacterial activity of some 1-thia-4,8-diazaspiro[4.5]decan-3-ones, thiazolo[2,3-a]isoquinolin-3-ones and 1,3-thiazino[2,3-a]isoquinolin-4-ones“, XP002659740, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 1989:114772
10 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; NARASIMHAN, N. S. ET AL: “Unusual products in Bischler-Napieralski reaction“, XP002659743, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 1981:46871
11 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; REIMANN, EBERHARD ET AL: “Protoberberines from Reissert-Compounds. Part IX [1]. An Alternative Approach to Dibenzoquinolizine- and Isoquinonaphthyridin-13a-carboxylic Acids, a Novel Synthesis of Alangimarine“, XP002659738, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 143:267131
12 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; SHAFIK, RAGAB M. ET AL: “.alpha.-Phenyl-.beta.-(3,4-dimethoxy)phen ethylamines: novel inhibitors of choline acetyltransferase from Torpedo electric organ“, XP002659735, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 1985:61873
13 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; WANG, CHENG-XUE ET AL: “Synthesis of rutaecarpine and quinazolone compounds“, XP002659737, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 2009:92700
14 * RISHEL, MICHAEL J. ET AL: “Asymmetric Synthesis of Tetrabenazine and Dihydrotetrabenazine“, JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, vol. 74, no. 10, 2009, pages 4001-4004, XP002659732,
15 * SCHWARTZ, D. E. ET AL: “Metabolic studies of tetrabenazine, a psychotropic drug in animals and man“, BIOCHEMICAL PHARMACOLOGY, vol. 15, no. 5, 1966, pages 645-655, XP002659733,

सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से जिंदगी चल जाये। औकात बस इतनी देना, कि औरों का भला हो जाये।
DRUG APPROVALS BY DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO …..FOR BLOG HOME CLICK HERE

Join me on Linkedin

View Anthony Melvin Crasto Ph.D's profile on LinkedIn

Join me on Facebook FACEBOOK

Join me on twitterFollow amcrasto on Twitter
Join me on google plus Googleplus
Join me on Researchgate

Anthony Melvin Crasto Dr.

 amcrasto@gmail.com

09b37-misc2b027LIONEL MY SON
He was only in first standard in school when I was hit by a deadly one in a million spine stroke called acute transverse mylitis, it made me 90% paralysed and bound to a wheel chair, Now I keep him as my source of inspiration and helping millions, thanks to millions of my readers who keep me going and help me to keep my son happy
सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से
जिंदगी चल जाये।
औकात बस इतनी देना,
कि औरों का भला हो जाये।

///////


Filed under: Phase3 drugs Tagged: Auspex Pharmaceuticals, deutetrabenazine, fda, Huntington Disease, New Drug Application, PHASE 3, SD-809

Lusutrombopag….Oral thrombopoietin (TPO) mimetic

$
0
0

 LUSUTROMBOPAG.pngChemSpider 2D Image | Lusutrombopag | C29H32Cl2N2O5S

Lusutrombopag

(E)-3-[2,6-dichloro-4-[[4-[3-[(1S)-1-hexoxyethyl]-2-methoxyphenyl]-1,3-thiazol-2-yl]carbamoyl]phenyl]-2-methylprop-2-enoic acid

(S)-(-)-(E)-3-(2,6-dichloro-4-{4-[3-(1-hexyloxyethyl)-2-methyloxyphenyl]thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl}phenyl)-2-methylacrylic acid

(2E)-3-{2,6-Dichloro-4-[(4-{3-[(1S)-1-(hexyloxy)ethyl]-2-methoxyphenyl}-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl]phenyl}-2-methylacrylic acid

UNII 6LL5JFU42F,  CAS 1110766-97-6,

D10476, MW591.546 , [US2010267783], MF C29H32Cl2N2O5S, S-888711

Shionogi & Co., Ltd.塩野義製薬株式会社 INNOVATOR

Optically active compound (C-3B)  Melting point: 142-145°C………….EP2184279B1

NMR (DMSO-d6) δ ppm: 12.97 (brs, 1H), 8.29 (s, 2H), 7.90 (dd, 1H, J = 1.8 Hz, 7.5 Hz), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.35 – 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.26 (t, 1H, J = 7.5 Hz), 4.82 (q, 1H, J = 6.3 Hz), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.16 – 3.37 (m, 2H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 1.18 – 1.51 (m, 11H), 0.82-0.87 (m, 3H) Optical rotation -4.5 degrees (DMSO, c = 1.001, 25°C)………….EP2184279B1

Optical rotation: -7.0 ± 0.5 degrees (CHCl3, c = 1.040, 21°C), NMR (CDCl3) δ ppm: 0.87 (3H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.2 – 1.4 (6H, m), 1.48 (3H, d, J = 6.4 Hz), 1.52 – 1.64 (2H, m), 1.86 (3H, d, J = 1.4Hz)), 3.35 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 3.55 (3H, s), 4.87 (1H, q, J = 6.3 Hz), 7.25 (1H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.41 (1H, s), 7.49 (1H, dd, J = 7.9 Hz, J = 1.6 Hz), 7.51 (1H, dd, J = 7.5 Hz, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.65 (1H, d, J = 1.4 Hz), 8.33 (2H, s), 13.4 (2H, brs)………EP2184279B1

 

Thrombopoietin receptor agonist, Oral thrombopoietin (TPO) mimetic

  • 24 Mar 2015 Shionogi plans a phase III trial in Thrombocytopenia (in patients with chronic liver disease) in USA (NCT02389621)
  • 31 Dec 2014 Preregistration for Thrombocytopenia in Japan (PO)
  • 08 Nov 2013 Phase II development is ongoing in the US and the Europe

Process for preparing intermediates of an optically active 1,3-thiazole containing thrombopoietin receptor agonist  Also claims crystalline forms of lusutrombopag intermediates and a process for preparing lusutrombopag. Shionogi is developing lusutrombopag, a small-molecule thrombopoietin mimetic, as an oral tablet formulation for treating thrombocytopenia.

In December 2014, an NDA was submitted in Japan. In May 2015, the drug was listed as being in phase III development for thrombocytopenia in the US and Europe.

  

 

The lusutrombopag, a low molecular-human thrombopoietin receptor agonist, its chemical formula, “(E) -3- [2,6-Dichloro-4- [4- [3 – [(S) -1-hexyloxyethyl] – 2-methoxyphenyl] -thiazol- 2-ylcarbamoyl] -phenyl] is a -2-methylacrylic acid “. lusutrombopag is represented by the following chemical structural formula.

 

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

 

Eltrombopag is represented by the following chemical structural formula.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

 

Avatrombopag is represented by the following chemical structural formula.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

 

 

Totrombopag choline is represented by the following chemical structural formula.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
C 3B IS THE COMPD OF ROT (-) AND S, E  FORM
Figure imgb0009
 Example 2
Synthesis of (R)-(E)-3-(2,6-dichloro-4-{4-[3-(1-hexyloxyethyl)-2-methyloxyphenyl]thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl}phenyl)-2-methylacrylic acid (C-3A) (not included in the present invention) and (S)-(-)-(E)-3-(2,6-dichloro-4-{4-[3-(1-hexyloxyethyl)-2-methyloxyphenyl]thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl}phenyl)-2-methylacrylic acid (C-3B)
According to the same method as in Example 1, an optically active compound (C-3A) and an opticallly active compound (C-3B) were synthesized from (RS)-(E)-3-(2,6-dichloro-4-{4-[3-(1-hexyloxyethyl)-2-methyloxyphenyl]thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl}phenyl)-2-methylacrylic acid (B-3) obtained in Reference Example 3.Optically active compound (C-3A)Melting point: 139-141°C   UNDESIRED
NMR (DMSO-d6) δ ppm: 12.97 (brs, 1H), 8.29 (s, 2H), 7.90 (dd, 1H, J = 1.8 Hz, 7.5 Hz), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.35 – 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.26 (t, 1H, J = 7.5 Hz), 4.82 (q, 1H, J = 6.3 Hz), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.16 – 3.37 (m, 2H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 1.18 – 1.51 (m, 11H), 0.82 – 0.87 (m, 3H) Optical rotaion +4.5 degrees (DMSO, c = 1.001, 25°C)

Optically active compound (C-3B)Melting point: 142-145°C  DESIRED

NMR (DMSO-d6) δ ppm: 12.97 (brs, 1H), 8.29 (s, 2H), 7.90 (dd, 1H, J = 1.8 Hz, 7.5 Hz), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.35 – 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.26 (t, 1H, J = 7.5 Hz), 4.82 (q, 1H, J = 6.3 Hz), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.16 – 3.37 (m, 2H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 1.18 – 1.51 (m, 11H), 0.82-0.87 (m, 3H) Optical rotation -4.5 degrees (DMSO, c = 1.001, 25°C)

Example 4: Synthesis of (C-3B)

 

    • Figure imgb0021

First step: Synthesis of (S)-1-(3-bromo-2-methyloxyphenyl)ethane-1-ol (17)

Using the same method as that of the first step of Example 3, the compound (17) was obtained from the compound (16) at a yield 77%.

    • Optical rotation: -23.5 ± 0.6 degrees (CHCl3, c = 1.050, 21°C)
      NMR (CDCl3) θ ppm: 1.49 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 2.33 (1H, brs), 3.88 (3H, s), 5.19 (1H, q, J = 6.4 Hz), 7.01 (1H, t, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.40 (1H, dd, J = 7.7 Hz, J = 1.1 Hz), 7.46 (1H, dd, J = 8.0 Hz, J = 1.4 Hz)

Second step: Synthesis of (S)-1-bromo-3-(1-hexyloxyethyl)-2-methyloxybenzene (18)

    •  Using the same method as that of the second step of Example 3, the compound (18) was obtained from the compound (17) at a yield of 96%.
      Optical rotation: -29.8 ± 0.6 degrees (CHCl3, c = 1.055, 21°C)
      NMR (CDCl3) δ ppm: 0.87 (3H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.2 – 1.4 (6H, m), 1.42 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz), 1.54 (2H, m), 3.29 (2H, m), 3.85 (3H, s), 4.78 (1H, q, J = 6.4 Hz), 7.02 (1H, t, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.39 (1H, dd, J = 7.8 Hz, J = 1.7 Hz), 7.45 (1H, dd, J = 7.9 Hz, J = 1.7 Hz)

Third step and fourth step: Synthesis of (S)-4-(3-(1-hexyloxyethyl)-2-methyloxyphenyl)thiazole-2-amine (20)

    • Using the same method as that of the fourth step of Example 3, the compound (19) was obtained from the compound (18), subsequently according to the same method as that of the fourth step, the compound (20) was obtained.

Compound (19)

    •  NMR (CDCl3) δ ppm: 0.87 (3H, t, J = 6.9 Hz), 1.2-1.4 (6H, m), 1.45 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.55 (2H, m), 3.29 (2H, m), 3.78 (3H, s), 4.73 (2H, m), 4.80 (1H, q, J = 6.4 Hz), 7.24 (1H, t, J = 7.8Hz), 7.52 (1H, dd, J = 7.7 Hz, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.65 (1H, dd, J = 7.7 Hz, J = 1.8 Hz)

Compound (20)

  •  Optical rotation: -4.2 ± 0.4 degrees (DMSO, c = 1.025, 21°C)
    NMR (CDCl3) δ ppm: 0.84 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.2 – 1.3 (6H, m), 1.35 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz), 1.48 (2H, m), 3.25 (2H, m), 3.61 (3H, s), 4.78 (1H, q, J = 6.4 Hz), 6.99 (2H, brs), 7.05 (1H, s), 7.16 (1H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.27 (1H, dd, J = 7.5 Hz, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.81 (1H, dd, J = 7.6 Hz, J = 1.9 Hz)
  • Fifth step: Synthesis of ethyl (S)-(E)-3-(2,6-dichloro-4-(4-(3-(1-hexyloxyethyl)-2-metyloxyphenyl)thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl)phenyl)-2-methylacrylate (21)
    •  Using the same method as that of the fifth step of Example 3, the compound (21) was obtained from the compound (20) at a yield of 94%.
      Optical rotation: +4.7 ± 0.4 degrees (CHCl3, c = 1.07, 21°C)
      NMR (CDCl3 ) δ ppm: 0.87 (3H, t, J = 6.9 Hz), 1.2 – 1.35 (6H, m), 1.38 (3H, t, J = 7.1
      Hz), 1.44 (3H, d, J = 6.4 Hz), 1.57 (2H, m), 1.77 (3H, d, J = 1.4 Hz), 3.30 (2H, m), 3.59 (3H, s), 4.31 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 4.83 (1H, q, J = 6.4 Hz), 7.17 (1H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.42 (1H, d, J = 1.7 Hz), 7.42 (1H, dd, J = 7.7 Hz, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.51 (1H, s), 7.67 (1H, dd, J = 7.6 Hz, J = 1.7 Hz), 7.89 (2H, s), 10.30 (1H, brs)

Sixth step: Synthesis of (S)-(E)-3-(2,6-dichloro-4-(4-(3-(1-hexyloxyethyl)-2-metyloxyphenyl)thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl)phenyl)-2-methylacrylic acid (C-3B)

  • Using the same method as that of the sixth step of Example 3, the compound (C-3B) was obtained from the compound (21) at a yield of 80%.
    Optical rotation: -7.0 ± 0.5 degrees (CHCl3, c = 1.040, 21°C)
    NMR (CDCl3) δ ppm: 0.87 (3H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.2 – 1.4 (6H, m), 1.48 (3H, d, J = 6.4 Hz), 1.52 – 1.64 (2H, m), 1.86 (3H, d, J = 1.4Hz)), 3.35 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 3.55 (3H, s), 4.87 (1H, q, J = 6.3 Hz), 7.25 (1H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.41 (1H, s), 7.49 (1H, dd, J = 7.9 Hz, J = 1.6 Hz), 7.51 (1H, dd, J = 7.5 Hz, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.65 (1H, d, J = 1.4 Hz), 8.33 (2H, s), 13.4 (2H, brs)
  • Results of powder X-ray deffraction are shown in Fig. 5.
  • Diffraction angle of main peak: 2θ = 17.8, 21.1, 22.5, 23.3, 24.1, and 24.4 degrees

 

 

 

WO2005014561/EP1655291A1

 https://www.google.co.in/patents/EP1655291A1?cl=en

 

 

WO2014003155, claiming a composition comprising lusutrombopag, useful for treating thrombocytopenia.

https://www.google.co.in/patents/US20150148385?cl=en

 

 

 

.

WO  2015093586

Methods respectively for producing optically active compound having agonistic activity on thrombopoietin receptors and intermediate of said compound 

 

(Step 1) Synthesis of compound (VII ‘)  under a nitrogen atmosphere, it was dissolved compound 1 (2.00kg) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (28.0kg). 25% LDA tetrahydrofuran – heptane – ethyl benzene solution (13.20kg) was added dropwise over 1 hour at -55 ℃, and stirred for 30 minutes. It was added dropwise over 40 minutes to 1,2-dimethoxyethane (3.0kg) solution of N- formyl morpholine (3.74kg) at -55 ℃, and stirred for 1 hour. 1,2-dimethoxyethane (3.0kg) solution of 2-phosphono-propanoic acid triethyl (3.74kg) was added dropwise over 45 minutes at 0 ℃, and stirred for 2 hours. 35% aqueous solution of sulfuric acid (15.8kg) was added dropwise over 40 minutes to the reaction solution. Water (16.0kg) was added and extracted. The resulting organic layer was washed with water (8.0kg), and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. Acetonitrile (16.0kg) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 25 ℃, and the mixture was stirred and cooled to 0 ℃ 5 hours and 30 minutes. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, and washed with 5 ℃ acetonitrile (3.2kg). The resulting crystals it was dissolved in acetonitrile (16.0kg) at 75 ℃. It was cooled to 60 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Over 1 hour and then cooled to 30 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 45 minutes. Over 40 minutes and then cooled to 5 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours.The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, and washed with 5 ℃ acetonitrile (3.2kg). The resulting crystals it was dissolved in acetonitrile (13.0kg) at 75 ℃. It was cooled to 60 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Furthermore, up to 30 ℃ over 1 hour and then cooled and stirred for 70 minutes. Over 30 minutes and then cooled to 5 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours. I precipitated crystals were collected by filtration. Washed with 5 ℃ acetonitrile (3.2kg), and dried to give the compound (VII ‘) (1.63kg, 51.2% yield). NMR (CDCl 3 ) delta ppm: 8.07 (s, 2H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 4.32 (Q, 2H, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.79 (s, 3H), 1.38 (t, 3H, J = 7.0 Hz)  Results of powder X-ray diffraction and I shown in Figure 1 and Table 3. [Table 3]  In the powder X-ray diffraction spectrum, diffraction angle (2θ): 8.1 ± 0.2 °, 16.3 ± 0.2 °, 19.2 ± 0.2 °, 20.0 ± 0. 2 °, the peak was observed at 24.8 ± 0.2 °, and 39.0 ± 0.2 ° degrees.

 

(Synthesis of Compound (XI ‘))

(Step 2) Synthesis of Compound 4  under a nitrogen atmosphere over Compound 3 (3.00kg) and 1mol / L isopropylmagnesium chloride in tetrahydrofuran (11.40kg) 1 hour at 25 ℃ in The dropped, and stirred for 2 hours. 1mol / L isopropylmagnesium chloride in tetrahydrofuran solution (0.56kg) was added at 25 ℃, and stirred for 2 hours. To the reaction mixture N- methoxymethyl -N- methylacetamide the (1.45kg) was added dropwise over at 25 ℃ 40 minutes, and stirred for 80 minutes. 7% hydrochloric acid (9.7kg) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with toluene (11.0kg). The resulting organic layer twice with water (each 7.5kg) washed, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give Compound 4 (2.63kg). NMR (CDCl 3 ) delta ppm: 7.69 (dd, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz, J = 1.5 Hz), 7.55 (dd, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz, J = 1.5 Hz), 7.05 (t, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz), 3.88 (s, 3H), 2.64 (s, 3H) ppm:

(Step 3) Synthesis of Compound 5  Under a nitrogen atmosphere, chloro [(1S Compound 4 (2.63kg), 2S) -N- ( p- toluenesulfonyl) -1,2-diphenyl-ethane diamine] (p- cymene) ruthenium (II) (28.6g), it was added to tetrahydrofuran (1.3kg) and triethylamine (880.0g). Formic acid (570.0g) was added dropwise over 6 hours at 40 ℃, and stirred for 1 hour. In addition 3.5% hydrochloric acid (14.4kg) to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with toluene (13.0kg).The organic layer was washed with 3.5% hydrochloric acid (14.4kg) and water (7.5kg), the solvent was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a toluene solution of Compound 5 (4.44kg).

(Step 4) Synthesis of Compound 6  under a nitrogen atmosphere, it was a potassium hydroxide (6.03kg) was dissolved in water (6.0kg). To the solution, it added tetrabutylammonium bromide (182.0g) and toluene solution of Compound 5 (4.44kg). 1-bromo-hexane (2.79kg) was added dropwise over 1 hour at 60 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours. And extracted by adding water (4.4kg) to the reaction solution. The resulting organic layer was filtered through powdered cellulose and extracted with toluene (3.0kg) and water (7.6kg) to the filtrate. The solvent it was evaporated under reduced pressure from the organic layer. Toluene operation of evaporated under reduced pressure and the solvent by the addition of a (7.8kg) was repeated five times to obtain a toluene solution of Compound 6 (10.0kg).

(Step 5) Synthesis of Compound 7  under a nitrogen atmosphere, magnesium powder (301.0g), in tetrahydrofuran (1.3kg), the compound in toluene (6.4kg) and 1mol / L isopropylmagnesium chloride in tetrahydrofuran (432.0g) 6 In addition of the toluene solution (0.50kg) at 30 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Toluene solution of Compound 6 (9.50kg) was added dropwise over 3 hours at 50 ℃, and stirred for 2 hours. 1-bromo-hexane (746.0g) was added at 50 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. It was added dropwise over 1 hour at 5 ℃ toluene (5.3kg) solution of 2-chloro -N- methoxy -N- methyl-acetamide (1.78kg), and stirred for 1 hour. 3.7% hydrochloric acid (16.7kg) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted. The obtained organic layer was washed with water (15.0kg), and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a toluene solution of Compound 7 (8.25kg).

 

(Step 6) Synthesis of Compound (II ‘)  under a nitrogen atmosphere, thiourea (1.03kg), in ethanol (1.2kg) and 65 ℃ toluene solution of compound 7 (8.25kg) in toluene (6.3kg) over 3 hours was added dropwise and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction solution was extracted by adding 0.7% hydrochloric acid (30.6kg), and washed twice with water (30.0kg). Ethanol in the organic layer (9.5kg), and extracted by addition of heptane (10.0kg) and 3.5% hydrochloric acid (5.9kg). The resulting aqueous layer with 4% hydrochloric acid (1.5kg) and ethanol (3.5kg) merged the aqueous layer was extracted from the organic layer, the ethanol was washed with heptane (10.0kg) (3.1kg) It was added. 8% aqueous sodium hydroxide (6.0kg) was added dropwise over at 5 ℃ 30 minutes, and stirred for 20 minutes. 8% aqueous sodium hydroxide (5.8kg) was added dropwise over a period at 5 ℃ 15 minutes.The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, washed with 45% aqueous ethanol (10.9kg) and water (15.0kg) (crude crystals of Compound (II ‘)). The resulting crude crystals were dissolved in 50 ℃ in ethanol (8.1kg), over a period of 1 hour and then cooled to 10 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Water (10.0kg) over 2 hours was added dropwise and stirred for 30 minutes. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, washed with 50% aqueous ethanol (7.5kg) and water (10.0kg) (crystals of the compound after recrystallization from ethanol / water system (II ‘)). The resulting crystals were dissolved at 55 ℃ in toluene (1.6kg) and heptane (1.3kg), over 1 hour and cooled to 20 ℃, and stirred for 30 minutes. Heptane (6.3kg) over a period of 30 minutes was added dropwise and stirred for 15 minutes. The obtained crystals precipitated were collected by filtration, washed with a mixed solvent of toluene (0.3kg) and heptane (2.3kg), and dried to give compound (II ‘) (1.67kg, 44.5% yield) a (crystalline compound after recrystallization from toluene / heptane system (II ‘)).

NMR (CDCl 3 ) delta ppm: 0.84 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.2 – 1.3 (6H, M), 1.35 (3H, D, J = 6.5 Hz), 1.48 (2H, M), 3.25 ( 2H, m), 3.61 (3H, s), 4.78 (1H, q, J = 6.4 Hz), 6.99 (2H, brs), 7.05 (1H, s), 7.16 (1H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.27 (1H, dd, J = 7.5 Hz, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.81 (1H, dd, J = 7.6 Hz, J = 1.9 Hz)  it is shown in Figure 2 and Table 4 the results of powder X-ray diffraction. [Table 4]  In the powder X-ray diffraction spectrum, diffraction angle (2θ): 12.5 ± 0.2 °, 13.0 ± 0.2 °, 13.6 ± 0.2 °, 16.4 ± 0. 2 °, 23.0 ± 0.2 °, a peak was observed at 24.3 ± 0.2 ° degrees.  Above, each of the compounds (II ‘) of the crude crystals, the ethanol / compound after recrystallization from water (II’) crystals and toluene / heptane compound after recrystallization from (II ‘) crystallographic purity of the results of the , Fig. 3, I 4 and 5 as well as Table 5. [Table 5](HPLC was measured by the above method A.)  As shown in the results of the above table, as compared to recrystallization from ethanol / water, recrystallized with toluene / heptane system, compounds having a high optical purity it is possible to manufacture a crystal of (II ‘).  Next, the above-mentioned compound (II ‘) of the crude crystals, the ethanol / compound after recrystallization from water (II’) crystals and toluene / heptane compound after recrystallization from (II ‘) results of crystals of HPLC of the respectively, Fig. 6, I 7 and 8 and Table 6. [Table 6] (units, .N.D shows the peak area of the (%). is, .HPLC to indicate not detected was measured by the above method B.)  As shown in the results of Table, with ethanol / water system Compared to recrystallization, recrystallization from toluene / heptane system is found to be efficiently remove organic impurities A and organic impurities B.

(Step 7) Compound ‘Synthesis of DMSO adduct of (VIII)  Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the compound (II ‘) (1.50kg) and compound (VII’) (1.43kg) in ethyl acetate (17.6kg) and triethylamine (1.09kg) were sequentially added, was dissolved.Diphenyl phosphorochloridate the (1.46kg) was added dropwise over 1 hour at 50 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to 25 ℃, after the addition of 2.6% hydrochloric acid (8.1kg), and extracted. The resulting organic layer to 6.3% aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (3.2kg) and 14% aqueous sodium carbonate (5.2kg) was added and stirred for 20 minutes. Adjusted to pH7.5 with 8.3% hydrochloric acid and extracted. The organic layer it was washed with 4.8% sodium chloride aqueous solution (11.0kg). DMSO and (16.5kg) was added, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure.DMSO and (5.8kg) was added, over a period at 40 ℃ 30 minutes was added dropwise water (0.9kg), and stirred for 1 hour. Over a period of 30 minutes, cooled to 25 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Over at 25 ℃ 30 minutes was added dropwise water (1.4kg), and the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration. After washing with 90% DMSO solution (10.0kg) and water (27.0kg), to obtain crystals of DMSO adduct and dried to Compound (VIII ‘) (2.98kg, 95.2% yield).

1H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) delta: 0.87 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.20-1.34 (M, 6H), 1.37 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.44 (D, J = 6.5 Hz , 3H), 1.52-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.77 (d, J = 1.3Hz, 3H), 2.62 (s, 6H), 3.28-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.59 (s, 3H), 4.31 ( q, J = 7.1Hz, 2H), 4.83 (q, J = 6.5Hz, 1H), 7.16 (t, J = 7.7Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.68 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.8Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 1.3Hz, 2H), 10.58 (s, 1H).  The results of the powder X-ray diffraction and I are shown in Figure 9 and Table 7. [Table 7]

In the powder X-ray diffraction spectrum, diffraction angle (2θ): 5.2 ° ± 0.2 °, 7.0 ° ± 0.2 °, 8.7 ° ± 0.2 °, 10.5 ° ± 0.2 °, 12.3 ° ± 0.2 °, 14.0 ° ± 0.2 °, 15.8 ° ± 0.2 °, 19.3 ° ± 0.2 °, 22.5 ° peak was observed to ± 0.2 ° and 24.1 ° ± 0.2 °.  TG / DTA analysis result it is shown in Figure 10.  Then, each result of HPLC of concentrated dry solid and the above DMSO adduct crystals described in the following Reference Examples 1, 11 and 12, 13 and 14, and I are shown in Table 8. [Table 8] (unit, .HPLC showing peak areas of (%) was measured by the above methods C.)  As shown in the results of the above Table, when compared with the extract, DMSO adduct of the compound (VIII ‘) The in the crystal, less residual organic impurities D, and it found to be about 56% removal.

(Step 8)  under nitrogen atmosphere, DMSO adduct of the compound (VIII ‘) and (2.50kg) it was dissolved in ethanol (15.8kg). 24% sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (1.97kg) was added dropwise over a period at 45 ℃ 30 minutes to the solution and stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to 25 ℃, water was added (20.0kg) and ethanol (7.8kg). 18% hydrochloric acid (2.61kg) was added dropwise over at 25 ℃ 30 minutes, followed by addition of seed crystals prepared according to the method described in Patent Document 23. After stirring for 3 hours and allowed to stand overnight. Thereafter, the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, to give after washing with 50% aqueous ethanol solution (14.2kg), and dried to a compound (XI ‘) (1.99kg, 93.9% yield).

NMR (CDCl 3 ) delta ppm: 0.87 (3H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.2 – 1.4 (6H, M), 1.48 (3H, D, J = 6.4 Hz), 1.52 – 1.64 (2H, M), 1.86 (3H, d, J = 1.4Hz), 3.35 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 3.55 (3H, s), 4.87 (1H, q, J = 6.3 Hz), 7.25 (1H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.41 (1H, s), 7.49 (1H, dd, J = 7.9 Hz, J = 1.6 Hz), 7.51 (1H, dd, J = 7.5 Hz, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.65 (1H, d, J = 1.4 Hz), 8.33 (2H, s), 13.4 (2H, brs)  I is shown in Figure 15 the results of powder X-ray diffraction.

 

Patent Document 1: JP-A-10-72492 JP
Patent Document 2: WO 96/40750 pamphlet
Patent Document 3: JP-A-11-1477 JP
Patent Document 4: Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 11-152276
Patent Document 5: International Publication No. 00/35446 pamphlet
Patent Document 6: JP-A-10-287634 JP
Patent Document 7: WO 01/07423 pamphlet
Patent Document 8: International Publication WO 01/53267 pamphlet
Patent Document 9: International Publication No. 02 / 059 099 pamphlet
Patent Document 10: International Publication No. 02/059100 pamphlet
Patent Document 11: International Publication No. 02/059100 pamphlet
Patent Document 12: International Publication No. 02/062775 pamphlet
Patent Document 13: International Publication No. 2003/062233 pamphlet
Patent Document 14: International Publication No. 2004/029049 pamphlet
Patent Document 15: International Publication No. 2005/007651 pamphlet
Patent Document 16: International Publication No. 2005/014561 pamphlet
Patent Document 17: JP 2005-47905 Japanese
patent Document 18: Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-219480
Patent Document 19: Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-219481
Patent Document 20: International Publication No. 2007/004038 pamphlet
Patent Document 21: International Publication No. 2007/036709 pamphlet
Patent Document 22: International Publication No. 2007/054783 pamphlet
Patent Document 23: International Publication No. 2009/017098 pamphlet

Non-Patent Document 1: Proceedings of the National Akademyi of Science of the United State of America (…. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA) 1992, Vol. 89, p 5640-5644.
Non-Patent Document 2: Journal of Organic (.. J. Org Chem) Chemistry 1984, Vol. 49, p 3856-3857.
Non-Patent Document 3: (.. J. Org Chem). Journal of Organic Chemistry, 1992, Vol. 57, p 6667-6669
Non-Patent Document 4:. Shinretto (Synlett) 2004 year Vol. 6, p 1092-1094

 

POSTER

101 Discovery and biological evaluation of Lusutrombopag (S-888711) as a novel nonpeptide drug candidate for thrombocytopenia
Masami Takayama, Hajime Yamada, Hiroshi Takemoto, Takeshi Shiota, Yoshikazu Tanaka, Noriko Yamane, Kouji Takahashi, Naoki Oyabu, Kenji Kuwabara, Itsuki Oshima, Kenzo Koizumi, Hiroshi Yoshida, Ayumu Nogami, Tomomi Yamada, Yutaka Yoshida, Takami Murashi, Shinichiro Hara.
101 – Discovery and biological evaluation of Lusutrombopag (S-888711) as a novel nonpeptide drug candidate for thrombocytopenia

Masami Takayama1, masami.takayama@shionogi.co.jp, Hajime Yamada3, Hiroshi Takemoto2, Takeshi Shiota2, Yoshikazu Tanaka2, Noriko Yamane2, Kouji Takahashi2, Naoki Oyabu3, Kenji Kuwabara3, Itsuki Oshima2, Kenzo Koizumi3, Hiroshi Yoshida3, Ayumu Nogami3, Tomomi Yamada3, Yutaka Yoshida3, Takami Murashi3, Shinichiro Hara2. (1) Department of Strategic Research Planning Offices, Shionogi & CO., LTD, Toyonaka, Osaka 561-0825, Japan, (2) Department of Innovative Drug Discovery Research Laboratories, Shionogi & CO.,LTD, Toyonaka, Osaka 561-0825, Japan, (3) Department of Medicinal Research Laboratories, Shionogi & CO., LTD, Toyonaka, Osaka 561-0825, Japan

As a drug candidate of thrombocytopenia, Lusutrombopag (S-888711) is in Phase III clinical trial stage right now. It is been proven that Lusutrombopag (S-888711) is excellent property in safety and efficacy by clinical trials. In this meeting, we will present in detail about the history of drug discovery of Lusutrombopag.Because Lusutrombopag (S-888711) acts specifically to human TPO receptor, we prepared TPOR-Ki/Shi mice expressing a mouse-human chimeric TPOR for evaluating the efficacy. This TPOR-Ki/Shi mice worked very well as an evaluation model of drug efficacy, so we were able to select Lusutrombopag from many candidate compounds. In this meeting, we will present the results of the efficacy in TPOR-Ki/Shi mice of Lusutrombopag and the similar drug (Eltrombopag).
Sunday, March 16, 2014 07:00 PM
General Poster Session (07:00 PM – 10:00 PM)
Location: Dallas Convention Center
Room: Hall E
Monday, March 17, 2014 08:00 PM
Sci-Mix (08:00 PM – 10:00 PM)
Location: Dallas Convention Center
Room: Hall F

http://acselb-529643017.us-west-2.elb.amazonaws.com/chem/247nm/program/divisionindex.php?nl=1&act=presentations&val=General+Poster+Session&ses=General+Poster+Session&prog=222964

 

 

सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से जिंदगी चल जाये। औकात बस इतनी देना, कि औरों का भला हो जाये।

DRUG APPROVALS BY DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO …..FOR BLOG HOME CLICK HERE

 

Join me on Linkedin

View Anthony Melvin Crasto Ph.D's profile on LinkedIn

Join me on Facebook FACEBOOK

Join me on twitterFollow amcrasto on Twitter

Join me on google plus Googleplus

Join me on Researchgate

Anthony Melvin Crasto Dr.

 amcrasto@gmail.com

 

09b37-misc2b027LIONEL MY SON

He was only in first standard in school when I was hit by a deadly one in a million spine stroke called acute transverse mylitis, it made me 90% paralysed and bound to a wheel chair, Now I keep him as my source of inspiration and helping millions, thanks to millions of my readers who keep me going and help me to keep my son happy

सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से

जिंदगी चल जाये।

औकात बस इतनी देना,

कि औरों का भला हो जाये।

Read all about Organic Spectroscopy on ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPY INTERNATIONAL  

 

 

//////

phase 3, shionogi, japan, lusutrombopag, S 888711

CCCCCCOC(C)C1=CC=CC(=C1OC)C2=CSC(=N2)NC(=O)C3=CC(=C(C(=C3)Cl)C=C(C)C(=O)O)Cl


Filed under: Phase3 drugs Tagged: JAPAN, lusutrombopag, PHASE 3, S 888711, shionogi

Bococizumab

$
0
0

 

 

Bococizumab

PF-04950615, RN-316, RN316

PCSK9 (proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9, neural apoptosis-regulated convertase 1, NARC1, NARC-1, proproteine convertase 9, PC9) [Homo sapiens]

IgG2 – kappa

Hypercholesterolemia

Cardiovascular diseases

STRUCTURAL FORMULA
Heavy chain
QVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV SCKASGYTFT SYYMHWVRQA PGQGLEWMGE 50
ISPFGGRTNY NEKFKSRVTM TRDTSTSTVY MELSSLRSED TAVYYCARER 100
PLYASDLWGQ GTTVTVSSAS TKGPSVFPLA PCSRSTSEST AALGCLVKDY 150
FPEPVTVSWN SGALTSGVHT FPAVLQSSGL YSLSSVVTVP SSNFGTQTYT 200
CNVDHKPSNT KVDKTVERKC CVECPPCPAP PVAGPSVFLF PPKPKDTLMI 250
SRTPEVTCVV VDVSHEDPEV QFNWYVDGVE VHNAKTKPRE EQFNSTFRVV 300
SVLTVVHQDW LNGKEYKCKV SNKGLPSSIE KTISKTKGQP REPQVYTLPP 350
SREEMTKNQV SLTCLVKGFY PSDIAVEWES NGQPENNYKT TPPMLDSDGS 400
FFLYSKLTVD KSRWQQGNVF SCSVMHEALH NHYTQKSLSL SPGK 444
Light chain
DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT ITCRASQGIS SALAWYQQKP GKAPKLLIYS 50′
ASYRYTGVPS RFSGSGSGTD FTFTISSLQP EDIATYYCQQ RYSLWRTFGQ 100′
GTKLEIKRTV AAPSVFIFPP SDEQLKSGTA SVVCLLNNFY PREAKVQWKV 150′
DNALQSGNSQ ESVTEQDSKD STYSLSSTLT LSKADYEKHK VYACEVTHQG 200′
LSSPVTKSFN RGEC 214′
Disulfide bridges location
22-96 22”-96” 23′-88′ 23”’-88”’ 132-214′ 132”-214”’
134′-194′ 134”’-194”’ 145-201 145”-201” 220-220” 221-221”
224-224” 227-227” 258-318 258”-318” 364-422 364”-422”

Bococizumab nonproprietary drug name

bococizumab

RN-316, PF-04950615

target-PC9

USAN (AB-55) BOCOCIZUMAB
PRONUNCIATION boe” koe siz’ ue mab
THERAPEUTIC CLAIM Treatment of dyslipidemia
CHEMICAL NAME
1. Immunoglobulin G2, anti-(human neural apoptosis-regulated proteinase
1)(human-Mus musculus monoclonal PF-04950615 heavy chain), disulfide
with human-Mus musculus monoclonal PF-04950615 light chain, dimer
2. Immunoglobulin G2-kappa, anti-[human proprotein convertase subtilisin/hexin type 9 (neural apoptosis-regulated convertase 1, PC9)], humanized mouse monoclonal antibody; gamma 2 heavy chain (1-444) [humanized VH (Homo sapiens IGHV1-46-1*03 (90.8%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ6*01) [8.8.11] (1-118)-Homo sapiens IGHG2*01 CH2A100>S(327),CH2P101>S(328) (119-444)] (132-214′)-
disulfide with kappa light chain (1′-214′) [humanized V-KAPPA (Homo sapiensIGKV1-39*01 (88.2%)-IGKJ2*01 [6.3.9] (1′-107′)-IGKC*01 (108′-214′)]; dimer
(220-220”:221-221”:224-224”:227-227”)-tetrakisdisulfide

MOLECULAR FORMULA C6414H9918N1722O2012S54
MOLECULAR WEIGHT 145.1 kDa
TRADEMARK None as yet
SPONSOR Pfizer, Inc.
CODE DESIGNATIONS RN316, PF-04950615
CAS REGISTRY NUMBER 1407495-02-6
WHO NUMBER 9840

Bococizumab[1] (RN316)[2] is a drug in development by Pfizer targeting PCSK9 to reduce LDL cholesterol.[3]

Description

Bococizumab is a monoclonal antibody that inhibits PCSK9, a protein that interferes with the removal of LDL. LDL levels are a major risk factor for cardiovascular disease.

Clinical trials

A phase 2b study of statin patients was presented at the 2014 American College of Cardiology. Monthly or bimonthly injections resulted in significantly reduced LDL-C at week 12.

The Phase 3 SPIRE trials plan to enroll 17,000 patients to measure cardiovascular risk. High risk and statin intolerant subjects will be included.

References

 

Bococizumab?
Monoclonal antibody
Type Whole antibody
Source Humanized (from mouse)
Target Proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9 (PCSK9)
Clinical data
Legal status
  • Investigational
Routes of
administration
Subcutaneous injection
Identifiers
CAS Registry Number 1407495-02-6
ATC code None
PubChem SID: 194168554
IUPHAR/BPS 7730
ChEMBL CHEMBL3137349
Chemical data
Formula C6414H9918N1722O2012S54
Molecular mass 145.1 kDa

//////


Filed under: Monoclonal antibody, Phase3 drugs Tagged: bococizumab, Bococizumab PF-04950615, Monoclonal antibody, PHASE 3, RN-316, RN316

Chi-Med Says Fruquintinib Successful in Lung Cancer Trial

$
0
0

Fruquintinib

Phase 3…cancer

Hutchison Medipharma Enterprises Limited

Hutchison MediPharma for the treatment of locally advanced or metastatic colorectal cancer

 C21H19N3O5
Exact Mass: 393.1325

cas 1194506-26-7, 6 ((6,7-dimethoxyquinazolin-4-yl) oxy) – N, 2-dimethylbenzofuran-3-carboxamide,

3-​Benzofurancarboxamid​e, 6-​[(6,​7-​dimethoxy-​4-​quinazolinyl)​oxy]​-​N,​2-​dimethyl-

Synonym: Fruquintinib; HMPL-013; HMPL 013; HMPL013.

HPLC.http://www.medkoo.com/Product-Data/Fruquintinib/QC-Fruquintinib-CRB50706web.pdf

Fruquintinib, also known as HMPL-013, is an orally available, small molecule inhibitor of vascular endothelial growth factor receptors (VEGFRs), with potential anti-angiogenic and antineoplastic activities.

HMPL-013, a novel small molecule compound that selectively inhibits vascular endothelial growth factor receptor (VEGFR), is in phase III clinical studies at Hutchison MediPharma for the treatment of locally advanced or metastatic colorectal cancer. Phase II clinical trials are also ongoing for the treatment of non-squamous non-small cell lung cancer.

Early clinical development is under way at the company for the treatment of gastric cancer in combination with paclitaxel.

Fruquintinib’s mechanism of action is the inhibition of all three forms of VEGF receptors (VEGFR-1, 2, 3). Competitive advantages over currently marketed therapies are the compound’s unique kinase profile, a highly potent efficacy and excellent kinase selectivity, large safety margin, a broad spectrum antitumor activity and a low cost of goods.
Upon oral administration, fruquintinib inhibits VEGF-induced phosphorylation of VEGFRs 1, 2, and 3 which may result in the inhibition of migration, proliferation and survival of endothelial cells, microvessel formation, the inhibition of tumor cell proliferation, and tumor cell death. Expression of VEGFRs may be upregulated in a variety of tumor cell types.

In 2013, the company entered into a licensing, co-development, and commercialization agreement in China with Eli Lilly.

Angiogenesis is a physiological process of growing new blood vessels from pre-existing vessels. It takes place in a healthy subject to heal wounds, i.e., restoring blood flow to tissues after injury or insult.

Excessive angiogenesis may be triggered by certain pathological conditions such as cancer, age-related macular degeneration, and chronic inflammatory disease. As a result, new blood vessels feed diseased tissues and destroy normal tissues. In cancer, new blood vessels also allow tumor cells to escape into the circulation and lodge in other organs.

Vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), a homodimeric glycoprotein, and its receptors, e.g., kinase insert domain receptor (KDR), constitute an important angiogenic pathway. Studies have shown that inhibition of KDR resulted in endothelial cell apoptosis and, thus, suppression of angiogenesis. See Rubin M. Tuder, Chest, 2000; 117: 281. KDR inhibitors are therefore potential candidates for treating an angiogenesis-related disorder.

Chi-Med Says Fruquintinib Successful in Lung Cancer Trial

Written by Richard Daverman, PhD, Executive Editor, Greg B. Scott.

Hutchison MediPharma, a division of Chi-Med reported that fruquintinib met its primary endpoint in a second proof-of-concept China trial, this time as a treatment for advanced non-squamous non-small cell lung cancer. The company said fruquintinib “clearly” met its primary endpoint of  progression-free survival, though specific data are being held for a scientific meeting. In 2013, Hutchison out-licensed China rights for the drug to Lilly. In May, the first proof-of-concept trial triggered two payments from Lilly to HMP totaling $18 million. More details…. http://www.chinabiotoday.com/articles/20150904

………….

Patent

US 20090281130

https://www.google.com.ar/patents/US20090281130

EXAMPLE 1 Synthesis of 6-(6,7-dimethoxyquinazolin-4-yloxy)-N,2-dimethylbenzofuran-3-carboxamide:

Figure US20090281130A1-20091112-C00009

To a solution of 4-chloro-6,7-dimethoxyquinazoline (1 equiv.) in 2 ml CH3CN were added 6-hydroxy-N,2-dimethylbenzofuran-3-carboxamide (1 equiv.) and K2CO3 (1.5 equiv.). The mixture was refluxed under stirring for 10 hr. After the solvent was evaporated, the residue was washed with water, dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated, and purified by column chromatography to give the title compound in a yield of 85%.

1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz) δ: 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.81 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 3H,10), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 7.24 (dd, J=2.0, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (m, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H).

MS(m/e): 394.1 (M+1).

 

………………

WO 2009137797

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2009137797A2

……………….

CN 101575333

Example a: 6- (6,7-dimethoxy-quinazolin-4-oxo) -N, 2- dimethyl-benzofuran-3-carboxamide

[0048]

Figure CN101575333BD00111

[0049] 4-Chloro-6,7-dimethoxy-quinazoline (1 mmol) was dissolved in 2 ml of acetonitrile, followed by addition of 6-hydroxy -N, 2- dimethyl-benzofuran-3- amide (1 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 10 hours, concentrated to dryness, washed with water, and purified to give the desired product, yield 85%.

[0050] 1H NMR (DMS0-d6,400MHz) δ ppm:. 2 49 (s, 3H); 2.81 (d, J = 8. 4Hz; 3H, 10); 3.97 (s; 3H); 3.98 (s, 3H);. 7 24 (dd, J = 2. 0,8 4Hz;. 1H);. 7 38 (s, lH);. 7 58 (s, lH); 7.61 (d, J = 2. OHz; 1H);. 7 79 (d, J = 8. 4Hz; 1H);. 7 96 (m, 1H);. 8 52 (s, 1H).

[0051] MS (m / e)::. 394 1 (M + l).

………..

 

EP1265874A2 * Jan 23, 2001 Dec 18, 2002 Gödecke Gmbh Method for the simplified production of (3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl)- 7-(3-morpholino-4-yl-propoxy)-6-nitro-quinazoline-4-yl]-amine or (3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl)- 7-(3-morpholino-4-yl-propoxy)-6-amino-quinazoline-4-yl]-amine
US20070208056 * Jan 23, 2007 Sep 6, 2007 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Piperidinyl derivatives as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
US20080033000 * May 15, 2007 Feb 7, 2008 Senex Biotechnology, Inc. Identification of CDKI pathway inhibitors
2 See also references of EP2297115A2
Citing Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
US8212033 * Sep 29, 2010 Jul 3, 2012 Hutchison Medipharma Enterprises Limited Use of substituted quinazoline compounds in treating angiogenesis-related diseases
US8497372 Jun 4, 2012 Jul 30, 2013 Hutchison Medipharma Enterprises Limited Use of substituted quinazoline compounds in treating age-related macular degeneration
US8575184 Sep 1, 2010 Nov 5, 2013 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Quinazolines as potassium ion channel inhibitors

Hutchison Medipharma Enterprises Limited

 

Simon To, M.B.A.
Chairman

Simon To

Mr To has been a Director since 2000 and an Executive Director and Chairman since 2006. He is also Chairman of the Remuneration Committee and a member of the Technical Committee of the Company. He is managing director of Hutchison Whampoa (China) Limited (“Hutchison China”) and has been with Hutchison China for over thirty years, building its business from a small trading company to a billion dollar investment group. He has negotiated major transactions with multinationals such as Procter & Gamble, Lockheed, Pirelli, Beiersdorf, United Airlines and British Airways.

Mr To’s career in China spans more than thirty years and he is well known to many of the top Government leaders in China. Mr To is the original founder of Hutchison Whampoa Limited’s healthcare business and has been instrumental in the acquisitions made to date. He received a First Class Honours Bachelor’s Degree in Mechanical Engineering from Imperial College, London and an MBA from Stanford University’s Graduate School of Business.

Christian Hogg, M.B.A.
Chief Executive Officer, Hutchison China MediTech Limited and Director, Hutchison MediPharma Holdings Limited

Christian Hogg

Mr Hogg has been an Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer since 2006. He is also a member of the Technical Committee of the Company. He joined Hutchison Whampoa (China) Limited in 2000 and has since led all aspects of the creation, implementation and management of the Company’s strategy, business and listing. This includes the creation of the Company’s start-up businesses and the acquisition and operational integration of assets that led to the formation of the Company’s China joint ventures.

Prior to joining Hutchison China, Mr Hogg spent ten years with Procter & Gamble starting in the US in Finance and then Brand Management in the Laundry and Cleaning Products Division. Mr Hogg then moved to China to manage P&G’s detergent business followed by a move to Brussels to run P&G’s global bleach business. Mr Hogg received a Bachelor’s degree in Civil Engineering from the University of Edinburgh and an MBA from the University of Tennessee.

Weiguo Su, Ph.D.
Executive Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer

Weiguo Su

Dr. Su has headed all drug discovery and research since he joined, including creating our R&D strategy, the formation and growth of research platform, and the research and discovery of each and every small molecule drug candidate in the Company’s portfolio.

Prior to joining in 2005, Dr. Su spent 15 years with Pfizer’s US R&D organization. Dr. Su delivered several high quality new drug candidates during his time with Pfizer, most recently as a director in the Medicinal Chemistry Department.

He received his Ph.D. and post-doctoral fellowship in Chemistry from Harvard University under the guidance of Nobel Laureate Professor E. J. Corey, and his Bachelor’s degree in Chemistry from Fudan University in Shanghai, China.

Ba

R & D Center Address (A):
Building 4, 720 Cailun Road
Zhangjiang Hi-Tech Park
Pudong, Shanghai, China
Postal Code: 201203, China
Head Office Address (B):
Building 4, 917 Halei Road
Zhangjiang Hi-Tech Park
Pudong, Shanghai, China
Postal Code: 201203, China
Tel:     +86 21 2067 3000 Email: BD@hmplglobal.com

Addresses in Chinese:

R & D Center ( A): Chinese Cai Lun Road, Zhangjiang Hi-Tech Park in Pudong New Area, Shanghai, Lane 720 (intermediate哈雷路爱迪way out), Building 4

Head Office (B): Harley Road, Zhangjiang Hi-Tech Park, Pudong New Area, China, Shanghai, Lane 917, Building 4

HMP location

 


 

///////


Filed under: cancer Tagged: CANCER, Fruquintinib, gastric cancer, HMPL 013, Hutchison Medipharma Enterprises Limited, lung cancer, PHASE 3, Vascular endothelial growth factor, vascular endothelial growth factor receptors

BEXAGLIFLOZIN

$
0
0

 

Figure imgf000045_0001

Bexagliflozin
THR1442; THR-1442, EGT 0001442; EGT1442
CAS :1118567-05-7
(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-[4-chloro-3-({4-[2- (cyclopropyloxy) ethoxy] phenyl} methyl)phenyl]-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H- pyran-3,4,5-triol

D-Glucitol, 1,5-anhydro-1-C-(4-chloro-3-((4-(2-(cyclopropyloxy)ethoxy)phenyl)methyl)phenyl)-, (1S)-

(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6- (hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol

1-[4-Chloro-3-[4-[2-(cyclopropyloxy)ethoxy]benzyl]phenyl]-1-deoxy-beta-D-glucopyranose
1,5-Anhydro-1(S)-[4-chloro-3-[4-[2-(cyclopropyloxy)ethoxy]benzyl]phenyl]-D-glucitol

Chemical Formula: C24H29ClO7
Exact Mass: 464.16018Mechanism of Action:SGLT2 inhibitor
Indication:Type 2 diabetes
Development Stage:Phase II
Developer:Theracos, Inc.

Figure US20130267694A1-20131010-C00062DIPROLINE COMPLEX

Bexagliflozin diproline
RN: 1118567-48-8, C24-H29-Cl-O7.2C5-H9-N-O2
Molecular Weight, 695.2013

L-Proline, compd. with (1S)-1,5-anhydro-1-C-(4-chloro-3-((4-(2-(cyclopropyloxy)ethoxy)phenyl)methyl)phenyl)-D-glucitol (2:1)

im1

Bexagliflozin [(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-[4-chloro-3-({4-[2-(cyclopropyloxy) ethoxy] phenyl} methyl)phenyl]-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol] is an orally administered drug for the treatment of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus (T2DM) and is classified as a Sodium Glucose co-Transporter 2 (SGLT2) Inhibitor. It is in Phase 2b study to evaluate the effect of bexagliflozin tablets in subjects with type 2 diabetes mellitus.

2D chemical structure of 1118567-05-7

Bexagliflozin, also known as EGT1442, is a potent and selective SGLT2 inhibitor, attenuates blood glucose and HbA(1c) levels in db/db mice and prolongs the survival of stroke-prone rats. The IC(50) values for EGT1442 against human SGLT1 and SGLT2 are 5.6μM and 2nM, respectively. In normal rats and dogs a saturable urinary glucose excretion was produced with an ED(50) of 0.38 and 0.09mg/kg, respectively. EGT1442 showed favorable properties both in vitro and in vivo and could be beneficial to the management of type 2 diabetic patients.

One promising target for therapeutic intervention in diabetes and related disorders is the glucose transport system of the kidneys. Cellular glucose transport is conducted by either facilitative (“passive”) glucose transporters (GLUTs) or sodium-dependent (“active”) glucose cotransporters (SGLTs). SGLTl is found predominantly in the intestinal brush border, while SGLT2 is localized in the renal proximal tubule and is reportedly responsible for the majority of glucose reuptake by the kidneys. Recent studies suggest that inhibition of renal SGLT may be a useful approach to treating hyperglycemia by increasing the amount of glucose excreted in the urine (Arakawa K, et al., Br J Pharmacol 132:578-86, 2001; Oku A, et al., Diabetes 48:1794-1800, 1999).

The potential of this therapeutic approach is further supported by recent findings that mutations in the SGL T2 gene occur in cases of familial renal glucosuria, an apparently benign syndrome characterized by urinary glucose excretion in the presence of normal serum glucose levels and the absence of general renal dysfunction or other disease (Santer R, et al., J Am Soc Nephrol 14:2873-82, 2003). Therefore, compounds which inhibit SGLT, particularly SGL T2, are promising candidates for use as antidiabetic drugs.

Compounds previously described as useful for inhibiting SGLT include C-glycoside derivatives (such as those described in US6414126, US20040138439, US20050209166, US20050233988, WO2005085237, US7094763, US20060009400, US20060019948, US20060035841, US20060122126, US20060234953, WO2006108842, US20070049537 and WO2007136116), O-glycoside derivatives (such as those described in US6683056, US20050187168, US20060166899, US20060234954, US20060247179 and US20070185197), spiroketal-glycoside derivatives (described in WO2006080421), cyclohexane derivatives (such as those described in WO2006011469), and thio- glucopyranoside derivatives (such as those described in US20050209309 and WO2006073197).

PATENT

WO 2009026537……………PRODUCT PATENT

http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2009026537A1?cl=en

Example 19

[0289] The synthesis of compound BQ within the invention is given below.

[0290] Preparation of 2-cyclopropoxyethanol (Intermediate BO)

Figure imgf000073_0002

To a suspension of Mg powder (0.87 g, 36.1 mmol) and iodine (catalytic) in THF (4 mL) was added slowly BrCH2CH2Br (4.6 g, 24.5 mmol) in THF (8 mL). The exothermic reaction was cooled in an ice-bath. After complete addition OfBrCH2CH2Br, a solution of 2- (2-bromoethyl)-l,3-dioxolane (1 g, 5.6 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was then kept at reflux for 24 h, quenched by addition of aqueous NH4Cl, and extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to give crude intermediate BO (400 mg) as yellow oil. [0292] Preparation of 2-cyclopropoxyethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (Intermediate BP)

Ts0^°V

To a solution of 2-cyclopropoxyethanol (400 mg, 3.92 mmol) in DCM (10 niL) were added TsCl (821 mg, 4.31 mmol) and Et3N (0.6 mL, 4.31 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Then, IN HCl was added, and the reaction was extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to give a yellow oil. The oil was purified by preparative TLC to obtain intermediate BP (50 mg) as a yellow oil.

Preparation of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2- cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (Compound BQ)

Figure imgf000074_0001

To a solution of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-hydroxybenzyl)phenyl)-6- (hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (intermediate Dl) (30 mg, 0.08 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 mL) were added 2-cyclopropoxyethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (intermediate BP) (20 mg, 0.08 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (52 mg, 0.16 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. Then the reaction mixture was poured into water, extracted with EA, washed with brine, dried with anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated to an oil. The oil was purified by preparative HPLC to obtain compound BQ (11 mg) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.30 (m, 3H), 7.11 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.82 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.13 (m, 5H), 3.85 (m, 3H), 3.81 (m, IH), 3.40 (m, 4H), 3.30 (m, IH), 0.52 (m, 4H); MS ESI (m/z) 465 (M+H)+, calc. 464.

Example 33

The synthesis of complex DM within the invention is outlined in FIG. 30, with the details given below.

Preparation of 2-cyclopropoxyethanol (Intermediate BO)

Figure US08802637-20140812-C00109

To a suspension of Mg powder (86.7 g, 3.6 mol) and I2 (catalytic) in anhydrous THF (0.7 L) was added slowly 1,2-dibromoethane (460 g, 2.4 mol) in anhydrous THF (2 L) at a rate that maintained the reaction temperature between 40-55° C. A solution of 2-(2-bromoethyl)-1,3-dioxolane (100 g, 0.56 mol) in anhydrous THF (750 mL) was added dropwise, and the reaction mixture was kept at 40-55° C. for 16 h. The reaction was quenched by addition of an aqueous solution of ammonium chloride. The mixture was extracted with methylene chloride. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give intermediate BO (27 g) as yellow oil, which was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of 2-cyclopropoxyethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (Intermediate BP)

Figure US08802637-20140812-C00110

To a stirred solution of sodium hydroxide (32 g, 0.8 mol) in water (180 mL) and THF (180 mL) was added crude 2-cyclopropoxyethanol from the previous step (27 g, 0.26 mol) at −5 to 0° C. A solution of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (52 g, 0.27 mol) in THF (360 mL) was added dropwise, and the reaction mixture was kept at −5 to 0° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then incubated at room temperature for 30 min, the organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×1.0 L). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to get the crude intermediate BP as a yellow oil (53.3 g), which was used for the preparation of intermediate DK below without further purification.

Preparation of 4-(5-bromo-2-chlorobenzyl)phenol (Intermediate H)

Figure US08802637-20140812-C00111

To a stirred solution of 4-bromo-1-chloro-2-(4-ethoxybenzyl)benzene (intermediate B) (747 g, 2.31 mol) in dichloromethane was added slowly boron tribromide (1.15 kg, 4.62 mol) at −78° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. When the reaction was complete as measured by TLC, the reaction was quenched with water. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with an aqueous solution of saturated sodium bicarbonate, then with water, and then with brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The residue was concentrated and then recrystallized in petroleum ether to obtain intermediate H as a white solid (460 g, yield 68%). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.23˜7.29 (m, 3H), 7.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.79 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.01 (s, 1H), 4.00 (s, 2H).

Preparation of 4-bromo-1-chloro-2-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)benzene (Intermediate DK)

Figure US08802637-20140812-C00112

A mixture of 4-(5-bromo-2-chlorobenzyl)phenol (56.7 g, 210 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (135 g, 420 mmol) in DMF (350 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 30 min, and then 2-cyclopropoxyethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (crude intermediate BP from the second preceeding step above) (53.3 g, 210 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, and then diluted with water (3 L) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, then with brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The residue was concentrated and then purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent PE:EA=10:1) to give intermediate DK as a liquid (51 g, yield 64%). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.22˜7.29 (m, 3H), 7.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.38-3.32 (m, 1H), 0.62-0.66 (m, 2H), 0.49-0.52 (m, 2H).

Preparation of (2S,3R,4S,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methoxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (Intermediate DL)

Figure US08802637-20140812-C00113

To a stirred solution of 4-bromo-1-chloro-2-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)benzene (213 g) in anhydrous THF/toluene (1:2 v/v, 1.7 L) under argon was added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane, 245.9 mL) dropwise at −60±5° C. The mixture was stirred for 30 min, and then transferred to a stirred solution of (3R,4S,5R,6R)-3,4,5-tris(trimethylsilyloxy)-6-((trimethylsilyloxy)methyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-one (310.5 g) in toluene (1.6 L) at −60±5° C. The reaction mixture was continuously stirred at −60±5° C. for 1 before quenching with an aqueous solution of saturated ammonium chloride (1.5 L). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1 h. The organic layer was separated and the water layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×500 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (1 L), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in methanol (450 mL), and methanesulfonic acid (9.2 mL) was added at 0° C. The solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 2.0 h. The reaction was quenched with an aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (50 g) in water (500 mL) and then additional water (900 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×1.0 L). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated. The crude product was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol, bis(L-proline) complex (Complex DM)

Figure US08802637-20140812-C00114

To a stirred solution of crude (2S,3R,4S,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methoxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol from the previous step in CH2Cl2/CH3CN (1:1, 1.3 L) at −5° C. was added triethylsilane (28.2 mL, 563 mmol), followed by BF3.Et2O (52.3 mL, 418.9 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 16 h while the temperature was allowed to warm gradually to room temperature. The reaction was quenched by addition of an aqueous solution of saturated sodium bicarbonate to pH 8.0. The organic volatiles were removed under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (2.25 L) and water (2.25 L). The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give the crude product (230 g, purity 82.3%). To the crude product was added L-proline (113.7 g) in EtOH/H2O (15:1 v/v, 2.09 L), and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1 h until it became a clear solution. Hexane (3.0 L) was added dropwise over 50 min, while the temperature was maintained at about 60° C. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solid was filtered and washed with EtOH/H2O (15:1 v/v, 2×300 mL), hexane (2×900 mL), and dried at 45° C. under vacuum for 10 h to give pure complex DM as a white solid (209 g; HPLC purity 99.2% (UV)). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz): δ 7.25˜7.34 (m, 3H), 7.11 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.03-4.11 (m, 5H), 3.96-4.00 (m, 2H), 3.83-3.90 (m, 3H), 3.68-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.46 (m, 6H), 3.21-3.30 (m, 3H), 2.26-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.94-2.02 (m, 4H), 0.56-0.57 (m, 2H), 0.52-0.53 (m, 2H).

Crystalline complex DM was analyzed by X-ray powder diffraction using CuKα1 radiation. The diffraction pattern is shown inFIG. 31 and summarized in Table 1 (only peaks up to 30° in 2θ are listed). The melting point of complex DM was determined by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) as 151±1° C. (evaluated as onset-temperature; heating from 50° C. to 200° C. at 10° C./min). The DSC spectrum is shown in FIG. 32.

Preparation of (3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-hydroxybenzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (Intermediate D)

Figure US08802637-20140812-C00007

To a stirred solution of (3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-ethoxybenzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (Intermediate C) (2 g, 5.9 mmol) in dichloromethane was added BBr3 (14.6 mL, 1 M) dropwise at −78° C. After the addition was complete, the mixture was allowed to warm to 0° C. and held at this temperature for 2 h. When LC-MS showed that no starting material remained, the mixture was cooled to −78° C. again, and quenched with water. When the temperature was stable, saturated NaHCO3 solution was added. The mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with NaHCO3 and brine, dried over Na2SO4, evaporated and purified to obtain intermediate D (0.7 g).

In addition, for use in the synthesis of certain compounds of the invention, the 2S isomer (intermediate D1) and the 2R isomer (intermediate D2) of intermediate D were separated by preparative LC-MS. Intermediate D1: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.30 (m, 3H), 6.97 (d, 2H, J=6.8 Hz), 6.68 (d, 2H, J=6.8 Hz), 4.56 (s, 1H), 4.16 (s, 1H), 3.91˜4.02 (m, 5H), 3.79 (m, 1H), 3.64 (m, 1H). Intermediate D2: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.29˜7.33 (m, 3H), 7.00 (d, 2H, J=6.8 Hz), 6.70 (d, 2H, J=6.8 Hz), 4.58 (d, 1H, J=4.0 Hz), 3.96˜4.02 (m, 4H), 3.93˜3.95 (m, 1H), 3.81˜3.85 (m, 1H), 3.64˜3.69 (m, 1H).

PATENT

http://www.google.com/patents/US20130267694

Example 14 Preparation of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol crystals

This example describes preparation of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol by crystallization of ((2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(442-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol bis(L-proline) complex in methanol/water solvent mixture.

Figure US20130267694A1-20131010-C00066

(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (1.3 kg) was added to a propylene drum (25 L) and methanol (3.6 kg) and water (1.3 kg) and the mixture was stirred until the solids dissolved. The solution was filtered through filter membrane (Millipore, 0.45 μm) into a clean glass reactor (50 L). The mixture was refluxed for 30 min and water (7.2 kg) was added over 1.0 h while maintaining the temperature between 50 and 65° C. The mixture was slowly cooled to ˜42° C. over 2 h. A suspension of seed crystal (26 g) in cold (−5° C.) mixture of methanol/water (78 mL, 2.8/6.5 (w/w)) and the slow cooling was continued to −5° C. over 12 h. The suspension was stirred for another 5 h and was filtered. The solid was slurried with cold water and filtered (0 to 5° C., 3×2.6 kg). The filter cake was dried under reduced pressure for 24 h until the loss on drying was no more than 0.5% to give a white solid (825 g, 92% yield, 99.3% pure by \HPLC-0001).

Example 15 Preparation of 4-(2-Chloro-5-Iodobenzyl)Phenol

This example describes preparation of 4-(2-chloro-5-iodobenzyl)phenol using gaseous hydrobromic acid.

Figure US20130267694A1-20131010-C00067

Preparation of (2-chloro-5-iodophenyl)methan-1-ol

Figure US20130267694A1-20131010-C00068

A 250 mL of 4-necked flask equipped with thermometer and mechanical stirring was charged with NaBH4 (4.16 g, 0.11 mol) and THF (60 mL) under argon. After cooling to 0˜5° C. with stirring, a solution of iodine in THF (12.7 g I2 in 25 mL THF) was added slowly dropwise over 30 min and the reaction temperature was maintained below 10° C. After the addition was completed, a solution of 2-chloro-5-iodobenzoic acid (15.0 g, 50 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added dropwise over 30 min and kept the reaction temperature below 10° C. After stirring for another 3 h at 20˜25° C., the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for additional 16 h and monitored by TLC (PE/EA=1:1, Rf=0.2). The mixture was cooled to 20˜25° C. and poured into ice water (100 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2×100 mL), washed with water (2×100 mL), brine (100 mL), concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (PE:EA=20:1 as eluant, 200 mL) to give an off-white solid. Yield: 10.0 g (70%) MS ESI (m/z): 269 [M+1]+.

Preparation of 4-(2-Chloro-5-Iodobenzyl)Phenol

Figure US20130267694A1-20131010-C00069

A 100 mL of 4-necked flask equipped with thermometer and mechanical stirrer was charged with (2-chloro-5-iodophenyl)methanol (268.5 mg, 1 mmol), anhydrous ZnCl2 (136.3 mg, 1 mmol), dichloromethane (5.0 mL) and n-hexane (29 mL) under argon. After stirring for 10 min at 20 to 25° C., HBr (gas) was bubbled into the mixture for 10 min and a solution of phenol (197.6 mg, 2.1 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (3.0 mL) was added dropwise over 30 min. After bubbling HBr for additional 2 h, the mixture was refluxed for 3 days. The conversion was about 65%. The mixture was quenched with ice water (50 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL), washed with water (2×30 mL), brine (30 mL), concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (PE:EA=25:1 as eluant, 200 mL) to give an off-white solid. Yield: 180 mg (52%). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.44 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.03˜7.09 (m, 3H), 6.77 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.76 (s, 1H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 2H). MS ESI (m/z): 345 [M+1]+. 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100 MHz): δ 154.1, 141.4, 139.5, 136.6, 134.2, 131.2, 130.9, 130.1, 115.5, 91.67, 38.07.

Example 16 Preparation of 2-(4-(2-Cyclopropoxyethoxy)Benzyl)-1-Chloro-4-Iodobenzene

This example describes the preparation of 2-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)-1-chloro-4-iodobenzene via coupling of the 4-(2-chloro-5-iodobenzyl)phenol with 2-cyclopropoxyethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate.

Figure US20130267694A1-20131010-C00070

Under nitrogen a 500 L glass-lined reactor was charged with acetone (123 kg) with stirring (120 RPM), 4-(2-chloro-5-iodobenzyl)phenol (19.37 kg, 0.056 kmol), 2-cyclopropoxyethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (15.85 kg, 0.062 kmol), cesium carbonate (18.31 kg, 0.0562 kmol) powder, potassium carbonate (23.3 kg, 0.169 kmol) powder and TBAI (4.15 kg, 0.011 kmol). After stirring for 4045 h at 40° C., TLC (PE:EA=4:1, Rf=0.3) showed that starting material was consumed. The mixture was cooled to 20˜25° C.

The reaction mixture was filtered over diatomite (28 kg) and the filter cake was washed with acetone (2×31 kg). The combined filtrates were transferred to a 500 L glass-lined reactor and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (175 kg, washed with water (2×97 kg) and concentrated until the volume was about 100 L and was transferred to a 200 L glass-lined reactor and continued to concentrate to get about 22.5 kg of crude material.

The crude material was dissolved in methanol/n-hexane (10:1, 110 kg) under refluxing for 30 min with stirring (100 RPM) until it was a clear solution. The mixture was cooled to 5 to 10° C. and some crystal seeds (20 g) were added. The suspension was stirred for another 5 h at 5 to 10° C. The mixture was filtered at 0 to 5° C. and the filter cake was washed with pre-cooled methanol/n-hexane (10:1, 5° C., 2×11 kg). The filter cake was dried under at 15 to 20° C. for 15 h to give off-white to white solid. Yield: 18.1 kg, 75%. Melting Point: 31° C. (DSC onset). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.45˜7.50 (m, 2H), 7.09˜7.12 (m, 3H), 6.88 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.11 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.99 (s, 2H), 3.88 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.40˜3.44 (m, 1H), 0.63˜0.67 (m, 2H), 0.49˜0.54 (m, 1H). MS ESI (m/z): 429 [M+1]+. 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100 MHz): δ 157.5, 141.5, 139.5, 136.6, 134.2, 131.2, 130.8, 129.9, 114.9, 91.66, 69.00, 67.13, 53.72, 38.08, 5.63.

Example 9 Preparation of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol, bis(L-proline) complex

This example describes preparation of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol, bis(L-proline) complex by co-crystallization of ((2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol with L-proline in ethanol/water/n-heptane solvent mixture.

Figure US20130267694A1-20131010-C00062

The crude (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (2.5 kg) was added to a glass reactor containing ethanol (95%, 16 kg) and L-proline (1.24 kg) and the mixture was refluxed for 1 h. While keeping the temperature above 60° C., n-heptane (8.5 kg) was added over 40 min. The mixture was slowly cooled to 25 to 20° C. and stirred at this temperature for 10 h. The mixture was filtered and the solids were washed with cold (−5° C.) ethanol (95%, 2×2.5 L) and n-heptane (2×5 L) and the solids were dried under reduced pressure at 55 to 65° C. for 20 h to give a white solid (3.03 kg, 81% yield, 99.4% pure by HPLC-0001).

Example 7 Preparation of ((2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-Chloro-3-(4-(2-Cyclopropoxyethoxy)Benzyl)Phenyl)-6-(Hydroxymethyl)Tetrahydro-2H-Pyran-3,4,5-triol

This example describes preparation of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol by removal of the anomeric OH or OMe.

Figure US20130267694A1-20131010-C00061

(2S,3R,4S,5S,6R)-2-(4-Chloro-3-(4-(2-Cyclopropoxyethoxy)Benzyl)Phenyl)-6-(Hydroxymethyl)-2-Methoxytetrahydro-2H-Pyran-3,4,5-Triol Solution

A 30 L glass reactor equipped with a thermometer was charged with crude (2S,3R,4S,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methoxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (1.15 kg), DCM (2.3 kg) and acetonitrile (1.4 kg), and the mixture was magnetically stirred until all the solids dissolved under nitrogen sparging. The solution was cooled to ˜−15° C.

Triethylsilane Solution:

BF3.Et2O (1.2 kg) was added to a cold (−20 to −15° C.) solution of triethysilane (1.08 kg) dichloromethane (2.3 kg) and acetonitrile (1.4 kg) with nitrogen sparging.

The cold (2S,3R,4S,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methoxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol solution was added to the cold triethylsilane solution at such a rate to maintain the temperature between −20 and −15° C. (˜2 to 3 h).

The reaction mixture was stirred for another 2 to 3 h and then quenched by addition of an aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (7.4% w/w, 7.8 kg) and the reaction mixture was stirred for about 15 min. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure (2 h, temperature below 40° C.). The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (6.9 kg) and water (3.9 kg). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×3.5 kg). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×3.8 kg) and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. Anhydrous ethanol (2.3 kg) was added and concentrated to give the crude product of the title compound (1 kg, 90% yield, 90% HPLC-0001) as yellow solid.

PATENT

WO 2011153953

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2011153953A1?cl=en

Example 1. Preparation of (2S.iR. R.5S.6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cvclopropoxyethoxy) benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hvdroxymethyl)tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol, bis(X-proline) complex

Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000032_0002

Example 1A

Preparation of 2-cyclopropoxyethanol (1)

Figure imgf000032_0003

To a suspension of Mg powder (86.7 g, 3.6 mol) and iodine (cat) in anhydrous THF (0.7 L) was added slowly 1,2-dibromoethane (460 g, 2.4 mol) in anhydrous THF (2 L) slowly at a rate as to keep the internal temperature between 40-55 °C. After the addition, a solution of 2-(2-bromoethyl)-l,3-dioxolane (lOOg, 0.56 mol) in anhydrous THF (750 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was kept at 40-55 °C for 16h and was quenched by addition of aqueous solution of ammonium chloride. The mixture was extracted with methylene chloride. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give the title product (27 g) as yellow oil, which was directly used without further purification.

Example IB

Preparation of 2-cyclopropoxyethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (2)

Figure imgf000033_0001

To a stirred solution of sodium hydroxide (32 g, 0.8 mol) in water (180 mL) and THF (180 mL) was added Example 1A (27 g, 0.26 mol) at -5 to 0 °C. Afterwards, a solution of ji?-toluenesulfonyl chloride (52 g, 0.27 mol) in THF (360 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was kept at -5 to 0 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then kept at room temperature for 30 min. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×1.0 L). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated to get the crude product as yellow oil (53.3 g). It was used directly without further purification.

Example 1C

Preparation of 4-(5-bromo-2-chlorobenzyl)phenol (3)

Figure imgf000033_0002

To a stirred solution of 4-bromo-l-chloro-2-(4-ethoxybenzyl)benzene (747 g, 2.31 mol) in dichloromethane was added boron tribromide (1.15 kg, 4.62 mol) slowly at -78 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to rise to room temperature. When the reaction was complete as measure by TLC, the reaction was quenched with water. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with aqueous solution of saturated sodium bicarbonate, water, brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated. The residue was recrystallized in petroleum ether to give the title compound as a white solid (460 g, yield 68%). 1H NMR (CDC13, 400MHz): δ 7.23-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.79 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.01 (s, 1H), 4.00 (s, 2H).

Example ID

Preparation of 4-bro -l-chloro-2-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)benzene (4)

Figure imgf000034_0001

A mixture of Example 1C (56.7 g, 210 mmol) and Cs2C03 (135 g, 420 mmol) in DMF (350 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h. Example IB (53.3 g, 210 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. It was diluted with water (3 L) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column

chromatography on silica gel eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate (10:1) to give the title compound as liquid (51 g, yield 64%). 1H NMR (CDC13, 400MHz): δ 7.22-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.38-3.32 (m, 1H), 0.62-0.66 (m, 2H), 0.49-0.52(m, 2H).

Example IE

Preparation of (25,5R, S,55,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy) benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-metlioxytetraliydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (5)

Figure imgf000034_0002

To a stirred solution of Example ID (213 g) in anhydrous THF/toluene (1 :2 (v/v), 1.7 L) under argon was added n-BuLi (2.5 M hexane, 245.9 mL) drop wise at -60 ± 5 °C. The mixture was stirred for 30 min. before transferred to a stirred solution of 2,3,4,6-tetra-O- trimethylsilyl-P-Z -glucolactone (310.5 g) in toluene (1.6 L) at -60 ± 5 °C. The reaction mixture was continuously stirred at -60 ± 5 °C for 1 h before quenching with aqueous solution of saturated ammonium chloride (1.5 L). Then mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1 h. The organic layer was separated and the water layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×500 niL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (1 L), dried over Na2S04, and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in methanol (450 mL) and methanesulfonic acid (9.2 mL) was added at 0 °C. The solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 20 h. It was quenched with aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (50 g) in water (500 mL) and additional water (900 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×1.0 L). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, concentrated and used directly in the next step without further purification.

Example IF

Preparation of (25,5R, R,55,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy) benzyl)phenyl)-6- (hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol, bis(Z-proline) complex (7)

Figure imgf000035_0001

To stirred solution of Example IE in CH2C12/CH3CN (650 mL:650 mL) at -5 °C was added triethylsilane (28.2 mL, 563 mmol), and followed by BF3-Et20 (52.3 mL, 418.9 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 16 h while the temperature was allowed to warm to room temperature gradually. The reaction was quenched with aqueous solution of saturated sodium bicarbonate to pH 8.0. The organic volatiles were removed under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (2.25 L) and water (2.25 L). The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated to give the crude product 6 (230 g, purity 82.3%). This product and L-proline (113.7 g) in EtOH/H20 (15:1 v/v, 2.09 L) was stirred at 80 °C for 1 h when it became a clear solution. Hexane (3.0 L) was added dropwise into the above hot solution over 50 min, with the temperature being kept at about 60 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solid was filtered and washed with EtOH/ H20 (15:1 (v/v), 2×300 mL), hexane (2×900 mL), and dried at 45 °C under vacuum for 10 h to give the pure title compound 7 as a white solid (209 g).

Purity (HPLC) 99.2% (UV). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz): δ 7.25—7.34 (m, 3H), 7.11 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.03-4.11 (m, 5H), 3.96-4.00 (m, 2H), 3.83-3.90 (m, 3H), 3.68-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.46 (m, 6H), 3.21-3.30 (m, 3H), 2.26-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.94-2.02 (m, 4H), 0.56-0.57 (m, 2H), 0.52-0.53(m, 2H).

Example 2. Direct Preparation of Crystalline Compound 8 from Complex 7

This example illustrates the preparation of a crystalline form of (2S, 3R, 4R, 5S, 6R)-2- (4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy) benzyl)phenyl)-6- (hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H- pyran-3,4,5-triol.

Figure imgf000036_0001

To a 5.0 L 4-necked flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer was added the starting co-crystal (150.0 g) and methanol (300 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature with mechanical stirring (anchor agitator, 2-blades 9 cm) until a cloudy solution/suspension formed, to which distilled water (1500 mL) was added dropwise at a rate of -12.5 mL/min. As the mixture warmed from the exotherm of adding water to methanol, the mixture became clear after adding about 1/5 to 1/3 of the water. After the addition was completed the reaction was stirred continuously at 80 rpm for another 5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered over medium-speed filter paper and the filter cake was washed with distilled water (450 mL and then 300 mL) and dried under vacuum using an oil pump (~6 mm Hg) at 45 °C for 48 hours to give the target product as a white crystalline solid (94.2 g, 93.9% yield, purity (HPLC): 99.3%).

Example 5. Indirect Preparation of Crystalline Compound 8 from Complex 7

Figure imgf000038_0001

[0113] To a 200 L glass lined reactor equipped with a double-tier paddle agitator and a glass condenser was added sequentially complex 7 (7.33 kg), ethyl acetate (67.5 kg) and pure water (74.0 kg). The mixture was heated to reflux and stirred at reflux for 30 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to approximately 50 °C and the organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (34.0 kg). The combined organic layers were washed with pure water (3×74.0 kg) (IPC test showed that the IPC criteria for L-proline residue was met after three water washes). The mixture was concentrated at 40 °C under vacuum (-15 mmHg) for 3 h until the liquid level dropped below the lower-tier agitator paddle. The mixture (18 kg) was discharged and transferred to a 20L rotary evaporator. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum (40 °C, ~5 mmHg) to a minimum volume. The remaining trace amount of ethyl acetate was removed azeotropically at 40 °C under vacuum with methanol (10 kg). The residue was dried under vacuum of an oil pump (~6 mmHg) at 40 °C for 10 h to give 8 as a white amorphous solid (4.67 kg, purity (HPLC): 99.2%) which was used in the next step without further purification.

The recrystallization was accomplished by the following steps. To a 100 L glass line reactor equipped with a double-tier paddle agitator and a glass condenser was added the above amorphous 8 (4.67 kg) and methanol (18.0 kg). The mixture was refluxed at 70 °C for 30 min until a clear solution formed, to which pure water (45.0 kg) was added over 2 hours. After the addition was completed (the reaction temperature was 41 °C), the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the wet cake was washed with pure water (2×15 kg) and dried under vacuum at 55-60 °C for 12 hours to give the target product as an off-white crystalline solid (3.93 kg, yield: 84% in two steps; purity (HPLC): 99.7%).

Example 6. Direct Preparation of Crystalline Compound 8 from Amorphous 8

Figure imgf000039_0001

A 5 L 4-neck flask was charged with 8 (amorphous), 116 g, and methanol (580 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 60 C with mechanical stirring and the solution became clear. Water (2320 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction solution at 40 mL/min at 50 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filter cake was washed with water (2×200 mL), dried under vacuum at 55 °C for 12 hours, to afford white crystalline 8. Yield is 112.8 g (97.2%).

References:
1. Clinical Trial, A Dose Range Finding Study to Evaluate the Effect of Bexagliflozin Tablets in Subjects With Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus. NCT02390050 (retrieved on 26-03-2015).

WO2008144346A2 * May 15, 2008 Nov 27, 2008 Squibb Bristol Myers Co Crystal structures of sglt2 inhibitors and processes for their preparation
WO2009026537A1 * Aug 22, 2008 Feb 26, 2009 Theracos Inc Benzylbenzene derivatives and methods of use
CN1407990A * Oct 2, 2000 Apr 2, 2003 布里斯托尔-迈尔斯斯奎布公司 C-aryl glucoside sgltz inhibitors
WO2008144346A2 * May 15, 2008 Nov 27, 2008 Squibb Bristol Myers Co Crystal structures of sglt2 inhibitors and processes for their preparation
WO2009026537A1 * Aug 22, 2008 Feb 26, 2009 Theracos Inc Benzylbenzene derivatives and methods of use
CN1407990A * Oct 2, 2000 Apr 2, 2003 布里斯托尔-迈尔斯斯奎布公司 C-aryl glucoside sgltz inhibitors
WO2010022313A2 * Aug 21, 2009 Feb 25, 2010 Theracos, Inc. Processes for the preparation of sglt2 inhibitors

////////


Filed under: DIABETES, Phase2 drugs, Phase3 drugs, Uncategorized Tagged: bexagliflozin, DIABETES, flozin, Inc., PHASE 3, Theracos

Ravidasvir, PPI-668, BI 238630

$
0
0

CAS # 1303533-81-4, Ravidasvir dihydrochloride

Ravidasvir dihydrochloride

C42H50N8O6.2(HCl), 835.83

CAS 1303533-81-4

Phase II/IIIHepatitis C

Ravidasvir
PPI-668 free base; BI 238630;
CAS:1242087-93-9

C42H50N8O6, 762.38
Chemical Name:methyl N-[(1S)-1-({(2S)-2-[5-(6-{2-[(2S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]- 3- methylbutanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1H-imidazol-4-yl}naphthalen-2-yl) -1H- benzimidazol- 2-yl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}carbonyl)-2-methylpropyl]carbamate
Mechanism of Action:NS5A Inhibitor
Indication: hepatitis C
Development Stage: Phase II
Developer:Presidio Pharmaceuticals, Inc

  • OriginatorXTL Biopharmaceuticals
  • Developer Pharco Corporation; Presidio Pharmaceuticals
  • Class Antivirals; Benzimidazoles; Carbamates; Naphthalenes; Pyrrolidines; Small molecules
  • Mechanism of Action Hepatitis C virus NS 5 protein inhibitors; Hepatitis C virus replication inhibitors
  • 31 Aug 2015 Ascletis plans to initiate the phase II EVEREST trial for Hepatitis C (Combination therapy; Treatment-naive) in Taiwan
  • 31 Aug 2015 Taiwan Food and Drug Administration approves Clinical Trial Application to initiate a phase II trial for interferon free regimen comprising danoprevir and ravidasvir in Hepatitis C
  • 24 Jun 2015 Efficacy data from a phase IIa trial in Hepatitis C released by Ascletis

r12

Ravidasvir [Methyl N-[(1S)-1-({(2S)-2-[5-(6-{2-[(2S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]- 3- methylbutanoyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1H-imidazol-4-yl}naphthalen-2-yl) -1H- benzimidazol- 2-yl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}carbonyl)-2-methylpropyl]carbamate] is an Nonstructural protein 5A (NS5A) inhibitor. It is an antiviral agent that is being developed as a potential treatment for hepatitis C virus infection.

PPI-668, a non-structural 5A (NS5A) protein of hepatitis C virus (HCV) inhibitor, is in phase II clinical studies at Presidio Pharmaceuticals for the treatment of chronic genotype 1 hepatitis C virus infection.

Ravidasvir has 50% inhibitory concentrations (EC50s) values of 0.02-1.3 nM in replicon assays for HCV genotypes 1-7 (gt1-gt7).

Ravidasvir was developed by Presidio Pharmaceuticals Inc, later Ascletis licensed it. Ravidasvir is in Phase II clinical trials proving interferon (IFN)-free regimen to treat chronic hepatitis C (CHC). Ascletis is now the first Chinese company to file clinical trial applications in China for an IFN-free regimen.
In 2014, Ascletis acquired rights for development and commercialization in Greater China and Pharco in Egypt for the treatment of hepatitis C.

Hepatitis C virus infection is a major health problem worldwide and no vaccine has yet been developed against this virus. The standard therapy of pegylated-interferon and ribavirin induces serious side effects and provides viral eradication in less than 50% of patients. Combination therapy of HCV including ribavirin and interferon are currently is the approved therapy for HCV. Unfortunately, such combination therapy also produces side effects and is often poorly tolerated, resulting in major clinical challenges in a significant proportion of patients. The combination of direct acting agents can also result in drug-drug interactions. To date, no HCV therapy has been approved which is interferon free. There is therefore a need for new combination therapies which have reduced side effects, and interferon free, have a reduced emergence of resistance, reduced treatment periods and/or and enhanced cure rates.

Nonstructural protein 5A (NS5A) is a zinc-binding and proline-rich hydrophilic phosphoprotein that plays a key role in Hepatitis C virus RNA replication.

A number of direct-acting antiviral agents (DAAs) are under development for the treatment of chronic HCV infection. These agents block viral production by directly inhibiting one of several steps of the HCV lifecycle. several viral proteins involved in the HCV lifecycle, such as the non-structural (NS)3/4A serine protease, the NS5B RNA-dependent RNA polymerase (RdRp), and the NS5A protein, have been targeted for drug development. Two NS3/4A protease inhibitors already approved for clinical use, numerous other protease inhibitors are being developed as well as inhibitors of viral replication, including nucleoside/nucleotide analogue inhibitors of HCV RdRp, non-nucleoside inhibitors of RdRp, cyclophilin inhibitors, and NS5A inhibitors.

Inhibition of NS5A at picomolar concentrations has been associated with significant reductions in HCV RNA levels in cell culture-based models, which makes these agents among the most potent antiviral molecules yet developed.


Activity:

This NS5A inhibitor has been shown to possess high efficacy against HCV genotype 1, with up to 3.7 log10 mean HCV RNA reductions, in a Phase Ib clinical trial. Activity was demonstrated against variants harbouring the L31M substitution. In an added genotype-2/3 cohort, the first 2 patients achieved mean 3.0 log10 RNA level reductions [1].

Results from the Phase IIa study involving a combination therapy with Faldaprevir and Deleobuvir plus Ravidasvir came with positive news where the said combination cured 92 percent of those with genotype 1a of hepatitis C virus (HCV) when given with ribavirin.  The results presented at the 49th annual meeting of the European Association for the Study of the Liver (EASL) in London [2, 3].

The 36 study participants were randomly dived into three even cohorts of 12 each: The first received 600 mg of Deleobuvir twice a day as well as once-daily doses of Faldaprevir (120 mg), Ravidasvir and Ribavirin. The second group received the same regimen except the Faldaprevir dose was 400 mg. The third group took the regimen with the higher dose of Faldaprevir, but without Ribavirin. All participants were treated for 12 weeks with follow up for next 24 weeks.

Ninety-two percent of the first and second cohorts (11 out of 12 in both cases) achieved a sustained virologic response 12 weeks after completing therapy (SVR12, considered a cure). In the end, 14 participants were required for the third cohort, because one was incarcerated early on during treatment and another experienced viral rebound at week eight as a result of not adhering to the treatment regimen. Of the other 12 participants, eight, or two-thirds, have achieved an SVR12, while one more participant stopped taking the therapy at week eight but has since achieved an SVR8.

PATENT

WO 2011054834

http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2011054834A1?cl=en

Scheme 1

Figure imgf000018_0001

GOING TO PRODUCT USING STRUCTURES FROM PATENT

Figure imgf000031_0002 IIa

Figure imgf000032_0001  IIIa   one of side chain

DO NOT MISS OUT synthesis of XIIIa or XIII’a, this is needed in one of side chain

Figure imgf000034_0004L-boc-prolinol

Figure imgf000035_0001Z-boc-prolinal

Figure imgf000035_0002XXIV

Figure imgf000036_0001XIIIa

or

Figure imgf000036_0002

Figure imgf000038_0002XVIb

Figure imgf000043_0001

Figure imgf000045_0001

MY CONSTRUCTION of 3

R1

Figure imgf000052_0001

Compound 3 was prepared following the procedure reported for the synthesis of compound 1 using intermediate XVIIIb instead of intermediate XVIIIa. see my construction below

R1

Compound 3. BASE

1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 8.34 (2 H, s), 8.21 (1 H, s), 8.19

(1 H, d, J=8.69 Hz), 8.06 – 8.11 (2 H, m), 8.00 (1 H, dd, J=8.88, 1.61 Hz), 7.88 – 7.96

(2 H, m), 7.86 (1 H, d, J=8.48 Hz), 7.32 (1 H, d, J=8.48 Hz), 7.34 (1 H, d, J=8.53 Hz), 5.27 (1 H, dd, J=8.17, 5.33 Hz), 5.17 (1 H, t, J=7.00 Hz), 4.15 (2 H, t, J=7.95 Hz), 3.84

– 3.96 (4 H, m), 3.56 (6 H, s), 2.38 – 2.47 (2 H, m), 1.95 – 2.30 (8 H, m), 0.86 (3 H, d,

J=6.70 Hz), 0.85 (3 H, d, J=6.70 Hz), 0.81 (6 H, d, J=6.63 Hz).

[a] 2°= -148.98 0 (c 0.3336 w/v %, MeOH)

Alternative preparation of compound 3 and the corresponding HC1 salt

Figure imgf000052_0001

N-methoxycarbonyl-L- Valine (3.09 g, 17.7 mmol, 2.1 equiv) was dissolved in dichloro- methane (300 mL). Triethylamine (11.7 mL, 84.1 mmol, 10 equiv) and (l-cyano-2- ethoxy-2-oxoethylidenaminooxy)dimethylamino-morpholino-carbenium hexafluoro- phosphate were added (7.57 g, 17.7 mmol, 2.1 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes, after which XVIIIb was added (5 g, 8.41 mmol in case x.HCl equals 4 HC1). Stirring was continued for 30 minutes. HC1 in iPrOH (6N) was added to the mixture (until pH = 2), and the resulting mixture was stirred for 5 minutes. The solution was then washed with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate (2 x 200 mL) and once with brine (200 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried on magnesium sulphate and filtrated. After removal of the solvent in vacuum, the obtained residue was further dried in vacuum to afford an orange powder (6.84 g)

The powder was purified by silica gel column chromatography using gradient elution with 0 to 10 % MeOH (7N NH3) in dichloromethane, resulting in compound 3 (2.81 g) as a foam.

Compound 3 was dissolved in iPrOH (40 mL) and HC1 (6N in iPrOH, 10 mL) was added. The volatiles were removed in vacuum. Then, iPrOH (30 mL) was added and the mixture was heated at reflux. The solution was cooled to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 4 days. tBuOMe (100 mL) was added to the solution, resulting in white precipitation, which was filtered, washed immediately with tBuOMe (3 x 10 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere and dried under vacuum at 40°C. The residue was mixed with acetonitrile and evaporated to dryness (2x). The residue was stirred in acetonitrile (150 mL) and the mixture was sonicated for 10 minutes. The precipitate was filtered under nitrogen atmosphere, washed twice with acetonitrile (50 mL) and dried in vacuum at 40°C, resulting in a slightly yellow powder (4 g).

HCL salt of compound 3:

[a] *° = -110.02 ° (589 nm, 20 °C, c 0.429 w/v%, MeOH)

1H NMR (600 MHz, DIMETHYLFORMAMIDE- y, 280K) δ ppm 0.86 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 6 H), 0.95 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 6 H), 2.03 – 2.20 (m, 2 H), 2.26 – 2.37 (m, 3 H), 2.39 – 2.61 (m, 5 H), 3.61 – 3.63 (m, 6 H), 3.93 – 4.01 (m, 2 H), 4.23 – 4.32 (m, 2 H), 4.32 – 4.39 (m, 2 H), 5.49 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1 H), 5.52 (dd, J=8.3, 5.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.22 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.98 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.01 (dd, J=8.6, 1.1 Hz, 1 H), 8.03 (dd, J=8.8, 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.19 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.22 (dd, J=8.4, 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.25 (s, 1 H), 8.32 (s, 1 H), 8.41 (s, 1 H), 8.88 (s, 1 H).

Anal. Calcd for C42H5oN806 . 2 HCl . 4 H20: C 55.56, H 6.66 , N 12.34. Found: C 55.00, H 6.60, N 12.30

Going reverse…………………..

Intermediate XVIIIb

2.8 preparation of intermediate XVIIIb (A=

Figure imgf000044_0002

To a solution of XVIIb (960 mg, 1.48 mmol) in CH2C12 (25mL) was added HCI (5-6 M in isopropanol, 5 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was evaporated, the obtained solid was dried in vacuum and used as such in the next step. 2.8a Alternative preparation of intermediate XVIIIb (A=

Figure imgf000045_0001

XVIIb (19.52 g, 30.1 mmol, 1.00 equiv.) was dissolved in dichloromethane (200 mL) and HCI in isopropanol (5-6 N, 300 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. tBuOMe (1000 mL) was added to the suspension and the slurry was stirred at roomtemperature for 30 minutes. The filtered solid was rinced with tBuOMe (2x 100 mL) and dried under vacuum overnight to afford XVIIIb as a powder (15.2 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD-d4) δ ppm 2.15 – 2.37 (m, 2 H), 2.37 – 2.52 (m, 2 H), 2.52 – 2.69 (m, 2 H), 2.69 – 2.88 (m, 2 H), 3.56 – 3.71 (m, 4 H), 5.19 – 5.41 (m, 2 H), 7.90 – 8.02 (m, 3 H), 8.05 (dd, J= 8.6, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.10 – 8.25 (m, 4 H), 8.30 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.47 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1 H)

INTERMEDIATE XVIIb

2.7 reparation of intermediate XVIIb (A= PG= Boc)

Figure imgf000043_0001

To boronic ester XVIb (1.22 g, 2.26 mmol), bromide Xllla (1072 mg, 3.39 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (380 mg, 4.52 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (166 mg, 0.226 mmol) in toluene (50 mL), was added water (1 mL). The resulting mixture was heated at reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography by gradient elution with heptane to ethyl acetate. The collected fractions containing the product were pooled and the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue (960 mg, 65 %) was used as such in the next reaction.

2.7a Alternative preparation of intermediate XVIIb (A= . PG= Boc)

Figure imgf000043_0002

XVIb (10 g, 18.5 mmol), Xlll’a (8.76 g, 24 mmol), NaHC03 (9.32 g, 111 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl2 (lg) were stirred in dioxane/water (140 mL, 6/1) under argon. The mixture was heated to 85 °C for 15 hours. Brine (100 mL ) was added and the mixture was extracted with CH2CI2, after drying on MgSC^, filtration and evaporation of the solvent, the residue was purified by column chromotography by gradient elution with CH2CI2 to EtOAc to afford XVIIb (7 g, 58 %).

Figure imgf000044_0001

To a stirred, deoxygenated solution of Vlllb (20.0 g, 45.2 mmol, 1.00 equiv.), Ilia (20.6 g, 49.7 mmol, 1.1 equiv.) and sodium bicarbonate (11.4 g, 136 mmol, 3.0 equiv.) in 1 ,4-dioxane/water (500 mL, 5: 1) under nitrogen, was added l.,.r-Bis(diphenyi~ phosphmo)ferrocene-paiIadium(]I)dichloride dichJoromethane complex (2.50 g, 4.52 mmol, 0.1 equiv.). The mixture was heated at 80°C under argon for 15 hours and cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (500 mL) and washed with brine (2 x 150 mL) dried on magnesium sulphate; filtered and evaporated to dryness to afford a dark brown foam (43 g). The foam was purified using silicagel column chromatography (gradient elution with 0-6% MeOH in CH2CI2) to afford XVIIb (19.52 g, 65%) as an off-white powder.

INTERMEDIATE XVIb

Figure imgf000038_0001

Bromide XVb (1890 mg, 3.83 mmol), 4,4,4\4\5,5,5\5*-octamethyl-2,2′-bis(l,3,2- dioxaborolane) (2437 mg, 9.59 mmol), KF (390 mg; 6.71 mmol) and (dppf)PdCl2 (281 mg, 0.384 mmol) were dissolved in toluene (50 mL) and heated 3 days at reflux.

The solids were removed by filtration over dicalite and the filtrate was evaporated to dryness on silica. The residue was purified by column chromatography using a heptane to ethylacetate gradient. The fractions containing the product were pooled and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue (1.22 g, 59 %) was used as such in the next reaction

Figure imgf000038_0002

Under nitrogen, Ilia (25 g, 60.5 mmol), 6-bromonaphthalen-2-yl trifluoromethane- sulfonate (20 g, 56.7 mmol), K3P04 (36.65 g, 173 mmol) and (PPh3)4Pd (717 mg, 0.62 mmol) were stirred in THF (60 mL) and water (15 mL) with the heating mantle at 85 °C (reflux) for 2 hours. CH2CI2 (50 mL) was added and the water layer was separated. The organic layer was dried on MgS04 and after filtration, the filtrate was concentrated resulting in a sticky solid. The residue was purified by column

chromatography (petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate 15/1 to 1/1) to afford XVb (20 g;

40.6 mmol). Compound XVb (1 g, 2.0 mmol), potassium acetate (0.5 g, 5.0 mmol), 4,4,4′,4′,5,5,5′,5′-octamethyl-2,2′-bis(l,3,2-dioxaborolane) (1.29 g, 5.0 mmol), and Pd(dppf)Cl2 (0. lg) were stirred in DMF (15 mL) under argon. The mixture was heated at 60°C for 5 hours. After cooling, CH2CI2 (50 mL) was added and the mixture was washed with saturated NaHC03. The water layer was separated and extracted with CH2CI2. The organic layers were combined and dried on MgSC^. After filtration the solvent was removed and the product was purified by column chromatography (gradient elution with petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 10/1 to 1/1) to give of XVIb (0.7 g,1.3 mmol, 65 %) as light yellow solid.

INTERMEDIATE XVb

Figure imgf000037_0001

2,6-Dibromonaphthalene (6.92 g, 24.2 mmol), boronic ester Ilia (2 g, 4.84 mmol), NaHC03 (813 mg, 9.68 mmol), (dppf)PdCl2(710 mg, 0.968 mmol) were dissolved in toluene (75 mL). Water (1 mL) was added and the mixture was heated for 7 hours at reflux. The solids were removed by filtration over dicalite and the filtrate was evaporated to dryness on silica. The residue was purified by column chromatography by gradient elution with heptane to ethylacetate. The appropriate fractions were pooled and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue (1.89 g, 79 %) was used as such in the next step.

1.2 Preparation of intermediate IIIa (PG= Boc)

Figure imgf000032_0001 IIIa

To a mixture of Ila (200 g, 546 mmol), potassium acetate (160.8 g, 1.64 mol) and 4,4,4*,4*,5,5,5*,5*-octamethyl-2,2,-bis(l,3,2-dioxaborolane) (416 g, 1.64 mol) in DMF (3L) was added Pd(dppf)Cl2 (20 g) under nitrogen gas. The reaction mixture was stirred at 85°C for 15 hours. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, the solids removed by filtration, and the solvents of the filtrate were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica column chromatography (petroleum ether : ethyl acetate 10: 1 to 2: 1) to afford 125 g of Ilia as a white solid (contains 15% of boronic acid).

INT IIa

1.1 preparation of intermediate Ila (PG= Boc; X= Br)

Figure imgf000031_0002

Ma

To a solution of Boc-Z-Proline (2669 mg, 12.4 mmol) in pyridine/DMF (30 mL, 1/1) was added di(lH-imidazol-l-yl)ketone (2205 mg, 13.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 45°C for 2 hours. 4-bromobenzene-l,2-diamine (2319 mg, 12.4 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The solvent was removed and the residue heated in acetic acid (15 mL) at 100°C for 30 minutes. After

concentration of the residue, the mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic phase was separated and washed with water, after drying over Na2SC”4, the mixture was filtrated and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuum. The obtained residue was purified by flash chromatography using CH2Cl2/EtOAc 90/10 to 50/50, resulting in compound Ila (3.146 g, 69 %).

DO NOT MISS OUT synthesis of XIIIa or XIII’a, this is needed in one of side chain

2.1 preparation of L-boc-prolinol

Figure imgf000034_0004

Borane-methyl sulfide complex (180 mL, 1.80 mol) was added dropwise to a solution of N-Boc- L-Proline (300 g, 1.39 mol) in anhydrous THF (3.0 L) which was cooled to 0°C. When gas evolution ceased, the ice bath was removed and the solution was stirred at 10°C for 18 hours. Thin layer chromatography (TLC) showed that no starting material remained and that the desired product was formed. The solution was cooled to 0°C and methanol (2.4 L) was slowly added. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was reconstituted in dichloromethane (1 L), washed with

NaHC03 (500 mL, saturated, aqueous) and brine (500 mL), dried over MgS04, the solids were removed via filtration, and the solvents of the filtrate were removed under reduced pressure to afford a white solid, 260 g (93%), used in the next step without further purification.

2.2 preparation of Z-boc-prolinal

Figure imgf000035_0001

To a solution of Z-boc-prolinol (100 g, 500 mmol) in CH2CI2 (1.5 L) at 0°C were added successively, under vigorous stirring, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-l-oxyl (TEMPO; 1.56 g, 10 mmol) and NaBr (5.14 g, 50 mmol). To the resulting mixture was added dropwise a solution of NaHC03 (6.3 g, 75 mmol) and 6% NaCIO in active chlorine (750 mL, 750 mmol) at 0°C over a period of 1 hour. TLC showed no starting material remained and that the desired product was formed. The mixture was rapidly extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 1.5 L). The organic layers were combined, washed with NaHS04 (10%, 1 L) and KI (4%, 200 mL), then with Na2S203 (10%, 1 L) and brine (1.5 L), dried over MgS04, the solids were removed via filtration, and the solvents evaporated to afford a yellow oil, Z-boc-prolinal, (89 g, 92%>), used in the next step without further purification.

2.3 preparation of intermediate XXIV

Figure imgf000035_0002

ammonia

XXIV

Aqueous ammonia (25~28%>, 200 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of L-boc- prolinal (89 g, 0.44 mol) and glyoxal (183 mL of 40% in water) in methanol (1 L). The reaction mixture was sealed and reacted at 10°C. After 16 hours, additional glyoxal (20 mL) and aqueous ammonia (20 mL) were added and reacted for an additional 6 hours. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure, and the crude was reconstituted in ethyl acetate (1.0 L), washed with water and brine, dried over MgSC^, the solids were removed via filtration and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane to methanol/dichloromethane 1 :70) to obtain 73 g (70%) intermediate XXIV as a white solid.

1H NMR: (CD3OD 400 MHz) δ 6.95 (s, 2H), 4.82-4.94 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.50 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.39 (m, 1H), 1.91-2.03 (m, 3H), 1.47 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 6H)

2.4 preparation of intermediate XHIa (PG= Boc)

Figure imgf000036_0001

XXIV Xllla

N-Bromosuccinimide (47.2 g, 0.26 mol) was added portion wise over 1 hour to a cooled (ice-ethanol bath, -10 °C) solution of XXIV (63.0 g, 0.26 mol) in CH2C12 (1.5 L) and stirred at similar temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuum and the residue was purification by preparatory HPLC to provide 25.3 g (30%) of Xllla as a pale yellow solid.

1H NMR: CD3OD 400Mhz

δ 6.99-7.03 (s,lH), 4.77-4.90 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.50 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.39 (m, 1H), 1.89-2.05 (m, 3H), 1.47 (s, 3H), 1.27 (s, 6H).

2.4a preparation of intermediate XHI’a (PG= Boc)

Figure imgf000036_0002

To a solution of iodine (43.3 g, 170.5 mmol, 2 eq) in chloroform (210 mL) in a round bottomed flask (1L) a suspension of XXIV (20 g, 84.3 mmol) in an aqueous NaOH solution (2M, 210 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. To the resulting reaction mixture was added a saturated aqueous Na2S2C”3 solution (100 mL) and the organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with chloroform (4x 150 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with water and dried on magnesium sulphate. The solids were filtered and the solution was evaporated to dryness to afford diiodide (38.61 g, 89 %).

The above obtained intermediate diiodide (2.24 g, 4.58 mmol) and sodium sulfite (4.82 g, 38 mmol) were placed in a round bottomed flask (100 mL) and suspended in 30% EtOH/water (80 mL). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 40 hours. The solvent was removed and after addition of H20 (20 mL), the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solids were filtered, washed with water and dried in a vacuum oven to afford compound XHI’a (1.024 g, 61 %).

1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16 and 1.38 (2x br. s., 9 H), 1.68 – 2.02 (m, 3 H), 2.02 – 2.27 (m, 1 H), 3.18 – 3.38 (m, 1 H), 3.38 – 3.59 (m, 1 H), 4.53 – 4.88 (m, 1 H), 6.81 (m, -0.1 H), 7.05 – 7.28 (m, -0.9 H), 11.90 – 12.20 (m, -0.9 H), 12.22 – 12.40 (m, -0.1 H)

PATENT

WO 2011149856

http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2011149856A1?cl=en

1st scheme

Figure imgf000107_0001

IN ABOVE SCHEME CONVERSION OF f to g N-methoxycarbonyl-L-Val-OH is used,

USE R =H IN LAST STEP TO GET RAVIDASVIR

EXAMPLE 1 – Synthesis of compounds of Formula lie

Scheme 1-1 describes preparation of target molecules and their analogs with symmetrical and non-symmetrical functionalized ends.

[0341] Step a. To a solution of 2-bromonaphthane a (62.0 g, 300 mmol) in DCM (1 L) was added A1C13 (44.0 g, 330 mmol) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (34.0 g, 330 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 h and then H20 added (500 mL) and extracted. The organic layer was washed with H20, dried over anhydrous Na2S04, evaporated under reduced pressure to give 80 g crude product, which was purified by re-crystallization from 10% EtOAc- hexane (v/v) to yield b (28 g, 36% yield) as a white solid: JH NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J= 11.0 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.66 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.81 (s, 2H) ppm; LCMS (ESI) m/z 282.9 (M + H)+.

Step b. To a solution of b (28.0 g, 100 mmol) in DCM (500 mL) was added N-Boc- L-Pro-OH (24.7 g, 115 mmol) and Et3N (70.0 mL, 500 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude c which was used for the next step without further purification. LC-MS (ESI) m/z 462.1 (M + H)+.

Step c. To a solution of c (46.0 g, 100 mmol) in toluene (500 mL) was added

NH4OAc (77 g, 1.0 mol) and the mixture was stirred at 110 °C overnight, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc l :l(v/v)) to afford d (30 g, 68% yield) as a yellow solid: LC-MS (ESI) m/z 442 A (M + H)+.

Step d. To a solution of d (10.0 g, 23.0 mmol) in anhydrous DME (200 mL) and equal molar of boronate e was added PPh3 (1.2 g, 4.6 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (1.6 g, 2.3 mmol), and 2.0 M Na2C03 solution. The mixture was refluxed under argon overnight. The organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was treated with H20, extracted with EtOAc (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic phase was dried, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give a residue, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum

ether/EtOAc 3: l(v/v)) to afford f (10 g, 96% yield) as a yellow solid. LC-MS (ESI): m/z 709.3 (M+H)+.

Step e. To a stirred solution of f (150 mg, 0.29 mmol) in dioxane (3 mL) was added 4.0 N HCl in dioxane (3 mL) dropwise. The mixture was stirred at rt for 4 h, and then

concentrated to yield a yellowish solid (134 mg), which was used directly for the next step. The residue (134 mg, 0.290 mmol) was suspended in THF (5 mL) and DIPEA (0.32 mL) was added and followed by addition of N-methoxycarbonyl-L-Val-OH (151 mg, 0.860 mmol). After stirring for 15 min, HATU (328 mg, 0.860 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at rt for another 2 h and then concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to obtain g (40 mg, 19% yield).

2nd scheme

Figure imgf000110_0001

SCHEME SIMILAR UPTO PENULTIMATE STEP

Note 9 is not final product pl ignore it

Step a. Referring to Scheme 1-2, to a solution of compound 3 (2.0 g, 4.5 mmol) in dioxane (25 mL) was added 4.0 N HCl in dioxane (25 mL). After stirring at rt for 4 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dried in vacuo to give a yellowish solid (2.1 g), which was used directly for the next step without further purification.

[0347] Step b. To the residue of step a (4.5mmol) was added DMF (25 mL), followed by adding HATU (2.1 g, 5.4 mmol), DIPEA (3.7 mL, 22.5 mmol) and N-methyl carbamate-L-valine (945 mg, 5.4 mmol). After stirring at rt for 15 min, the reaction mixture was added slowly to H20 (400 mL). A white solid precipitated was filtered and dried to give compound 6 (2.2 g, 98% yield). LC-MS (ESI): m/z 499.1 (M+H)+.

[0348] Step c. To a mixture of compound 6 (800 mg, 1.6 mmol), compound 7 (718 mg, 1.6 mmol), and NaHC03 (480 mg, 5.7 mmol) in 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane (15mL) and H20 (5mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl2 (59 mg, 0.08 mmol). After stirring at 80°C overnight under an atmosphere of N2, the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was partitioned between 20%

methanol/CHCl3 (100 mL) and H20 (100 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with 20% methanol/CHCl3 (100 mL) again. The combined organic phase was consequently washed with brine, dried with anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (Petroleum

ether/EtOAc=15: l(v/v)) to give compound 8 (1.0 g, 85% yield) as a yellow solid. LC-MS (ESI): m/z 732.4 (M+H)+.

Step d. To a solution of compound 8 (200 mg, 0.27 mmol) in dioxane (3.0 mL) was added 4 N HCl in dioxane (3.0 mL). After stirring at rt for 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dried in vacuo to give an HCl salt in quantitative yield, which was used directly for the next step without further purification…………..CAN BE USED AS PRECURSOR FOR RAVIDASVIR UPTO THIS POINT

CAUTION SIMILAR BUT NOT SAME……..Step e. To a solution of the salt (0.27 mmol) in DMF (5.0 mL) was added DIPEA (0.47mL, 2.7 mmol), followed by adding N,N-dimethyl-D-phenyl glycine (59 mg, 0.33 mmol) and HATU (125 mg, 0.33 mmol). After stirring at rt for lh, the reaction mixture was partitioned between H20 and DCM. The organic phase was washed successively with H20 and brine, dried with anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to give compound 9……..CAUTION SIMILAR BUT NOT SAME. LC-MS (ESI): m/z 793.4 (M+H)+.

3rd scheme

Figure imgf000112_0001

SCHEME SIMILAR UPTO PENULTIMATE STEP

15 NOT THE COMPD PL IGNORE IT IF YOU NEED RAVIDASVIR

Step a. To a mixture of compound 3 (3.2 g, 7.2 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (3.86 g, 15.2 mmol), and KOAc (1.85g, 18.8mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl2 (440 mg, 0.6 mmol). After stirring at 80 °C for 3 h under an atmosphere of N2, the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified with silica gel column chromatography (Petroleum ether/EtOAc=2/l(v/v)) to give compound 11 (2.8 g, 80% yield) as a white solid. LC- MS (ESI): m/z 490.3 (M+H)+.

[0352] Step b. To a mixture of compound 11 (626 mg, 1.27 mmol), compound 12 (570 mg, 1.27 mmol), and NaHC03 (420 mg, 4.99 mmol) in 1, 2-dimethoxyethane (30 mL) and H20 (10 mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl2 (139 mg, 0.19 mmol). After stirring at 80°C overnight under an atmosphere of N2, the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was partitioned between 20% methanol/CHCl3 (100 mL) and H20 (100 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with 20% methanol/CHCl3 (100 mL) again. The combined organic phase was consequently washed with brine, dried with anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (Petroleum ether/EtOAc=2/l(v/v)) to give compound 13 (635 mg, 68% yield) as a yellow solid. LC-MS (ESI): m/z 732.4 (M+H)+.

Step c. To a solution of compound 13 (200 mg, 0.27 mmol) in dioxane (3.0 mL) was added 4 N HC1 in dioxane (3.0 mL). After stirring at rt for 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dried in vacuo to yield the HC1 salt of compound 14 in quantitative yield, which was used directly for the next step without further purification…..CAN BE USED AS PRECURSOR FOR RAVIDASVIR UPTO THIS POINT

CAUTION SIMILAR BUT NOT SAME………Step d. To a solution of the salt (0.27 mmol) in DMF (5.0 mL) was added DIPEA (0.47 mL, 2.7 mmol), followed by adding N,N-dimethyl-D-phenyl glycine (59 mg, 0.33 mmol) and HATU (125 mg, 0.33 mmol). After stirring at rt for lh, the reaction mixture was partitioned between H20 and DCM. The organic phase was consequently washed with H20 and brine, dried with anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to give compound 15..CAUTION SIMILAR BUT NOT SAME. LC-MS (ESI): m/z 793.4 (M+H)+.

4 th scheme

Figure imgf000114_0001

SCHEME SIMILAR UPTO PENULTIMATE STEP

5 NOT THE COMPD,  PL IGNORE IT IF YOU NEED RAVIDASVIR

4 CAN BE USED AS PRECURSOR FOR RAVIDASVIR UPTO THIS POINT

scheme ……..CAUTION SIMILAR BUT NOT SAME

EXAMPLE 2 – Synthesis of compounds of Formula Hie

Step a. Referring to Scheme 2-1, to a mixture of compound 1 (5.05 g, 13.8 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (7.1 g, 27.9 mmol), and KOAc (3.2 g, 32.5 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl2 (400 mg, 0.5 mmol). After stirring at 80 °C for 3 h under an atmosphere of N2, the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (Petroleum ether/EtOAc=2/l(v/v)) to give compound 2 (3.0 g, 53% yield) as a gray solid. LC-MS (ESI): m/z 414.2 (M+H)+.

Step b. To a mixture of compound 2 (522 mg, 1.26 mmol), compound 3 (500 mg, 1.13 mmol), and NaHC03 (333 mg, 3.96 mmol) in 1, 2-dimethoxyethane (30 mL) and H20 (10 mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl2 (74 mg, 0.1 mmol). After stirring at 80°C overnight under an atmosphere of N2, the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was partitioned between 20% methanol/CHCl3 (100 mL) and H20 (100 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with 20% methanol/CHCl3 (100 mL) again. The combined organic phase was consequently washed with brine, dried with anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH=50:l (v/v)) to give compound 4 (450 mg, 55% yield) as a yellow solid. LC-MS (ESI): m/z 649.3 (M+H)+.

Step c. To a stirred solution of compound 4 (160 mg, 0.25 mmol) in dioxane (2.0 mL) was added 4N HCl in dioxane (2.0 mL). After stirring at rt for 3h, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dried in vacuo to give an HCl salt in quantitative yield, which was used directly for the next step without further purification.4 CAN BE USED AS PRECURSOR FOR RAVIDASVIR UPTO THIS POINT

SCHEME SIMILAR UPTO PENULTIMATE STEP

5 NOT THE COMPD,  PL IGNORE IT IF YOU NEED RAVIDASVIR

scheme ……..CAUTION SIMILAR BUT NOT SAME

5 th scheme

Figure imgf000116_0001

SCHEME SIMILAR UPTO PENULTIMATE STEP

18NOT THE COMPD,  PL IGNORE IT IF YOU NEED RAVIDASVIR

17 CAN BE USED AS PRECURSOR FOR RAVIDASVIR UPTO THIS POINT

scheme ……..CAUTION SIMILAR BUT NOT SAME

Step a. Referring to Scheme 2-2, to a mixture of compound 2 (1.16 g, 2.32 mmol), compound 6 (1.40 g, 3.39 mmol), and NaHC03 (823 mg, 9.8 mmol) in 1, 2-dimethoxyethane (30 mL) and H20 (10 mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl2 (103 mg, 0.14 mmol). After stirring at 80 °C over night under an atmosphere of N2, the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was partitioned between 20% methanol/CHCl3 (150 mL) and H20 (150 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with 20% methanol/CHCl3 (150 mL) again. The combined organic phase was consequently washed with brine, dried with anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (Petroleum ether/acetone=1.5/l (v/v)) to give compound 16 (1.32g, 80% yield) as a yellow solid. LC-MS (ESI): m/z 706.4 (M + H)+.

tep b. To a solution of compound 16 (200 mg, 0.28 mmol) in dioxane (3.0 mL) was added 4 N HC1 in dioxane (3.0 mL). After stirring at rt for 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dried in vacuo to give the HC1 salt of compound 17 in quantitative yield, which was used directly for the next step…….17 CAN BE USED AS PRECURSOR FOR RAVIDASVIR UPTO THIS POINT

6 th scheme

 

Figure imgf000118_0001scheme 2-3

SCHEME SIMILAR UPTO PENULTIMATE STEP

22NOT THE COMPD,  PL IGNORE IT IF YOU NEED RAVIDASVIR

21 CAN BE USED AS PRECURSOR FOR RAVIDASVIR UPTO THIS POINT

scheme ……..CAUTION SIMILAR BUT NOT SAME

Scheme 2-3

Step a. Referring to Scheme 2-3, to a solution of compound 1 (4.0 g, 10.9 mmol) in dioxane (40 mL) was added 4 N HC1 in dioxane (40 mL). After stirring at rt overnight, the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was washed with DCM, filtered, and dried in vacuo to afford a hydrochloride salt in quantitative yield, which was used for the next step without further purification.

Step b. To a solution of the salt (10.9 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was added DIPEA (5.8 mL, 33.0 mmol), followed by adding N-methoxycarbonyl-L-valine (2.1 g, 12.1 mmol) and HATU (4.6 g, 12.1 mmol). After stirring at rt for lh, the reaction mixture was partitioned between H20 and DCM. The organic phase was consequently washed with H20 and brine, dried with anhydrous Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (DCM/Petroleum ether=4/l (v/v)) to give compound 19 (3.0 g, 65% yield). LC- MS (ESI): m/z 423.1 (M+H)+.

Step c. To a mixture of compound 11 (800 mg, 1.9 mmol), compound 19 (700 mg, 1.7 mmol), and NaHC03 (561 mg, 6.6 mmol) in 1, 2-dimethoxyethane (60 mL) and H20 (20 mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl2 (183 mg, 0.25 mmol). After stirring at 80 °C overnight under an atmosphere of N2, the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was then partitioned between 20% methanol/CHCl3 (100 mL) and H20 (100 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with 20% methanol/CHCl3(100 mL) again. The combined organic phase was consequently washed with brine, dried with Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (Petroleum ether/EtOAc=2/l(v/v)) to give compound 20 (600 mg, 52% yield) as a yellow solid. LC-MS (ESI): m/z 706.4 (M+H)+.

Step d. To a solution of compound 20 (200 mg, 0.28 mmol) in dioxane (3.0 mL) was added 4N HC1 in dioxane (3.0 mL). After stirring at rt for 2h, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dried in vacuo to yield the HC1 salt of compound 21 in quantitative yield, which was used directly for the next step without further purification.

21 CAN BE USED AS PRECURSOR FOR RAVIDASVIR UPTO THIS POINT

7 th scheme

 

Figure imgf000148_0001

Scheme 6-2

SCHEME SIMILAR UPTO n-2 STEP in above scheme

84, 85 NOT THE COMPD,  PL IGNORE IT IF YOU NEED RAVIDASVIR

83 CAN BE USED AS early PRECURSOR FOR RAVIDASVIR UPTO THIS POINT

scheme ……..CAUTION SIMILAR BUT NOT SAME

Step a. Referring to Scheme 6-2, a solution of compound 78 (50.0 g, 0.30 mol) in THF (500 mL) and H20 (500 mL) was added K2C03 (83 g, 0.60 mol) and (Boc)20 (73. Og, 0.330 mol). After stirring at rt overnight, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was extracted with EtOAc (250 mL x 3). The extracts were combined, washed with brine, and dried with anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was removed and the residue was dried in vacuo to give crude compound 78 (62 g), which was used for the next step without further purification. LC-MS (ESI) m/z 230.1 (M + H)+.

[0453] Step b. To a solution of compound 78 (60.0 g, 260 mmol) in EtOH (1 L) was slowly added NaBH4 (50.0 g, 1.30 mol) at rt. After stirring at rt overnight, the reaction was quenched by adding acetone (10 mL). The resulting mixture was concentrated and the residue was diluted with EtOAc (500 mL). The mixture was washed with brined and dried in vacuo. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (Petroleum ether/EtOAc = 1/1 (v/v)) to give compound 79 (42.0 g, 80% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS (ESI) m/z 202 A (M + H)+.

[0454] Step c. To a solution of compound 79 (30.0 g, 150 mmol) and DMSO (35.0 g, 450 mmol) in DCM (1 L) was added oxalyl chloride (28.0 g, 220 mmol) at -78 °C. After stirring at – 78 °C for 4 h, the reaction mixture was added Et3N (60.0 g, 600 mol) and the resulting mixture was stirred for another 1 h at -78 °C. Subsequently, the reaction was quenched by adding H20. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (200mL x 2). The extracts were combined, washed with brine, and dried with Na2S04. The solvent was removed and the residue was dried in vacuo to give crude compound 80 (22.0 g) as a colorless oil, which was used immediately without further purification. LC-MS (ESI) m/z 200.1 (M + H)+.

[0455] Step d. A mixture of compound 80 (7.7 g, 38.5 mmol), 6-bromopyridine-2,3-diamine (8.0 g, 42.8 mmol) (PCT Intl. Appl. WO 2008021851) , and iodine (1.08 g, 4.28 mmol) in AcOH (30 mL) was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was neutralized by adding saturated aqueous NaHC03. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (200 mL x 3). The extracts were combined, washed with brine, and dried with anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (DCM/MeOH = 80/1 (v/v)) to give compound 81 (7.8 g, 55% yield). LC-MS (ESI) m/z 367.1 (M + H)+.

[0456] Step e. A mixture of compound 82 (10.0 g, 20.1 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (7.65 g, 30.1 mmol), potassium acetate (6.89 g, 70.3 mmol), and Pd(dppf)Cl2-CH2Cl2 (886 mg, 1.0 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (200 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 3 h under an atmosphere of N2. The reaction mixture was filtered through CELITE™ 545 and the filtered cake was washed with EtOAc (200 mL x 3). The filtrate was washed with brine and dried with anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography

(DCM/MeOH = 50/1 (v/v)) to give compound 83 (9.8 g, 89% yield) as a white solid: LC-MS (ESI) m/z 547.3 (M + H)+.83 CAN BE USED AS early PRECURSOR FOR RAVIDASVIR UPTO THIS POINT

PATENT

CN 102796084

http://www.google.com/patents/CN102796084A?cl=en

Step One: Formula (2) compounds strokes trichloride catalyst (AlCl3), chloroacetyl chloride (2-chloroacetylchloride) at room temperature to obtain a compound of formula (3),

Figure CN102796084AD00072

(3);

  wherein the reaction temperature is room temperature, the solvent is methylene chloride. Material I (i.e., formula (2) compound) and chloroacetyl chloride (2-chloroacetyl chloride) was slowly added, higher yields can be obtained. (3) The compound was recrystallized from ether to obtain.

  In the present embodiment, the 20.5 g of formula (2) compound (0. Imol) and 26.2 g AlCl3 (0.2mol) was added to 200ml of dichloromethane, cooled to room temperature, stirring speed slowly was added 13.4 g of chloroacetyl chloride (I. 2mol), within three hours after the addition and then mixed by stirring maintained at room temperature for 3 hours. Was slowly added 50 ml of ice water, the precipitate was collected by filtration. The filter cake was washed with 10 ml of water and 10 ml petroleum ether (twice). The filtrate and the organic layer together with 50 ml of dichloromethane and extracted twice with 50 ml brine and then paint extraction solution, the extract was dried over magnesium sulfate, the solution was removed, the solid with 100 ml of diethyl ether and recrystallized to afford 20g (71% yield compounds) of formula (3).

Step II: Formula (3) with a compound of formula (4) compound under acidic conditions and chloroform (CCl3H) heating the reaction, and the reaction system reached reflux to give a compound of formula (5),

Figure CN102796084AD00073

(5);

[0042] wherein, the formula (3) with a compound of formula (4) compound in acetonitrile (chloroform (CCl3H), the reaction system must be reached reflux, and must be reacted under acidic conditions to give the compound of formula (5). [0043] In this embodiment, the compound (3) (0. Imol) 28. 2 克 formula and the compound (4) (0. Imol) 21. 5 克 style with 3 g of trifluoroacetic acid was added to 200 ml of chloroform, in was stirred at reflux under nitrogen for 17 hours. After cooling to room temperature, spin-dry, to give 46. I g of a yellow solid of formula (5) compound (99% yield).

  Step three: (5) the compound obtained in toluene (toluene) and ammonium acetate (NH4OAc) reflux (6) of

Thereof,

Figure CN102796084AD00081

Compound  of formula (5) is ammonium acetate with toluene under reflux conditions for ring closure.

In the present embodiment, the compound (0. Imol) and 10 g of ammonium acetate (NH4OAc) was added 46. I g of formula (5) to IJ 200ml of toluene, heated under reflux for 3 hours with stirring. Was slowly added 50 ml of ice water, filtered, washed with 100 ml of toluene and extracted twice with 50 ml brine and then paint extraction solution, the extract was dried over magnesium sulfate, the solution was removed, the solid with 100 ml of diethyl ether and recrystallized to afford 40g (89% compound yield) of the formula (6).

Step Four: (6) compound in the catalyst and the associated button pinacolato ester (Bis (pinacolato) diboron) reacting a compound of formula (7),

Figure CN102796084AD00082

  wherein, Pd (dppf) 2Cl2 can be replaced by another of a palladium catalyst, a palladium catalyst with the other, the same effect.

  In the present embodiment, 44 g of the compound of formula (6) (0. Imol) and 3 g Pd (dppf) 2C12,25. 4 克 United pinacolato ester (0. Imol) and 8.4 g of sodium bicarbonate (0. Imol) was added to a 200 ml I. 4- dioxane, stirred at reflux for 24 hours. Diatomaceous earth filtration, spin dry. Spin-dry 100 ml of ethyl acetate dissolved. Anhydrous magnesium sulfate and spin dry. Recrystallization from ether to yield 40 g (82% yield) of a yellow solid of formula (7) compound.

Step Five: formula (7) under palladium catalyst compound and the compound (8) obtained by reacting the compound of formula (9),

Figure CN102796084AD00083

  wherein, Pd (dppf) 2Cl2 can be replaced by another of a palladium catalyst, a palladium catalyst with the other, the same effect.

  In the present embodiment, 48.9 g of the compound of formula (7) (0. Imol) and 3 g Pd compound (8) (0. Imol) (dppf) 2C12,41. 3 and 8 克 style. 4 g of sodium hydrogen carbonate (0. Imol) was added to a 200 ml I. 4- dioxane, stirred at reflux for 24 hours. Diatomaceous earth filtration, spin dry. Spin-dry 100 ml of ethyl acetate dissolved. Anhydrous magnesium sulfate and spin dry. Recrystallized from ether to give compound 55 g (85% yield) of a yellow solid of formula (9).

[0056] Step Six: formula (9) compound deprotected under acidic conditions to give a compound of formula (10),

[0057]

Figure CN102796084AD00091

  In the present embodiment, the 64.8 grams of formula (9) compound (0. Imol) was added to 100 ml I. 4_ dioxane was stirred, 100 ml of 5M / L of I under nitrogen 4- dioxane solution of hydrochloric acid. Spin-dry for 24 hours later, get 52. I g of pale yellow solid formula (10) compound (99% yield).

Step 7: Formula (10) with a compound (11) in a condensing agent is 2- (7-azo BTA) -N, N, N ‘, N’- tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate phosphate (HATU) under condensation reaction conditions to give the final product compound C0S-101, i.e. the compound of formula (I):

Figure CN102796084AD00092

In the present embodiment, the compound of formula 52. I g of (10) (0. Imol) was added to a 200 ml N, N- dimethylformamide (DMF) cooled to 0 ° with stirring, in a nitrogen atmosphere was added 20.2 g of triethylamine (0. 2mol) 0 After 10 minutes of stirring, was added 19 g of formula (11) compound (0. Ilmol) was added followed by 26 g HATU (0. 2mol), stirred at room temperature for 32 hours . Was slowly added 50 ml of ice water, the precipitate was collected by filtration. The filter cake was washed with 10 ml of water and 50 ml dichloromethane twice. Together with the filtrate and the organic layer was extracted 2 times 50 ml of dichloromethane, and then washed with 50 ml brine solution, the extract was dried over magnesium sulfate, the solution was removed, solid was recrystallized from 100 ml of ethanol, to give 50g (66% yield) The pale yellow compound C0S-101.

  In summary this compound on C0S-101 non-structural protein 5A inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the treatment of hepatitis C active substance. A compound of formula (3) Friedel-Crafts reaction occurs directly from 2-bromo-naphthalene chloride and chlorine. A compound of formula (3) with a compound of formula (4) condensing a compound of formula (5). The compound of formula (5) self-condensation of a compound of formula (6). Of formula (6) is reacted with boronic acid pinacol ester linking reaction of the compound of formula (7). A compound of formula (7) with a compound of formula (8) coupling reaction of a compound of formula (9). Off compound under acidic conditions (9) protect the compound of formula (10) and formula (10) compound condensation of the final product C0S-101, method of operation of the invention is simple, mild conditions, process maturity, yield and high purity suitable for industrial production.

PATENT

WO 2013123092

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2013123092A1?cl=en

Figure imgf000003_0001

Scheme 3

Figure imgf000025_0001

3-3 2HCI salt

Step 1. Referring to Scheme 3, compounds l-5a (1.3 kg , 1.0 eq.), 2-2a (975.0 g, 1.0 eq.), NaHCOs (860.0 g, 3.80 eq.), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (121.7 g, 0.05 eq.), purified water (5.2 L, 4.0 volume) and 1 ,2-dimethoxy ethane (DME) (24.7 L, 19.0 volume) were charged into a 50.0 L 4-necked round bottom flask under argon atmosphere. After being degassed using argon for a period of 30 min, the reaction mass was slowly heated to ~ 80 °C and stirred at this temperature for 12 – 14 hrs. HPLC analysis indicated that > 97% of compound 2-2a was consumed. Next, the reaction mass was concentrated to completely remove DME under vacuum (600 mmHg) at 40 – 45 °C and the residue was diluted with 20% (v/v) MeOH in DCM (13.0 L , 10 volume) and purified water (13.0 L, 10.0 volume) with stirring. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with 20% (v/v) MeOH in DCM (6.5 L x 2, 10.0 volume). The combined organic extracts were washed twice with water (6.5 L x 2, 10.0 volume) and once with saturated brine (6.5 L, 5.0 volume) and dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was removed under vacuum (600 mmHg) and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography using silica gel with hexanes/EtOAc as eluent to give compound 3-1 (1.0 kg, 63% yield) as off white solid with a purity of > 98.0%> determined by HPLC analysis. LC-MS (ESI): m/z 649.3 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, d6– DMSO): δ 12.26 – 12.36 (m, 1H), 11.88 – 11.95 (m, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.91 (m, 3H), 7.85 – 7.87 (m, 2H), 7.51 – 7.81 (m, 3H), 4.78 -4.99 (m, 2H), 3.55 – 3.59 (m, 2H), 3.35 – 3.44 (m, 2H), 2.30 – 2.47 (m, 2H), 1.85 – 2.01 (m, 6H), 1.39, 1.14, 1.04 (s, s, s, 18H) ppm. Alternatively, compound 3-1 can be obtained following the same procedure and using compounds l-4a and 2-3a instead of compounds l-5a and 2-2a as the Suzuki coupling components.

Step 2. Compound 3-1 (1.0 kg, 1.0 eq.) and IPA (7.0 L, 7.0 volume) were charged into a 20.0 L four-necked RB flask under nitrogen atm. The reaction mass was cooled to 18 – 20°C and 3.0 N HC1 in isopropyl alcohol (7.0 L, 7.0 volume) was added over a period of 90 – 120 min under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring at 25 – 30 °C for 10 – 12 hrs under nitrogen atmosphere, HPLC analysis indicated that > 98%> compound 3-1 was consumed. Next, the reaction mass was concentrated to remove IPA under vacuum at 40 – 45 °C. The semi solid obtained was added to acetone (2.0 L, 2.0 volume) with stirring and the resulting suspension was filtered under nitrogen atmosphere. The solid was washed with acetone (2.0 L, 2.0 volume) and dried in a vacuum tray drier at 40 – 45 °C for 10 hrs to give compound 3- 2 (860 g, 94%o yield) as pale yellow solid with a purity of > 98.0%> determined by HPLC analysis. LC-MS (ESI): m/z 449.2 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, -DMSO): δ 10.49 – 10.59 (m, 2H), 10.10 and 9.75 (m, m, 2H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 2H), 8.15 (m, 1H), 8.13 – 8.15 (m, 2H), 7.96 – 8.09 (m, 2H), 7.82 (s, 2H), 5.08 (m, 2H), 3.39 – 3.53 (m, 4H), 2.47 – 2.54 (m, 3H), 2.37 (m, 1H), 2.14 – 2.21 (m, 2H), 2.08 (m, 2H) ppm.

Step 3. Compound 3-2 (2.2 kg, 1.0 eq.) was added to a four necked round bottom flask charged with DMF (4.4 L, 20.0 volume) under a nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 15 min, the mixture was added N-Moc-L-Valine (226.2 g, 3.52 eq.) in one lot at 25 – 30 °C. Next, the mixture was cooled to -20 to -15 °C, followed by adding HATU (372.9 g, 2.0 eq.) portion wise over 30 min. After stirring for 10 min, a solution of DIPEA (238.9 g, 5.0 eq.) in DMF (1.1 L, 5.0 volume) was added over 45 min. Subsequently, the reaction mass was warmed to 25 – 30 °C with stirring. After stirring for 1 hr, HPLC analysis indicated that > 99%) of compound 3-2 was consumed. The reaction mixture was poured into water (38.0 L) and the mixture was extracted with DCM (10.0 L x 3, 45.0 volume). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (10.0 L x 3, 45.0 volume) and saturated brine (10 L, 45.0 volume) and dried over anhydrous Na2S04. The solvent was removed at 40 – 45 °C under vacuum (600 mmHg) and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using DCM and MeOH as the eluent to give compound 3-3 (1.52 kg, 47% yield) as off white solid with a purity of > 97.0% determined by HPLC analysis. LC-MS (ESI): m/z 763.4 [M + H]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, -DMSO): δ 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.09 – 8.14 (m, 2H), 7.99 – 8.05 (m, 2H), 7.86 – 7.95 (m, 3H), 7.20-7.21 (m, 2H), 5.24 – 5.33 (m, 2H), 4.06 – 4.18 (m, 4H), 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.53 (m, 6H), 2.26 – 2.55 (m, 10H), 0.85 (m, 6H), 0.78 (m, 6H) ppm. The transformation of 3-2 to 3-3 (Compound I) can be achieved via a range of conditions. One of these conditions is described below.

A reactor was charged with N-Moc-V aline (37.15 g, 0.211 mol), acetonitrile (750 mL) and DIPEA (22.5 g). The reaction mixture was agitated for 10 min and HOBT (35.3 g 0.361 mole) and EDCI (42.4 g, 0.221 mole) were added while keeping temperature < 2 °C. The reaction mixture was agitated for 30 min and DIPEA (22.5 g) and compound 3-2 (48.0 g, 0.092 mole) was added slowly to reactor over 30 min to keep temperature < 3 °C. The reaction mixture was agitated 4 hrs at 20 – 25 °C, and sample was submitted for reaction completion analysis by HPLC (IPC specification: < 1.0% area 3-2 remaining). At the completion of reaction as indicated by HPLC analysis, isopropyl acetate (750 mL) was added to the reactor and stirred for 10 min. The organic layer (product layer) was washed with brine (300 mL x 2) and 2% NaOH (200 mL). The organic solution was filtered through a silica gel pad to remove insoluble material. The silica gel pad was washed with isopropyl acetate and concentrated under vacuum (400 mm/Hg) to a minimum volume. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using ethyl acetate and methanol as eluent to give compound 3-3 (38.0 g, 65%> yield) with purity of > 95 %>. LC-MS (ESI): m/z 763.4 [M + H]+.

Step 4. Compound 3-3 (132.0 g, 1.0 eq.) and ethanol (324.0 mL, 2.0 volume) were charged into a 10 L four-necked round bottom flask under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 15 min, the suspension was cooled to 5 – 10 °C, to it was added 2.0 N HC1 in ethanol (190 mL, 1.5 volume) over 30 min. The resulting solution was allowed to warm to 25 – 30 °C. Acetone (3.96 L, 30.0 volume) was added over 90 min in to cause the slow precipitation. Next, the suspension was warmed to 60 °C and another batch of acetone (3.96 L, 30.0 volume) was added over 90 min. The temperature was maintained at 55 – 60 °C for 1 hr, and then allowed to cool to 25 – 30 °C. After stirring at 25 – 30 °C for 8 – 10 hrs, the mixture was filtered. The solid was washed with acetone (660.0 mL, 5.0 volume) and dried in a vacuum tray drier at 50 – 55 °C for 16 hrs to give the di-HCl salt of compound 3-3

(compound I) (101 g, 71% yield) as pale yellow solid with a purity of > 96.6% determined by HPLC analysis.

Preparation of N-Moc-L-Valine

N-Moc-L-Valine is available for purchase but can also be made. Moc-L-Valine was prepared by dissolving 1.0 eq of L-valine hydrochloride in 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (2- MeTHF) /water containing sodium hydroxide and sodium carbonate, and then treating with 1.0 eq of methyl chloroformate at 0 – 5°C for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was diluted with 2- MeTHF, acidified with HC1, and the organic layer was washed with water. The 2-MeTHF solution is concentrated and the compound is precipitated with n-heptane. The solid was rinsed with 2-MeTHF/ n-heptane and dried in vacuo to give N-Moc-L-Valine in 68% yield. Crystallization of Compound I to Yield Form A

Compound I Salt Formation and Crystallization, Example 1

Ethanol (3.19 L, 1.0 volume, 200 proof) was charged to the 230-L glass lined reactor under nitrogen atmosphere. Free base form of compound 3-3 (3.19 kg, 4.18 mol) was added to the flask with stirring, stir continued for an additional 20 to 30 min. To the thick solution of 3-3 in ethanol was added slowly 2.6 N HC1 in ethanol (3.19 L, 1.0 volume) to the above mass at 20 – 25 °C under nitrogen atmosphere. The entire mass was stirred for 20 min at rt, and then heated to 45 – 50 °C. Acetone (128.0 L, 40.0 volume) was added to the above reaction mass at 45 – 50 °C over a period of 3-4 hrs before it was cooled to ~25 °C and stirred for ~15 hrs. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration and washed with acetone (6.4 L x 2, 4.0 volume), suck dried for 1 hr and further dried in vacuum tray drier at 40 – 45 °C for 12 hrs. Yield: 2.5 kg (71.0% yield), purity by HPLC: 97.70%, XRPD: amorphous.

Isopropyl alcohol (7.5 L, 3.0 volume) was charged to a 50.0 L glass reactor protected under a nitrogen atmosphere. The amorphous di-HCl salt of 3-3 (2.5 kg) was added to the above reactor with stirring. The entire mass was heated to 60 – 65 °C to give a clear solution. Stir continued at 65 ± 2 °C for ~15 hrs, solid formation started during this time. The heating temperature was lowered to ~50 °C over a period of 3 hrs, methyl tertiary butyl ether (12.5 L, 5.0 volume) was added to the above mass slowly over a period of ~3 hrs with gentle agitation. The above reaction mass was further cooled to 25 – 30 °C over 2 – 3 hrs. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with 10.0% isopropyl alcohol in methyl tertiary butyl ether (6.25 L, 2.5 volume), suck dried for 1 hr and further dried in a tray drier at 45 – 50 °C under vacuum (600 mm/Hg) for 70 – 80 hrs. Yield: 2.13 kg (85.0% recovery, 61.0% yield based on the input of compound free base 3-3), purity by HPLC: 97.9%.

FIG. 1 : 1H NMR (500 MHz, -DMSO): δ 15.6 (bs, 2H), 14.7 (bs, 2H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 5.31 (m, 1H), 5.26 (m, 1H), 4.16 (d, J= 7.7 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (m, 2H), 3.87 (m, 2H), 3.55 (s, 6H), 2.42 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.26 (m, 4H), 2.07-2.14 (m, 4H), 0.86 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, 3H), 0.84 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, 3H), 0.78 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 3H), 0.77 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 3H), 3.06 (s, OMe of MTBE), 1.09 (s, t-Bu of MTBE), 1.03 (d, 2Me of IP A) ppm.

FIG. 2: 13C NMR (500 MHz, /-DMSO): δ 171.6, 171.5, 157.4, 156.1, 150.0, 138.2, 138.0, 133.5, 132.5, 131.3, 129.8, 129.4, 128.0, 127.0, 126.4, 125.6, 125.3, 124.4, 124.2, 115.8, 115.0, 112.5, 58.37, 58.26, 54.03, 53.34, 52.00 (2 carbons), 47.71 (2 carbons), 31.52, 31.47, 29.42 (2 carbons), 25.94, 25.44, 20.13, 20.07, 18.37, 18.36 ppm.

FIG. 3: FT-IR (KBr pellet): 3379.0, 2963.4, 2602.1, 1728.4, 1600.0, 1523.4, 1439.7, 1420.6, 1233.2, 1193.4, 1100.9, 1027.3 cm“1.

Elemental Analysis: Anal. Calcd for C42H52C12N806: C, 60.35; H, 6.27; N, 13.41; CI, 8.48. Found C, 58.63; H, 6.42; N, 12.65, CI, 8.2.

FIG. 1 is a representative 1H NMR spectrum of Compound I Form A.

FIG. 2 is a representative 13C NMR spectrum of Compound I Form A.

FIG. 3 is a representative FT-IR spectrum of Compound I Form A.

References:
1. Lalezari, J. P.; et. al. PPI-668, a potent new pan-genotypic HCV NS5A inhibitor: phase 1 efficacy and safety. Hepatology 2012, 56, 1065A-1066A.

  1. ClinicalTrials.govA Study of the Efficacy and Safety of PPI-668 (NS5A Inhibitor) Plus Sofosbuvir, With or Without Ribavirin, in Patients With Chronic Hepatitis C Genotype-4. NCT02371408(retrieved on 24-03-2015)
    3. ClinicalTrials.gov Study of PPI-668, BI 207127 and Faldaprevir, With and Without Ribavirin, in the Treatment of Chronic Hepatitis C. NCT01859962 (retrieved on 15-09-2015)
    4. Lalezari, J.; et. al. High rate of sustained virologic response in patients with hcv genotype-1a infection: a phase 2 trial of faldaprevir, deleobuvir and ppi-668, with and without ribavirin. EASL-The International Liver Congress 2014 49th Annual Meeting of the European  Association for the Study of the Liver London, United Kingdom  April 9-13 (article here)
US20070185175 * 27 Jul 2006 9 Aug 2007 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Benzothiazole and azabenzothiazole compounds useful as kinase inhibitors
US20080050336 * 8 Aug 2007 28 Feb 2008 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C Virus Inhibitors
WO2012087976A2 * 19 Dec 2011 28 Jun 2012 Intermune, Inc. Novel inhibitors of hepatitis c virus replication
WO2013123092A1 * 13 Feb 2013 22 Aug 2013 Presidio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms comprising inhibitors of hcv ns5a, compositions thereof, and uses therewith
WO2013158776A1 * 17 Apr 2013 24 Oct 2013 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Compounds and methods for antiviral treatment
US8765731 16 Nov 2012 1 Jul 2014 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Benzimidazole analogues for the treatment or prevention of flavivirus infections
US8779156 24 Sep 2012 15 Jul 2014 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Analogues for the treatment or prevention of flavivirus infections
US8809330 1 Nov 2013 19 Aug 2014 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyrimidines for antiviral treatment
US8946238 20 Dec 2012 3 Feb 2015 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pyrazolo[1,5-A]pyrimidines as antiviral agents
US8980878 17 Apr 2013 17 Mar 2015 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Compounds and methods for antiviral treatment
US20110274648 * 4 Nov 2010 10 Nov 2011 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C Virus Inhibitors

////////////Phase III, Hepatitis C, RAVIDASVIR, PPI-668,  BI 238630


Filed under: Phase3 drugs Tagged: BI 238630, hepatitis C, PHASE 3, Phase III, PPI-668, RAVIDASVIR

Etelcalcetide, AMG 416, KAI-4169, velcalcetide

$
0
0

H-L-Cys-OH

S— S

Ac-D-Cys-D-Ala-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Ala-D-Arg-NH2

WP_000398

AMG 416 IS  (Ac-D-Cys(L-Cys-OH)-D-Ala-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Ala-D-Arg-NH2)

Etelcalcetide (AMG 416, KAI-4169, velcalcetide)

The main chain has 7 amino acids, all in the D-configuration. The side-chain cysteine residue is in the L-configuration. The molecular formula of AMG 416 (free base) is C38H73N21O10S2, and has a calculated average molecular mass of 1048.3 Da.

D-Argininamide, N-acetyl-D-cysteinyl-D-alanyl-D-arginyl-D-arginyl-D-arginyl-D-alanyl-, disulfide with L-cysteine, hydrochloride (1:?)

N-Acetyl-D-cysteinyl-D-alanyl-D-arginyl-D-arginyl-D-arginyl-D-alanyl-D-argininamide disulfide with L-cysteine hydrochloride

http://www.amgenpipeline.com/pipeline/

WO 2011/014707. , the compound may be represented as follows:

H-L-Cys-OH

S— S

Ac-D-Cys-D-Ala-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Ala-D-Arg-NH2

The main chain has 7 amino acids, all in the D-configuration and the side-chain cysteine residue is in the L-configuration. The amino terminal is acetylated and the carboxyl-terminal is amidated. This compound (“AMG-416”) has utility for the treatment of secondary hyperparathyroidism (SHPT) in hemodialysis patients. A liquid formulation comprising AMG-416 may be administered to a subject intravenously. The hydrochloride salt of AMG-416 may be represented as follows:

H-L-Cys-OH

S— S

Ac-D-Cys-D-Ala-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Ala-D-Arg-NH2 · x(HCl)

Therapeutic peptides pose a number of challenges with respect to their formulation. Peptides in general, and particularly those that contain a disulfide bond, typically have only moderate or poor stability in aqueous solution. Peptides are prone to amide bond hydrolysis at both high and low pH.

Disulfide bonds can be unstable even under quite mild conditions (close to neutral pH). In addition, disulfide containing peptides that are not cyclic are particularly prone to dimer formation. Accordingly, therapeutic peptides are often provided in lyophilized form, as a dry powder or cake, for later reconstitution.

A lyophilized formulation of a therapeutic peptide has the advantage of providing stability for long periods of time, but is less convenient to use as it requires the addition of one or more diluents and there is the potential risk for errors due to the use of an improper type or amount of diluent, as well as risk of contamination. In addition, the lyophilization process is time consuming and costly.

H-L-Cys-OH

S— S

Ac-D-Cys-D-Ala-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Ala-D-Arg-NH2

Generic Name:Etelcalcetide
Synonym:KAI-4169
CAS Number:1262780-97-1
N-acetyl-D-cysteinyl-S-(L-cysteine disulfide)-D-alanyl-D-arginyl-D-arginyl-D-arginyl-D-alanyl-D-argininamide
Mechanism of Action:Activates calcium sensing receptor on parathyroid glands reducing PTH synthesis and secretion
Indication: secondary hyperparathyroidism associated with chronic kidney disease
Development Stage: Phase III
Developer:KAI Pharmaceuticals/Amgen Inc.

H-L-Cys-OH

S— S

Ac-D-Cys-D-Ala-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Ala-D-Arg-NH2 · x(HCl)

1334237-71-6.png

HYDROCHLORIDE

Generic Name:Etelcalcetide Hydrochloride
AMG 416, KAI-4169, previously also known as velcalcetide hydrochloride
CAS :1334237-71-6
Chemical Name:N-acetyl-D-cysteinyl-D-alanyl-D-arginyl-D-arginyl-D-arginyl-D-alanyl-D-argininamide disulfide with L-cysteine hydrochloride
Mechanism of Action:Activates calcium sensing receptor on parathyroid glands reducing PTH synthesis and secretion
Indication: secondary hyperparathyroidism associated with chronic kidney disease
Development Stage: Phase III
Developer:KAI Pharmaceuticals/Amgen Inc.

Method for preparing etelcalcetide and its salts, particularly hydrochloride. See WO2014210489, for a prior filing claiming stable liquid formulation of etelcalcetide. Amgen, following its acquisition of KAI Pharmaceuticals, and Japanese licensee Ono Pharmaceuticals are developing etelcalcetide, a long-acting iv isozyme-selective peptide-based protein kinase C epsilon inhibitor and agonist of the calcium-sensing receptor, for treating secondary hyperparathyroidism (SHPT) in patients with end-stage renal disease receiving dialysis.

In August 2015, an NDA was submitted seeking approval of the drug for SHPT in patients with chronic kidney disease (CKD) on hemodialysis (HD) in the US.

In September 2015, Amgen filed an MAA under the centralized procedure in the EU for the approval of etelcalcetide for treating SHPT in patients with CKD on HD therapy.

KAI is also investigating a transdermal patch formulation of the drug for treating primary HPT.

Secondary hyperparathyroidism in patients with chronic kidney disease receiving dialysis
AMG 416 is a peptide agonist of the human cell surface calcium-sensing receptor (CaSR). It is being investigated as a treatment for secondary hyperparathyroidism in patients with chronic kidney disease receiving dialysis.
Etelcalcetide is a novel calcimimetic agent that suppresses the secretion of parathyroid hormone and is in clinical development for the treatment of SHPT in patients with CKD on hemodialysis. Etelcalcetide is administered intravenously three times per week at the end of each dialysis session. It acts by binding to and activating the calcium-sensing receptor on the parathyroid gland, thereby causing decreases in parathyroid hormone (PTH). Sustained elevations in PTH are known to be associated with significant clinical consequences for patients with CKD.
The submission includes data from three Phase 3 studies, all of which met the primary endpoints, including two pooled placebo-controlled trials in more than 1,000 patients and a head-to-head study evaluating etelcalcetide compared with cinacalcet.
About Secondary HyperparathyroidismSHPT is a common and serious condition that is often progressive among patients with CKD, and it affects many of the approximately two million people throughout the world who are receiving dialysis, including 450,000 people in the U.S. The disorder develops early in the course of CKD and usually manifests as increased levels of PTH as a result of increased production from the parathyroid glands (four small glands in the neck). Patients with end stage renal disease who require maintenance dialysis often have substantial elevations of PTH that are commonly associated with abnormal calcium and phosphorus levels and an increased risk of significant clinical consequences.
About Etelcalcetide (AMG 416)Etelcalcetide is a novel calcimimetic agent in clinical development for the treatment of SHPT in CKD patients on hemodialysis that is administered intravenously at the end of the dialysis session. Etelcalcetide binds to and activates the calcium-sensing receptor on the parathyroid gland, thereby decreasing PTH levels.
About Sensipar® (cinacalcet)Sensipar® (cinacalcet) is the first oral calcimimetic agent approved by the FDA for the treatment of SHPT in adult patients with CKD on dialysis. Sensipar is not indicated for use in adult patients with CKD who are not on dialysis because of an increased risk of hypocalcemia. The therapy is also approved in the U.S. for treatment of hypercalcemia in adult patients with parathyroid carcinoma and hypercalcemia in adult patients with primary HPT for whom parathyroidectomy would be indicated on the basis of serum calcium levels, but who are unable to undergo parathyroidectomy. Sensipar binds to the calcium-sensing receptor, resulting in a drop in PTH levels by inhibiting PTH synthesis and secretion. In addition, the reductions in PTH lower serum calcium and phosphorus levels.
Milestones
  • 25 Aug 2015 Preregistration for Secondary hyperparathyroidism in USA (IV)
  • 29 May 2015 Pooled analysis efficacy and adverse events data from two phase III trials in secondary hyperparathyroidism released by Amgen
  • 21 Apr 2015 Amgen plans to submit Biological License Application to USFDA and Marketing Authorisation Application to EMA for Secondary hyperparathyroidism

PATENT

WO2011014707

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2011014707A2?cl=en

 

 

PATENT

WO 2015154031

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2015154031&recNum=1&maxRec=&office=&prevFilter=&sortOption=&queryString=&tab=PCTDescription

The hydrochloride salt of AMG 416 has the chemical structure:

H-L-Cys-OH

I

s— s

I

Ac-D-Cys-D-Ala-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Ala-D-Arg-NH2 · x(HCl)

(SEQ ID NO:l)

The main chain has 7 amino acids, all in the D-configuration. The side-chain cysteine residue is in the L-configuration. The molecular formula of AMG 416 (free base) is C38H73N21O10S2, and has a calculated average molecular mass of 1048.3 Da.

AMG 416 and a method for its preparation are described in International Pat. Publication No. WO 2011/014707, which is incorporated herein by reference for any purpose. As described in International Pat. Publication No. WO 2011/014707, AMG 416 may be assembled by solid-phase synthesis from the corresponding Fmoc-protected D-amino acids. After cleavage from the resin, the material may be treated with Boc-L-Cys(NPyS)-OH to form the disulfide bond. The Boc group may then be removed with trifluoroacetate (TFA) and the resulting product purified by reverse-phase high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and isolated as the TFA salt form by lyophilization. The TFA salt can be converted to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt by carrying out a subsequent salt exchange procedure. Such procedures are well known in the art and include, e.g., an ion exchange technique, optionally followed by purification of the resultant product (for example by reverse phase liquid chromatography or reverse osmosis).

There is a need for an efficient method of producing AMG 416, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., AMG 416 HC1), and particularly one appropriate for commercial scale manufacturing.

In a first aspect, provided is a method for preparing AMG 416, the method comprising: providing a resin-bound peptide having a structure selected from the group consisting of Fmoc-D-Cys(Trt)-D-Ala-D- Arg(Pbf)-D-Arg(Pbf)-D-Arg(Pbf)-D-Ala-D-Arg(Pbf)-[Resin] (SEQ ID NO:2) and Ac-D-Cys(Trt)-D-Ala-D- Arg(Pbf)-D-Arg(Pbf)-D-Arg(Pbf)-D-Ala-D-Arg(Pbf)-[Resin] (SEQ ID NO:3); cleaving the peptide from the solid support; and activating the side chain of the D-Cys residue of the cleaved peptide.

In a second aspect, provided is a method for preparing AMG 416, the method comprising: providing a peptide having a structure of Ac-D-Cys(SPy)-D-Ala-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Ala-D-Arg-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:4); and contacting the peptide with L-Cys to produce a conjugated product.

In yet a third aspect provided is a method for preparing AMG 416, the method comprising: providing a resin-bound peptide having a structure selected from the group consisting of Fmoc-D-Cys(Trt)-D-Ala-D-Arg(Pbf)-D-Arg(Pbf)-D-Arg(Pbf)-D-Ala-D-Arg(Pbf)-[Resin] (SEQ ID NO:2) and Ac-D-Cys(Trt)-D-Ala-D-Arg(Pbf)-D-Arg(Pbf)-D-Arg(Pbf)-D-Ala-D-Arg(Pbf)-[Resin] (SEQ ID NO:3); cleaving the peptide from the solid support, i.e., to provide an unsupported peptide, and activating the side chain of the D-Cys residue of the unsupported peptide to generate an AMG 416 SPy intermediate (where SPy is 2-pyridinesulfenyl or S-Pyr), dissolving the AMG 416 SPy intermediate in an aqueous 0.1% TFA (trifluoroacetic acid solution), and purifying the AMG 416 SPy derivative by HPLC.

The term “AMG 416”, also known as etelcalcetide, formerly known as velcalcetide or KAI-4169, refers to a compound having the chemical name: N-acetyl-D-cysteinyl-D-alanyl-D-arginyl-D-arginyl-D-arginyl-D-alanyl-D-arginamide disulfide with L-cysteine, which has the following structural formula:

H-L-Cys-OH

I

s— s

I

Ac-D-Cys-D-Ala-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Ala-D-Arg-NH2

Reference to AMG 416, or to any compound or AMG 416 fragment, intermediate, or precursor as described herein, is intended to encompass neutral, uncharged forms thereof, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates and solvates thereof.

The terms “AMG 416 hydrochloride” and “AMG 416 HC1” are interchangeable and refer to a hydrochloride salt form of AMG 416 having the following structural formula:

H-L-Cys-OH

I

s— s

I

Ac-D-Cys-D-Ala-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Ala-D-Arg-NH2 · xHCl

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

 FIG. 1 shows the chemical structure of AMG 416 (Ac-D-Cys(L-Cys-OH)-D-Ala-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Ala-D-Arg-NH2) (SEQ ID NO: l).

WP_000398

 

 FIG. 2 shows the chemical structure of Rink Amide AM resin and Ac-D-Cys(Trt)- D-Ala-D-Arg(Pbf)-D-Arg(Pbf)-D-Arg(Pbf)-D-Ala-D-Arg(Pbf)-Resin (SEQ ID NO:3).

FIG. 3 shows a reaction scheme in which the SPy intermediate product (Ac-D-Cys(SPy)-D-Ala-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Arg-D-Ala-D-Arg-NH2) (SEQ ID NO:4) is formed from the peptidyl-resin (Ac-D-Cys(Trt)-D-Ala-D-Arg(Pbf)-D-Arg(Pbf)-D-Arg(Pbf)-D-Ala-D-Arg(Pbf)-NH-Resin) (SEQ ID NO:3).

FIG. 4 shows a reaction scheme in which a TFA salt of AMG 416 is formed from the SPy intermediate (AA1_7(SPy)).

FIG. 5 shows a reaction scheme in which the HC1 salt of AMG 416 is formed from the TFA salt of AMG 416.

FIG. 6 shows a reaction scheme in which Boc-D-Arg(Pbf)-OH is formed from Boc-D-Arg-OH.

FIG. 7 shows a reaction scheme in which D-Arg(Pbf)-OH is formed from Boc-D-Arg(Pbf)-OH.

EXAMPLE 5

Purification of the SPy Intermediate and Production of AMG 416 HC1

An alternative method for preparation of AMG 416 HC1 salt is described here. As described in Example 2 above, the SPy intermediate product was dried at 20°C under full vacuum after cleavage from the resin, precipitation and filtration. The precipitate was then dissolved in a 0.1% TFA aqueous solution and loaded onto a C-18 column for HPLC purification. The column was run at <60 bar and the solution temperature was 15-25 °C throughout. The eluents were 0.1% TFA in acetonitrile and 0.1% TFA in water. The fractions were stored at 5°C, they were sampled and then fractions were pooled. The combined pools from two runs were diluted and a concentration/purification run was performed using the same HPLC column to decrease the total volume and remove additional impurities. The fractions were stored at 5°C.

The fractions containing the AMG 416 SPy intermediate were subjected to azeotropic distillation to change the solvent from the 0.1% TFA to a 15% water in IPA solution, charging with IPA as needed. To the resultant AMG 416 SPy intermediate in IPA solution was then added L-Cysteine 1.15 eq and the reaction was allowed to proceed at room temperature for conjugation to occur and to form the AMG 416 TFA salt as described above in Example 4. The AMG 416 TFA solution was added to a solution of 12M aqueous HC1, 0.27 L/kg and IPA 49.4 L/kg over 3 hours via subsurface addition, resulting in direct precipitation of the AMG 416 4.5 HC1 salt. The batch was aged for 3 hours and sampled for analysis.

The material was filtered and slurry washed with 96 wt% IPA, 10 L/kg. The cake was then re-slurried for 4 hours in 10 L/kg of 96% wt% IPA. The material was filtered and further slurry washed with 96% IPA, 10 L/kg and then IPA 10 L/kg. The material was dried under full vacuum at 25°C. The dry cake was dissolved in water 8 L/kg and the batch was concentrated via distillation to remove residual IPA and achieve the desired concentration. The solution temperature was kept below 25 °C throughout the distillation.

 

 

 

PATENT

WO2014210489

SEE

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf;jsessionid=2A32CFD9CE075079399E9DD298899C9D.wapp2nC?docId=WO2014210489&recNum=1&maxRec=&office=&prevFilter=&sortOption=&queryString=&tab=PCTDescription

EXAMPLE 1

Solubility of AMG 416 in Succinate Buffered Saline

In this study, the solubility of AMG 416 in succinate buffered-saline was investigated. AMG 416 HC1 (103 mg powder, 80 mg peptide) was dissolved in 200 iL of sodium succinate buffered saline (25 mM succinate, 0.9% saline, pH 4.5). After briefly vortexing, a clear solution was obtained with a nominal concentration of 400 mg/mL. Because expansion of the solution volume was not determined, the solubility of AMG 416 can be conservatively stated as at least 200 mg/mL. Although the maximal solubility was not determined in this experiment, AMG 416 is soluble in pH 4.5 succinate buffered saline to concentrations of at least 200 mg/mL.

REFERENCES

  1. “Amgen Submits New Drug Application For Novel Intravenous Calcimimetic Etelcalcetide (AMG 416)”
  2. “Velcalcetide (AMG 416), a novel peptide agonist of the calcium-sensing receptor, reduces serum parathyroid hormone and FGF23 levels in healthy male subjects
  3. “Evidence for Chronic Kidney Disease-Mineral and Bone Disorder Associated With Metabolic Pathway Changes”

KAI-4169, a novel calcium sensing receptor agonist, decreases serum iPTH, FGF-23 and improves serum bone markers in a phase 2 study in hemodialysis subjects with chronic kidney disease-mineral and bone disorder
49th Congr Eur Renal Assoc – Eur Dialysis Transpl Assoc (May 24-27, Paris) 2012, Abst SAO054

KAI-4169, a novel peptide agonist of the calcium sensing receptor, attenuates PTH and soft tissue calcification and restores parathyroid gland VDR levels in uremic rats
49th Congr Eur Renal Assoc – Eur Dialysis Transpl Assoc (May 24-27, Paris) 2012, Abst SAO014
Long term safety and efficacy of velcalcetide (AMG 416), a calcium-sensing receptor (CaSR) agonist, for the treatment of secondary hyperparathyroidism (SHPT) in hemodialysis (HD) patients
Kidney Week (November 5-10, Atlanta, GA) 2013, Abst SA-PO575
Preclinical PK and PD relationship for KAI-4169, a novel calcimimetic
93rd Annu Meet Endo Soc (June 4-7, Boston) 2011, Abst P1-198
KAI-4169, a novel calcimimetic for the treatment of secondary hyperparathyroidism
93rd Annu Meet Endo Soc (June 4-7, Boston) 2011, Abst P2-98
Characterization of KAI-4169, a novel peptide for the treatment of chronic kidney disease – Mineral and bone disorder, in a phase I study in healthy males
44th Annu Meet Am Soc Nephrol (ASN) (November 8-13, Philadelphia) 2011, Abst FR-PO1238
WO2011014707A2 Jul 29, 2010 Feb 3, 2011 Kai Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Therapeutic agents for reducing parathyroid hormone levels

 

//////////////Etelcalcetide,  AMG 416, KAI-4169, velcalcetide


Filed under: Phase3 drugs, Uncategorized Tagged: AMG 416, Etelcalcetide, KAI-4169, PHASE 3, Velcalcetide

Ribociclib

$
0
0

 

Ribociclib

Ribociclib (LEE011)
CAS: 1211441-98-3

Chemical Formula: C23H30N8O
Exact Mass: 434.25426

7-Cyclopentyl-2-(5-piperazin-1-yl-pyridin-2-ylamino)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid dimethylamide

FDA UNII

  • TK8ERE8P56

Current developer:    Novartis /Astex Pharmaceuticals.

Novartis Ag, Astex Therapeutics Ltd.

NMR.http://file.selleckchem.com/downloads/nmr/S744002-LEE011-2-HNMR-Selleck%20.pdf

http://file.selleckchem.com/downloads/hplc/S744002-LEE011-2-HPLC-Selleck.pdf

Ribociclib (LEE011) is an orally available, and highly specific CDK4/6 inhibitor. Phase 3.

CDK4 AND 6
(Cell-free assay)

Ribociclib, also known as LEE011, is an orally available cyclin-dependent kinase (CDK) inhibitor targeting cyclin D1/CDK4 and cyclin D3/CDK6 cell cycle pathway, with potential antineoplastic activity. CDK4/6 inhibitor LEE011 specifically inhibits CDK4 and 6, thereby inhibiting retinoblastoma (Rb) protein phosphorylation. Inhibition of Rb phosphorylation prevents CDK-mediated G1-S phase transition, thereby arresting the cell cycle in the G1 phase, suppressing DNA synthesis and inhibiting cancer cell growth. Overexpression of CDK4/6, as seen in certain types of cancer, causes cell cycle deregulation

Orally bioavailable CDK4/6-selective inhibitor that has been tested in Phase III clinical trials for treatment of advanced breast cancer.

CDK full name of cyclin-dependent kinases, there are many other subtypes CDK1-11, capable of binding to cell cycle proteins regulate the cell cycle. Pfizer Palbociclib been submitted for FDA review under phase II clinical data, Novartis Ribociclib (LEE011), Lilly Abemaciclib (LY2835219) the three CDK4 / 6 inhibitors have entered late stage development for the treatment of breast cancer

SYNTHESIS

WO2010020675
US20120115878

WO2010020675

http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2010020675A1?cl=en

Example 74

7-Cyclopentyl-2-(5-piperazin-1-yl-pyridin-2-ylamino)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid dimethylamide

Figure imgf000094_0002

Following Buchwald Method B, then General Procedure A, 2-chloro-7-cyclopentyl-7H- pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid dimethylamide (300 mg, 1.02 mmol) and 5-piperazin-1- yl-pyridin-2-ylamine (314 mg, 1.13 mmol) gave 7-cyclopentyl-2-(5-piperazin-1-yl-pyridin-2- ylamino)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid dimethylamide (142 mg, 36%). MS(ESI) m/z 435.3 (M+H)+

 

 

SYNTHESIS

 

 

TAKEN FROM ….http://www.joygooo.com/news_71.htm?pageNum=21

PCT Int Appl, WO2012061156.

US Pat Appl Publ, US20120115878

PCT Int Appl, WO2011130232 5) Brain, Christopher Thomas et al; Preparation of pyrrolopyrimidine Derivatives for Use as CDK4 / 6 inhibitors;. PCT Int Appl, WO2011101409.

PCT Int Appl, WO2011101417. 7) Besong, Gilbert et al;.

PCT Int Appl, WO2010020675.

PCT Int Appl, WO2007140222.

 

Clinical Trial Information( data from http://clinicaltrials.gov, updated on 2015-10-17)

NCT Number Recruitment Conditions Sponsor
/Collaborators
Start Date Phases
NCT02571829 Not yet recruiting Liposarcoma|Soft Tissue Sarcoma Hadassah Medical Organization December 2015 Phase 2
NCT02524119 Not yet recruiting Hepatocellular Carcinoma University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center|Novartis  …more November 2015 Phase 2
NCT02494921 Recruiting Prostate Cancer Rahul Aggarwal|University of California, San Francisco September 2015 Phase 1|Phase 2
NCT02420691 Recruiting Gastrointestinal Cancer M.D. Anderson Cancer Center|Novartis August 2015 Phase 2
NCT02431481 Not yet recruiting Normal Renal Function|Impaired Renal Function Novartis Pharmaceuticals|Novartis August 2015 Phase 1

Protocols from literature

In vitro protocol::

Pharmacologic growth inhibition: Clin Cancer Res. 2013 Nov 15;19(22):6173-82.

Cell-cycle analysis: Clin Cancer Res. 2013 Nov 15;19(22):6173-82.

Senescence and apoptosis assays: Clin Cancer Res. 2013 Nov 15;19(22):6173-82.

In vivo protocol:

Xenograft therapeutic trials: Clin Cancer Res. 2013 Nov 15;19(22):6173-82

Immunohistochemistry of xenografted neuroblastomas.Clin Cancer Res. 2013 Nov 15;19(22):6173-82

Ribociclib (LEE011) is a Me-Too version of palbociclib. Their structures are compared side-by-side as the following:

LEE011 and Palbociclib structure

Ribociclib (LEE011) is currently being developed by Novartis and Astex.  According its  Novartis’s website, LEE011 is a novel, orally available, selective inhibitor of CDK4/6 kinases, which induces complete dephosphorylation of Rb and G1 arrest in cancer cells. In preclinical in vitro and in vivo tumor models, LEE011 has been shown active in cancers harboring aberrations that increase CDK4/6 activity, including those directly linked to the kinases as well as activating alterations in the upstream regulators. First-in-human study of LEE011 in patients with solid tumors and lymphoma is currently ongoing. (source: http://www.novartisoncology.us/research/pipeline/lee011.jsp).

Treatment with LEE011 significantly reduced proliferation in 12 of 17 human neuroblastoma-derived cell lines by inducing cytostasis at nanomolar concentrations (mean IC50 = 307 ± 68 nmol/L in sensitive lines). LEE011 caused cell-cycle arrest and cellular senescence that was attributed to dose-dependent decreases in phosphorylated RB and FOXM1, respectively. In addition, responsiveness of neuroblastoma xenografts to LEE011 translated to the in vivo setting in that there was a direct correlation of in vitro IC50 values with degree of subcutaneous xenograft growth delay. Although our data indicate that neuroblastomas sensitive to LEE011 were more likely to contain genomic amplification of MYCN (P = 0.01), the identification of additional clinically accessible biomarkers is of high importance. LEE011 is active in a large subset of neuroblastoma cell line and xenograft models, and supports the clinical development of this CDK4/6 inhibitor as a therapy for patients with this disease. (Clin Cancer Res. 2013 Nov 15;19(22):6173-82)

  

References

1. Rader J, Russell MR, Hart LS, Nakazawa MS, Belcastro LT, Martinez D, Li Y, Carpenter EL, Attiyeh EF, Diskin SJ, Kim S, Parasuraman S, Caponigro G, Schnepp RW, Wood AC, Pawel B, Cole KA, Maris JM. Dual CDK4/CDK6 inhibition induces cell-cycle arrest and senescence in neuroblastoma. Clin Cancer Res. 2013 Nov 15;19(22):6173-82. doi: 10.1158/1078-0432.CCR-13-1675. Epub 2013 Sep 17. PubMed PMID: 24045179; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC3844928.

2. Caponigro, Giordano; Stuart, Darrin; Kim, Sunkyu; Loo, Alice; Delach, Scott. Pharmaceutical combinations of a CDK4/6 inhibitor and a B-RAF inhibitor for treatment of proliferative diseases such as cancer. PCT Int. Appl. (2014), WO 2014018725 A1 20140130.

3. Kim, Sunkyu; Doshi, Shivang; Haas, Kristy; Kovats, Steven; Huang, Alan Xizhong; Chen, Yan. Combination therapy comprising a cyclin dependent kinase 4/6 (CDK4/6) inhibitor and a phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI3K) inhibitor for use in the treatment of cancer. PCT Int. Appl. (2013), WO 2013006532 A1 20130110

4. Kim, Sunkyu; Doshi, Shivang; Haas, Kristy; Kovats, Steven. Combination of cyclin dependent kinase 4/6 (CDK4/6) inhibitor and fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR) kinase inhibitor for the treatment of cancer. PCT Int. Appl. (2013), WO 2013006368 A1 20130110

5. Calienni, John Vincent; Chen, Guang-Pei; Gong, Baoqing; Kapa, Prasad Koteswara; Saxena, Vishal. Salt(s) of 7-cyclopentyl-2-(5-piperazin-1-yl-pyridin-2-ylamino-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid dimethylamide and processes of making thereof. U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ. (2012), US 20120115878 A1 20120510.

6. Borland, Maria; Brain, Christopher Thomas; Doshi, Shivang; Kim, Sunkyu; Ma, Jianguo; Murtie, Josh; Zhang, Hong. Combination comprising a cyclin dependent kinase 4 or cyclin dependent kinase (cdk4/6) inhibitor and an Mtor inhibitor for treating cancer. PCT Int. Appl. (2011), WO 2011130232 A1 20111020

7. Besong, Gilbert; Brain, Christopher Thomas; Brooks, Clinton A.; Congreve, Miles Stuart; Dagostin, Claudio; He, Guo; Hou, Ying; Howard, Steven; Li, Yue; Lu, Yipin; et al. Preparation of pyrrolopyrimidine compounds as CDK inhibitors. PCT Int. Appl. (2010), WO 2010020675 A1 20100225.

/////////Ribociclib, novartis, LEE011, astex, phase 3,  CDK inhibitors

CN(C)C(=O)c1cc2cnc(nc2n1C3CCCC3)Nc4ccc(cn4)N5CCNCC5


Filed under: Phase3 drugs, Uncategorized Tagged: astex, CDK inhibitors, LEE011, novartis, PHASE 3, Ribociclib
Viewing all 129 articles
Browse latest View live